Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
Before the
Federal Communications Commission
Washington, D.C. 20554
In the Matter of
Amendment of Part 73 of the Commission’s Rules 
to Update Television and Class A Television 
Broadcast Station Rules, and Rules Applicable to 
All Broadcast Stations)
)
)
)
)
)
)MB Docket No. 22-227
NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULEMAKING 
Adopted:   September 29, 2022 Released:   September 29, 2022
Comment Date:     [60 Days After Publication in the Federal Register]
Reply Comment Date:     [75 Days After Publication in the Federal Register]
By the Commission: Chairwoman Rosenworcel issuing a separate statement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Heading Paragraph #
I. INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................1
II. BACKGROUND.....................................................................................................................................2
III. NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULEMAKING ...........................................................................................5
A. Deletion of Obsolete Rules and Language Recognizing the Full Power and Class A 
Digital Transition ..............................................................................................................................6
B. Updates and Corrections to the Full Power and Class A Rules......................................................10
C. Post-Incentive Auction Licensing and Operation (Section 73.3700) .............................................14
D. Updates to Listing of FCC Policies ................................................................................................15
E. Deletion of Obsolete Language Due to Passage of Time and Changes in Commission 
Policy ..............................................................................................................................................16
F. Reorganization of Subpart E – Television Broadcast Stations .......................................................23
G. Protection of Land Mobile Radio Service ......................................................................................31
H. Coverage Area – Determining Coverage........................................................................................33
I. Antenna Patterns .............................................................................................................................39
J. Subscription TV (STV) Rules.........................................................................................................41
K. Special Criteria for Converting Vacant Commercial Channels to Reserved Status .......................44
L. Other Technical and Miscellaneous Updates..................................................................................45
M. Cost-Benefit and Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Analysis ...........................................................56
IV. PROCEDURAL MATTERS.................................................................................................................58
A. Ex Parte Rules - Permit-But-Disclose.............................................................................................58
B. Filing Requirements—Comments and Replies...............................................................................59
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act ..............................................................................................................60
D. Paperwork Reduction Act ...............................................................................................................61
V. ORDERING CLAUSES........................................................................................................................64
APPENDIX A—Proposed Rules
APPENDIX B—Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis
A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules .............................................................................2
B. Legal Basis......................................................................................................................................23Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
2C. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the Proposed Rules 
Will Apply ......................................................................................................................................24
D. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements.........31
E. Steps Taken to Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small Entities, and Significant 
Alternatives Considered..................................................................................................................32
F. Federal Rules that May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict with the Proposed Rule..........................35
I. INTRODUCTION
1. The broadcast television industry has recently completed two significant transitions – the 
transition from analog to digital-only operations, and the post-incentive auction transition to a smaller 
television band with fewer channels.  In this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), we propose and 
seek comment on comprehensively deleting, updating, or otherwise revising Commission rules for full 
power and Class A stations that no longer have any practical effect given these historic changes.  We also 
propose and seek comment on a restructuring of subpart E of part 73 of the Commission’s rules, which 
largely consists of the technical licensing, operating, and interference rules for full power television.  The 
proposed restructuring will make the rules more streamlined and easily understandable for our licensees 
and the public.
II. BACKGROUND
2. On October 25, 2021, the Commission adopted a new Table of TV Allotments in part 73 
of the Commission’s rules for full power television stations, and amended part 74 to remove references 
to: (1) channels and frequency bands that were no longer in-core television spectrum, and (2) analog TV 
operations which are no longer permitted.1  The Table of TV Allotments codified Commission actions 
taken over the past several years that modified the TV channel allotments reflected in section 73.622(i) of 
the Commission’s rules (rules),2 and were primarily related to the incentive auction and repacking process 
authorized by the Spectrum Act.3  Some of the changes were also due to the Congressionally established 
deadline of June 12, 2009 for full power stations to complete a nationwide digital television (DTV) 
transition.  All full power stations terminated analog operations on that date (with minor and temporary 
exceptions) and now broadcast solely on their allotted digital channel.  Class A television stations did the 
same by September 1, 2015.4  As these transitions, which were mandated by Congress for full power 
stations and the Commission for Class A stations, were completed in phases over an extended period of 
time, the Commission was unable to simply replace pre-transition rules with post-transition requirements.  
Therefore, the rules are still interspersed with analog definitions and interference, technical, and other 
operating requirements.
1 See Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auction, GN Docket No. 
12-268, Order, FCC 21-111, para. 14 and n.48 (rel. Oct. 25, 2021) (October 2021 Order).  The Table of TV 
Allotments, 47 CFR § 73.622(j), is found in part 73, subpart E – Television Broadcast Television Stations.  The part 
74 rules amended in the October 2021 Order are found in part 74, subpart G – Low Power TV and TV Translator 
Stations.
2 47 CFR § 73.622(i) (2018).
3 Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, Pub. L. No. 112-96, §§ 6402 (codified at 47 U.S.C. § 
309(j)(8)(G)), 6403 (codified at 47 U.S.C. § 1452), 126 Stat. 156 (2012) (Spectrum Act).  The incentive auction, 
repacking process, and post-auction transition process are described in the Background section of the October 2021 
Order at paras. 3-7.   
4 See Amendment of Parts 73 and 74 of the Commission’s Rules to Establish Rules for Digital Low Power 
Television, Television Translator, and Television Booster Stations and to Amend Rules for Digital Class A 
Television Stations, MB Docket No. 03-185, Second Report and Order, 26 FCC Rcd 10732, 10735, para. 7 (2011).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
33. On July 12, 2022, we adopted an Order and Sixth Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“Part 
74 Order” and “Part 74 NPRM”).5  In the Part 74 Order, we deleted or revised rules that no longer had 
any practical effect given the completion of the low power and television translator (LPTV/TV translator) 
digital transition, or were otherwise obsolete or irrelevant, and made other ministerial changes.  In the 
Part 74 NPRM, we sought comment on additional amendments, including proposing to modify rules for 
digital operations that were previously applicable to analog operations, updating geographic coordinates, 
modifying station identification requirements, requiring LPTV stations to transmit with a virtual channel 
that avoids conflicts with other stations, updating the process for filing applications with the Commission, 
and making certain technical modifications.  
4. The Commission explained in the October 2021 Order and the Part 74 Order and NPRM  
that it was taking action “[a]s part of its ongoing efforts to ensure that its rules are current” and that it 
would, “in a future proceeding, conduct a review of its rules to delete provisions relating to analog 
television and update other rules pertaining to television.”6  This NPRM is the next step in our ongoing 
efforts to delete rules relating to analog television and otherwise update or clarify rules pertaining to 
television.
III. NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULEMAKING
5. As described below and in Appendix A, we propose to adopt revisions to rules in part 0, 
part 27, subparts E, H, I, J, and L of part 73, and certain parts of parts 74 and 90 in light of the fact that all 
television services have ceased analog operations.  As discussed below for each subpart, given the 
conversion from analog to digital television technology, we propose to eliminate entire rules and portions 
of rules that provide for analog-to-analog and analog-to-digital interference protection requirements and 
other analog operating requirements.  We similarly propose to amend section headings and language in 
rules to remove references to DTV, digital, and analog television service, as these distinctions are no 
longer necessary.  We also propose to delete outdated rules that are no longer valid given changes in 
Commission-adopted policy, such as the elimination of the comparative hearing process to award and 
renew broadcast licenses.  We also propose to adopt other non-substantive, technical revisions as set forth 
in Appendix A and further described below, for example, to update previously-adopted station license 
periods and to delete obsolete rules governing the post-incentive auction transition period.  We also 
propose to update our rules to reference the current designation for form numbers (e.g., FCC Form 2100) 
and by requiring electronic filing in LMS.  We also propose to make corrections or updates, inter alia, to 
section headings, spelling, contact information, and rule cross-references, or to language inadvertently 
omitted from a rule.
A. Deletion of Obsolete Rules and Language Recognizing the Full Power and Class A 
Digital Transition 
6. Full power television stations were required to terminate all analog operations no later 
than June 12, 2009 and Class A stations September 1, 2015.7  Accordingly, we propose to eliminate entire 
rules, and portions of rules, that provide for analog-to-analog and analog-to-digital interference protection 
requirements and other analog operating requirements from subpart E (Television Broadcast Stations), 
subpart H (Rules Applicable to All Broadcast Stations), subpart I (Procedures for Competitive Bidding 
and for Applications for Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Stations on Non-Reserved Channels), 
and subpart J (Class A Televisions Broadcast Stations).  The rules we propose to amend are related to 
5 Amendment of Parts 73 and 74 of the Commission’s Rules to Establish Rules for Digital Low Power Television and 
Television Translator Stations, Update of Parts 74 of the Commission’s Rules Related to Low Power Television and 
Television Translator Stations, MB Docket Nos. 03-185 and 22-261, Order and Sixth Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 
FCC 22-58 (rel. July 13, 2022) (Part 74 Order and Part 74 NPRM). 
6 October 2021 Order at para. 10, n.35 and Part 74 Order at para. 2. 
7 See supra para. 2.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
4analog operations (i.e., rules that reference “NTSC,”8 “analog,”9 Grade A, Grade B, city grade contours, 
or F(50,50) curves10), with the corresponding digital contours defined in sections 73.625(a), 73.622(e), 
73.6010, and/or 74.792.11  We also propose to amend rules that reference peak power, visual or aural 
carriers, or carrier frequencies because these are technical engineering terms related to analog television 
and the rules are related to analog television operations12 and digital TV signals do not have specific 
visual or aural carriers.13  We similarly propose to amend rules and figures which reference the vertical 
blanking interval, stereophonic sound transmission, modulation, subcarriers of any kind, components of 
the picture such as chrominance or color, or the sound or picture itself beyond the lines of resolution.  
8 NTSC is an abbreviation for the National Television Standards Committee, an association of engineers and 
scientists interested in the development of television in the analog era, many of which were employees of companies 
engaged in the manufacturing of television equipment, that developed the black and white and subsequently color 
television systems used in the United States.  See generally Amendment of the Commission's Rules Governing Color 
Television Transmissions, Docket No. 10637, Report and Order, 41 F.C.C. 658 (1953). 
9 See 47 CFR §§ 73.622(d)(1) (Digital television table of allotments) (removing text of this rule that refers to analog 
stations); 73.623(d) (removing analog technical references and reformatting remaining digital technical references 
into (d)(2)(i)-(iv) and (h) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments); 73.624(b) and (c)(3) (Digital 
television broadcast stations) (removing text of this rule that refers to analog stations); 73.683(d) (Field strength 
contours and presumptive determination of field strength at individual locations) (removing text of this rule that 
refers to analog stations); and 73.686(d) (Field strength measurements) (removing text of this rule that refers to 
analog stations).  In addition, regarding 73.5000(a) (Services subject to competitive bidding), we propose to delete 
the word “analog” where it is appears in the rule because there is no need to differentiate between analog and digital 
television services.
10 See 47 CFR §§ 73.683(a)-(b) (Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field strength at 
individual locations); 73.1675(a)(1)(iii) (Auxiliary antennas) (delete analog contour and replace with digital noise 
limited contour); 73.5007(b)(2)(iii) and (b)(3)(iv) (Designated entity provisions); 73.6000 (Definitions); and 
73.6010(b) (Class A TV station protected contour).  The one exception is 47 CFR § 73.626(f)(2)(i) (DTV distributed 
transmission systems), which states that the F(50,50) service contour of a DTS transmitter shall not extend beyond 
that of its reference facility, which will be retained.  We separately propose to add text in 47 CFR § 73.683(a) (Field 
strength contours and presumptive determination of field strength at individual locations) to provide guidance for 
those reviewing the cross-reference to this section found in 47 CFR § 90.307(b) (Protection criteria).
11 As part of our reorganization of subpart E, we note that we propose to relocate 47 CFR §§ 73.625(a) (Transmitter 
location) and 73.622(e) (DTV Service Areas) to new 47 CFR §§ 73.618 and 73.619(c), respectively.  We are not 
proposing to move § 73.6010 or § 74.792 as part of the reorganization.
12 See 47 CFR §§ 73.653 (Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters); 73.664(a)-(c) (Determining operating 
power); 73.665 (Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers); 73.667 (TV subsidiary communications services); 73.669 
(TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation); 73.681 (Definitions) (we propose to delete the following 
definitions relating to analog operations: “Aural center frequency;” “Aural transmitter;” “Baseband;” “Frequency 
departure;” “Frequency deviation;” “Frequency swing;” “Main channel;” “Multiplex Transmission (Aural);” “Peak 
power;” “Visual transmitter power”); 73.682(c) (TV transmission standards); 73.687(a), (b), (c) introductory text, 
(c)(1), and (e)(2) (Transmission system requirements); 73.688(a) (Indicating instruments); 73.691 (Visual 
modulation monitoring); 73.699 (TV engineering charts) Figure12 (Figure 12 is referenced only by 73.687(b), which 
we propose to delete); 73.1350(f)(3) (Transmission system operation); 73.1540(a) (Carrier frequency 
measurements); 73.1545(c), (e), and Note to (e) (Carrier frequency departure tolerances); 73.1560 (c)(1)-(2) 
(Operating power and mode tolerances); 73.1570 (updating section heading) and (b)(3) (Modulation levels: AM, 
FM, TV and Class A TV aural); 73.1635(a)(5) (Special temporary authorizations (STA)); and 73.6024(c) 
(Transmission standards and system requirements).  We note that 47 CFR § 73.653 was raised in the “FM6” 
proceeding (In the Matter of Amendments of Parts 73 and 74 of the Commission’s Rules for Digital Low Power 
Television and Television Translator Stations, MB Docket No. 03-185, Fifth Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (rel. 
June 7, 2022), and should dependence on this rule be required in that proceeding, we would intend to add a separate 
rule specific to FM6 stations rather than retaining this generally-applicable but clearly outdated rule.
13 See generally 47 CFR § 73.682(d) (Digital broadcast television transmission standard); see also 47 CFR § 
73.8000 (Incorporation by reference) (each of the several standards listed in the rule relate to DTV). Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
5These references are technical engineering terms related analog television operations since they are 
related to the picture derived from an analog visual carrier or the sound derived from an analog aural 
carrier.14  To the extent such analog rules are superseded by related requirements for digital operations, 
the digital rules are found in the digital broadcast television standard documents incorporated by reference 
in section 73.682(d).15  In addition, a number of rules we propose to amend have a digital equivalent 
elsewhere in the rules.16  For all of these cases, we propose to either modify the analog reference to 
specify a digital equivalent, or delete the analog-related rule entirely.  We seek comment on these 
proposals.  
14 See 47 CFR §§ 73.621(g) (Noncommercial educational TV stations – referencing Telecommunications Service on 
the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal); 73.646 (Telecommunications Service on the Vertical 
Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal); 73.681 (Definitions) (proposing to delete definitions and the Note for 
“Amplitude modulation (AM);” “BTSC;” “Blanking level;” “Chrominance;” “Chrominance subcarrier;” “Color 
transmission;” “Field;” “Frame;” “Frequency modulation (FM);” “IRE standard scale;” “Luminance;” 
“Monochrome transmission;” “Multichannel Television Sound (MTS);” “Negative transmission;” “Percentage 
modulation;” “Pilot subcarrier;” “Program related data signal;” “Reference black level;” “Reference white level of 
the luminance signal;” “Scanning;” “Scanning line;” “Visual carrier frequency;” “Visual transmitter”); 73.699 (TV 
engineering charts) (Figures 5, 5(a), 6, 7, 8, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17); 73.1207(b)(2) (Rebroadcasts – referencing 
multiplex subcarrier or telecommunications service on the vertical blanking interval); and 73.1590(a)(5) (“TV 
stereophonic or subcarrier transmission equipment”), (c)(1), and (c)(3) (Equipment performance measurements).  
Section 73.699, Figure 11 (Assumed Ideal Detector Output) is no longer referenced anywhere else in the rules, and 
appears to have been inadvertently overlooked during a 1984 rule modification which deleted the sole reference to it 
from section 73.687(a) (see 49 Fed. Reg. 48305, 48312 (Dec. 12, 1984)), and we thus propose to delete it.  While 47 
CFR § 73.621(h) (Noncommercial educational TV stations), which refers to the transmission of non-program related 
data service on “Line 21,” does not specifically use the term “visual blanking interval,” “Line 21” refers to part of 
the vertical blanking interval, and thus we propose to delete it.
15 47 CFR § 73.682(d).
16 Section 73.613 (Protection of Class A TV stations) relates to analog because Class A protections for digital 
stations are in section 73.616(e), which we are proposing to move to section 73.620(d).  Sections 73.682(a)(2)-(13) 
and (15)-(24) (TV transmission standards) are replaced by section 73.682(d).  Section 73.684 (Prediction of 
coverage) is in section 73.625 (DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system), some of which we are 
proposing to move into other rule parts in the proposed reorganization of our rules; reference in section 73.681 
updated accordingly.  The digital equivalent of Section 73.685(a)-(c) (Transmitter location and antenna system) is 
found in section 73.625(a)(1)-(3).  The digital equivalent of section 73.685(f) (Transmitter location and antenna 
system) is contained in 73.625(c)(3), which applies also to sections 73.1690(b)(3) and (c)(3) (Modification of 
transmission systems).  The digital equivalent of section 73.687(e)(1) (Transmission system requirements) is 
replaced by section 73.622(h), which we are proposing to move to section 73.611.  The digital equivalent of section 
73.698 (Tables) is replaced by section 73.623(d)(2), which we are proposing to move to section 73.622(k).  Section 
73.3550(b) (Requests for new or modified call sign assignments) has a reference to section 74.783(d), but section 
74.791(a) is the equivalent digital rule.  Accordingly, we are proposing to replace the reference to 74.783(d) with 
74.791(a). The digital equivalent of section 73.3572(a)(4) (Processing of TV broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low 
power TV, TV translators, and TV booster applications) is replaced by section 74.787(a)(4).  The digital equivalent 
of section 73.6012 (Protection of Class A TV, low power TV and TV translator stations) is found in sections 
73.6017 and 73.6019.  The digital equivalent of section 73.6013 (Protection of DTV stations) is found in section 
73.6018 (Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV stations).  The digital equivalent of section 73.6014 
(Protection of digital Class A TV stations) is found in section 73.6017.  Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
67. We also propose to amend rule section headings and rules in subpart E,17 subpart H,18 and 
subpart J,19 to remove references to DTV and digital television service since all television services have 
transitioned from analog to digital operations and thus, there is no further need to differentiate between 
two separate kinds of service.20  We also propose to eliminate provisions of rules and amend section 
headings and language that are obsolete due to the conversion from analog to digital television 
technology, including references to the analog television booster service in subpart E21 and subpart H,22 
17 47 CFR §§ 73.616(a)-(e) and (g) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection); 73.621(j) (Noncommercial 
educational TV stations); 73.622(a) introductory text and (a)(2) (also delete reference to out-of-core-channels), 
(c)(1), (e)(1), (f)(6), (f)(7), (f)(8) (also delete references to out-of-core channels) (Digital television table of 
allotments); 73.623 (updating section heading), (a)-(f) and (h); (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments); 
73.624 (updating section heading), (a)-(c) and (g) (Digital television broadcast stations); 73.625 (updating section 
heading), (a)(1), (b)(1), (b)(3), (c)(4)(i)-(ii) (DTV coverage of principle community and antenna system); 73.626 
(updating section heading), (a), (c)(1), (e), (f)(2), (f)(6) (DTV distributed transmission systems); 73.686(e) (Field 
strength measurements).
18 47 CFR § 73.1201(b)(1) (Station identification).
19 47 CFR §§ 73.6010(c) and (d) (Class A TV station protection contour); 73.6017 (Digital Class A TV station 
protection of Class A TV and digital Class A TV stations); 73.6018 (Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV 
stations); 73.6019 (Digital Class A TV protection of low power TV, TV translator, digital low power TV and digital 
TV translator stations); 73.6022(a) (Negotiated interference and relocations agreements); 73.6020 (Protection of 
stations in the land mobile radio service); 73.6023 (Distributed transmission systems); and 73.6024(d) (Transmission 
standards and system requirements).  We also propose to amend section 73.6024(d) (Transmission standards and 
system requirements) to require stations in the Mexican border zone to specify a full-service emission mask in any 
modification applications requiring coordination.  See infra para. 49.
20 We also propose to remove from certain part 74 rules inadvertent references to DTV and digital television service, 
overlooked in the Part 74 Order, since, with rare exception, all part 74 television services have transitioned from 
analog to digital operations and thus, there is no further need to differentiate between two separate kinds of service.  
See 47 CFR §§ 74.792(b) (Low power TV and TV translator station protected contour); 74.793(e), (g)-(h) (Low 
power TV and TV translator station protection of broadcast stations); and 74.794 (section heading, paragraph (b) 
introductory text, (b)(1), and (b)(2) (Digital emissions).  We also propose to delete the second sentence in 47 CFR § 
74.793(b) (Low power TV and TV translator station protection of broadcast stations), given the fact that we propose 
to delete the analog threshold interference levels in 47 CFR § 73.623(c)(2) (DTV applications and changes to DTV 
allotments) and therefore there is no need to distinguish digital operations.  We note that a small number of TV 
translator stations licensed to the State of Alaska (the Alaska translator stations) remain operating in analog pursuant 
to a Commission waiver of the analog termination date.  See State of Alaska - Request for Waiver of Section 
74.731(m) of the Commission's Rules, 36 FCC Rcd 10765 (2021); see also Letter to State of Alaska from Barbara A. 
Kreisman, Chief, Video Division (Jan. 26, 2022), a copy of which is available at LMS File Nos. 0000179529, 
0000179531, 0000179528, 0000179535, 0000179536, 0000179527, 0000179526, 0000179534, and 0000179533;  
see also Letter to State of Alaska from Barbara A. Kreisman, Chief, Video Division (July 15, 2022), a copy of which 
is available at LMS File Nos. 0000194718, 0000194713, 0000194714, 0000194717, 0000194716, 0000194712, and 
0000194715 (extending the tolling through October 3, 2022).  We understand the licensee of these translator stations 
is actively transitioning and anticipates terminating analog service in the near future.  In the event any of the Alaska 
translator stations have not completed their digital transition by the effective date of these rule changes discussed 
herein, we direct the Media Bureau to follow appropriate procedures to impose any necessary conditions on the 
station’s authorization to continue analog operations. 
21 47 CFR §§ 73.622(d)(1)-(2), Note to (e)(2), (e)(3), (f)(5), (f)(6), (f)(7), and (f)(8) (Digital television table of 
allotments); 73.623(a)-(b), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(5), (d), and (h) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments); 
73.624(a), (b)(1)-(2), (d)-(f) (refer to pre-DTV transition procedures) (Digital television broadcast stations); and 
73.626(c)(2) (DTV distributed transmission systems).  Section 73.622(c)(2) states that an application may be filed 
for a channel or community not specified in the DTV Table of Allotments (formerly section 73.622(b)) if it is 
consistent with the rules and policies established in Service Rules for the 746-764 and 776-794 MHz Bands, and 
Revisions to Part 27 of the Commission’s Rules, WT Docket No. 99-168, Third Report and Order, 16 FCC Rcd 
2703, 2717-18, paras. 34-36 (2001) (stating that the Commission would allow stations on channels 59 through 69 to 
enter into voluntary agreements to temporarily relocate to channels 52 through 58).  Because section 73.622(b) has 
(continued….)Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
7since these services were not carried over into digital operations.23  We propose to amend section 73.6026 
(Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations) to remove references to analog-only rules 
applicable to Class A television stations, consistent with proposals above.24  We seek comment on these 
proposals.
8. We also propose to remove references to an element of the Table of Allotments that has 
been previously updated.  Applicants for full power digital broadcast stations may only apply to construct 
on channels designated in a codified Table of Allotments and only in the communities listed therein.25  To 
accommodate the analog to digital television transition, the Commission adopted section 73.622(b) (DTV 
Table of Allotments) in 1997 to allot a paired DTV channel to each analog television licensee and 
permittee.26  The Commission later deleted section 73.622(b), as well as the analog TV Table of 
Allotments previously found in section 73.606, when it adopted section 73.622(i) (Post-Transition Table 
of Allotment).27  The rules, however, continue to refer to “Appendix B,” which specified the service area 
that must be protected for each channel allotted in section 73.622(b) during most of the transition period, 
and set forth the maximum effective radiated power (ERP) and antenna height above average terrain 
(HAAT) for each allotment in the “initial” DTV table, i.e., section 73.622(b).  We therefore propose to 
remove references to “Appendix B”28 in our rules.  We seek comment on these proposals.
9. We propose to amend section 73.612 to remove references to distance separations, which 
outside of new allotment proceedings are not used in digital TV.29  This rule is obsolete, as TV stations 
(Continued from previous page)  
been deleted and channels 52 through 58 reallocated for non-broadcast use, we propose to delete this section of the 
rule.  Similarly, we propose to delete the last five sentences of section 73.622(c)(1), which discuss procedures for 
filing applications for channel changes made in the deleted subsection (b), DTV Table of Allotments, citing the 
MO&O on Reconsideration of the Sixth R&O, 13 FCC Rcd 7418, (1998), and analog channel swaps.
22 47 CFR §§ 73.1001(c) (Scope); 73.3521 (Mutually exclusive applications for low power television, television 
translators and television booster stations); 73.3525 (Note) (Agreements for removing application conflicts); 
73.3533(a)(5) (Application for construction permit or modification of construction permit); 73.3584(a), (c) 
(Procedure for filing petitions to deny); 73.3572 (section heading, (a)(2), (c) and (f)-(g)) (Processing of TV 
broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low power TV, TV translators, and TV booster applications); and 73.3598(a) 
introductory text (Period of construction).
23 See Part 74 Order at para. 6 and n.24. 
24 47 CFR §§ 73.6026 (delete reference to § 73.635 (Use of common antenna site); 73.646 (Telecommunications 
Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal); 73.653 (Operation of TV aural and visual 
transmitters); 73.665 (Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers); 73.667 (TV subsidiary communications services);  
73.669 (TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation); and 73.691 (Visual modulation monitoring).  As 
discussed infra, we propose to delete the rules related to the Subscription Television Service as unnecessary and no 
longer in use, and amend 47 CFR § 73.664 (Determining operating power), to remove references to measurement 
techniques we believe no longer have any use in the processing of applications to determine interference to other 
stations or previously filed applications.
25 47 CFR § 73.622(c)(1).    
26 47 CFR § 73.622(b) (2018) (DTV Table of Allotments); Advanced Television Systems and Their Impact Upon the 
Existing Television Broadcast Service, MM Docket No. 87-268, Sixth Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd 14588 (1997) 
(Sixth Report and Order), Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order, 13 
FCC Rcd 7418 (1998) (MO&O on Reconsideration of the Sixth R&O).
27 47 CFR § 73.622(i); Amendment of Parts 27, 54, 73, 74, and 76 of the Commission’s Rules to Delete Rules Made 
Obsolete by the Digital Television Transition, MB Docket No. 17-105, Order, 33 FCC Rcd 863 (2018).
28 Appendix B, and a description of its use and contents, is in the Sixth Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd at 14693-
754.  Corrections were made to Table 2 of Appendix B in the MO&O on Reconsideration.  We note that section 
73.622(f)(3)(i) and (ii) both refer to policies specific to Appendix B, and thus propose to delete them.
29 47 CFR § 73.612(a)-(b) and Note (Protection from interference).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
8are now protected using OET Bulletin No. 69.30  We propose to delete section 73.615 because the 
Commission staff’s current practice provides additional precision beyond what the text of the current rule 
requires since the staff now issues authorizations based on the more precise kW value as opposed to dBk 
and does not round HAAT values as described in this rule.31  For the same reason, we propose to remove 
the dBk reference in section 73.614(a).32  We propose to delete section 73.622(g)(2), which pertains to 
protection of analog TV signals by an upper-adjacent digital signal.33  We propose to delete section 
73.1620(f) (Program tests) since it refers to a policy of allowing 1000 watt UHF translators on vacant 
allotments, a policy which was ended prior to 1984,34 and to delete from section 73.6024(b) 
(Transmission standards and system requirements) a reference to section 74.736, as that section was 
recently eliminated by the Commission in the Part 74 Order.35  We also propose to delete sections 
73.685(g) (Transmitter location and antenna system) and 73.6025(b) (Antenna system and station 
location) because these rules were adopted many decades ago for the analog era and are not relevant to or 
used in the digital environment.36  We seek comment on these proposals.
B. Updates and Corrections to the Full Power and Class A Rules
10. We also propose to make other updates and corrections to the full power and Class A 
rules.  We propose to update the reference to the 2000 census population data found in section 
73.616(d)(1)37 to reflect a reference to the most recent official decennial U.S. Census population data, 
which conforms paragraph (d)(1) to the language in section 73.616(e)(1).38  We propose to amend 
references to the “Table of Allotments” in section 73.622(j) to the “Table of TV Allotments” in all places 
30 47 CFR § 73.616(d) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection).
31 73.615 (Administrative changes in authorizations).  For example, a station authorized at 30 dBk (decibels above 1 
kW) would operate at 1000 kW, while a station at 29.9 dBk consistent with the current rule would operate at 
approximately 977 kW.  The Bureau, however, authorizes stations today based on kW, allowing a station to be 
authorized at an intermediate value such as 990 kW.  The Bureau’s current practice therefore provides more 
precision.  
32 47 CFR § 73.614(a) (Power and antenna height requirements).
33 See Advanced Television Systems and Their Impact Upon the Existing Television Broadcast Service, MM Docket 
No. 87-268, Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order, 13 FCC Rcd 7418, 
7467, para. 120 (1998). 
34 Low Power Television and Television Translator Service, MM Docket No. 83-1350, Report and Order, 102 
F.C.C.2d 295, 311 (1984) (indicating that section 73.3516(c) should have been modified at the time when LPTV 
rules were adopted, which is the rule part that 73.1620(f) refers to).
35 See Part 74 Order.
36 See 28 Fed. Reg. 13572, 13678-79 (rel. Dec. 14, 1963) (section 73.685 (1963)).
37 As part of our reorganization, we propose to relocate section 73.616(d) (Post-transition DTV station interference 
protection) into a new section 73.620.  See infra.
38 47 CFR § 73.616(d)(1) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection).  This language was inadvertently not 
included in subsection (d)(1).  See Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television 
Standard, GN Docket No. 16-142, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 32 FCC Rcd 1670, 1696-97, para. 59 (2017) (in 
proposing to adopt section 73.616(e)(1), the Commission stated that “[w]e propose to update the Commission’s  
rules regarding acceptable levels for interference resulting from a broadcaster’s application for new or modified 
facilities”); Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, GN Docket No. 
16-142, Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 32 FCC Rcd 9930, 9986-88, para. 114 
(2017) (in adopting the rule, the Commission stated that “[a]fter the repacking process is complete, any broadcast 
television service or interference calculations will be based on the 2010 U.S. Census statistics, until after 2020, when 
the next U.S. Census statistics are scheduled to become available and the Media Bureau subsequently announces the 
date of application of such data”).  We also propose to make a similar revision in 47 CFR § 73.686(c)(1)(i) to 
conform the rule to 47 CFR § 73.616.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
9where it is referenced in subpart E39 and in subpart H, for continuity.40  We propose to amend section 
73.622(j) to reflect a channel substitution previously adopted upon notice and comment rulemaking that 
was adopted shortly before the current version of the Table of TV Allotments was adopted.41  We propose 
to amend certain rules in subpart E to add common abbreviations used elsewhere in the Commission’s 
rules and forms.42  We propose to amend certain rules in subpart H and subpart I to provide full power 
and Class A licensees and permittees with accurate information about current Commission forms and 
filing procedures, including the removal of obsolete forms.43  We propose to update section 73.1030 to 
39 47 CFR § 73.622 (section heading and (a)) (Digital television table of allotments); 73.623(d), (f), and (h) (DTV 
applications and changes to DTV allotments).
40 47 CFR § 73.1015 (Truthful written statements and responses to Commission inquiries and correspondence).  We 
also propose to update the reference to FM Table of Allotments to “Table of FM Allotments” in 47 CFR § 73.1015 
to reflect the name of the table in 47 CFR § 73.202(b).
41 On June 12, 2021, the Media Bureau issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in response to a petition filed by 
KTUL Licensee, LLC, the licensee of KTUL, Tulsa, Oklahoma, requesting the substitution of channel 14 for 
channel 10 at Tulsa in section 73.622(i), the DTV Table of Allotments.  Amendment of Section 73.622(i), Post-
Transition Table of DTV Allotments, Television Broadcast Stations (Tulsa, Oklahoma), MB Docket No. 21-9, 
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 36 FCC Rcd 157 (Vid. Div. 2021) (Tulsa NPRM).  In the Tulsa NPRM, the Bureau 
noted that the Commission had completed the incentive auction and broadcast television spectrum  repacking 
authorized by the Spectrum Act and that the Bureau would amend the rules to reflect all new full power channel 
assignments in a revised Table of Allotments.  Because the Table had not yet been amended, however, the Bureau 
continued to refer to section 73.622(i) for the purpose of the Tulsa proceeding.  Id. at 157, n.1.  The Bureau adopted 
a Report and Order amending section 73.622(i) to substitute channel 14 at Tulsa, Amendment of Section 73.622(i), 
Post-Transition Table of DTV Allotments, Television Broadcast Stations (Tulsa, Oklahoma), MB Docket No. 21-9, 
Report and Order, DA 21-1161 (rel. Sept. 16, 2021), and shortly thereafter the Commission adopted the Table of TV 
Allotments, which superseded section 73.622(i).  October 2021 Order at para. 8.  The amendment to section 
73.622(j) reflects this channel substitution. 
42 See, e.g., 47 CFR §§ 73.614(a) (adding abbreviations for “ERP” and “HAAT”) (Power and antenna height 
requirements); and 73.625(a)(1) (adding abbreviations for “ERP” and “HAAT”) (DTV coverage of principal 
community and antenna system).
43 47 CFR §§ 73.1250(e) (Broadcasting emergency information); 73.1350(h) (Transmission system operation); 
73.1560(a)(1) and (d) (Operating power and mode tolerances); 73.1615(c) (Operation during modification of 
facilities); 73.1620(a)(1)-(3) (Program tests); 73.1635(a)(2)-(3) (Special temporary authorizations (STA)); 
73.1675(b) (Auxiliary antennas); 73.1690(b) and (c)(3) (Modification of transmission systems); 73.1740(a)(4) 
(Minimum operating schedule); 73.1750 (Discontinuance of operation); 73.2080(c)(6) and (f) (deleting the 
references to obsolete Form 397 and updated the names of forms) (Equal employment opportunities (EEO)); 
73.3500 (Application and report forms); 73.3533(a)(1) and (a)(4)-(a)(7) (Application for construction permit or 
modification of construction permit); 73.3536(b)-(c) (Application for license to cover construction permit); 
73.3540(c)-(f) (Application for voluntary assignment or transfer of control); 73.3541(b) (Application for involuntary 
assignment of license or transfer of control); 73.3544(b)-(c) (Application to obtain a modified station license); 
73.3578(b) (Amendments to applications for renewal, assignment or transfer of control); 73.3587 (Procedure for 
filing informal objections); 73.3549 (Requests for extension of time to operate without required monitors, indicating 
instruments, and EAS encoders and decoders); 73.3550(a) and (j) (also adding “-DT” suffix in (a), (f), (k), and (m) 
(Requests for new or modified call sign assignments).  The Commission has acknowledged the use of the “-DT” 
suffix in prior rulemakings.  In 2004, the Commission permitted stations simulcasting their analog programming on 
their digital channel to make station identification announcements simultaneously for both stations as long as the 
identification included both call signs “(e.g., “WXXX-TV and WXXX-DT”).”  See Second Periodic Review of the 
Commission’s Rules and Polices Affecting the Conversion to Digital Television, MB Docket No. 03-15, Report and 
Order, 19 FCC Rcd 18279, 18355, para. 173 (2004) (subsequent citations omitted) (Second Periodic Review); see 
also Digital Transition Call Sign Procedures, Public Notice, 24 FCC Rcd 7617 (MB 2009).  We also propose to 
update 47 CFR §§ 73.3598(c) (Period of construction); 73.5005(a) (Filing of long-form applications); and 
73.5006(b) (Filing of petitions to deny against long-form applications).  We note that the numbering of our forms 
has changed with the transition of the Commission’s broadcast licensing database from the Consolidated Database 
System (CDBS) to the Licensing and Management System (LMS).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
10reflect updated contact information for the National Radio Astronomy Observatory site and the Radio 
Frequency Management Coordinator.44  We propose to delete section 73.682(a)(1) as duplicative of 
section 73.624(a) and thus, unnecessary.45  We seek comment on these proposals.
11. We also propose to make amendments to correct typographical errors in words and cross-
references that contain incorrect rule citations.46  We propose to delete repetitive language within a rule.47  
We also propose to revise section 73.682(d) to break the existing paragraph into subsections, without 
altering its content, in order to make the paragraph more accessible to licensees and the public.48  In 
addition, we propose to eliminate notes to rules and shift the language into the text of the relevant rule to 
conform to the publishing conventions of the National Archives and Records Administration’s Office of 
the Federal Register.49  We seek comment on these proposals.
12. We propose to delete section 73.685(e) (Transmitter location and antenna system) 
because it is redundant with section 73.625(c)(2) (antenna system), and contains certain requirements 
regarding directional antennas which are no longer in use.  We propose to delete section 73.622(f)(2) as 
obsolete, since all applications are now evaluated for interference using OET Bulletin No. 69.50  We also 
propose to delete section 73.6027 as duplicative and unnecessary.  That rule provides that Class A 
television station must comply with section 73.1030 of the rules.51  Section 73.1030, however, is already 
44 47 CFR § 73.1030(a)(1) and (b)(2) (Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and 
receiving installations).
45 47 CFR § 73.682(a)(1) (TV transmission standards) and 47 CFR § 73.624(a) (Digital television broadcast 
stations) (both noting the width of a television channel is 6 MHz).
46 47 CFR §§ 73.616(e)(1) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection); 73.622(c)(1) (Digital television 
table of allotments); 73.623(c)(5)(iii), (d)(1), (d)(4) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments); 73.624(g) 
(Digital television broadcast stations); 73.625(c)(5) (cites to 73.622(f)(4) which is irrelevant to electrical beam tilt) 
(DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system); 73.626(c)(2) (DTV distributed transmission systems); 
73.681 (definition for “Antenna height above average terrain” corrected to update rule cross-reference) 
(Definitions); 73.682(d) (TV transmission standards); 73.683(c)(3) (Field strength contours and presumptive 
determination of field strength at individual locations); 73.1217 (Broadcast hoaxes); 73.1250 (Broadcasting 
emergency information); 73.1615(b)(3) (Operation during modification of facilities); 73.1690(b)(3) and (c)(3) 
(Modification of transmission systems); 73.3550(b) and (i) (Requests for new or modified call sign assignments); 
73.5007(b)(3)(v) (Designated entity provisions); 73.3578(b) (Amendments to applications for renewal, assignment 
or transfer of control); 73.6018 (Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV stations); 74.793(g) (Low power TV 
and TV translator station protection of broadcast stations); and 73.4060(a) (Citizens agreements).
47 47 CFR § 73.623(e) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments).
48 See proposed 47 CFR § 73.682(d)(1)-(4) (TV transmission standards).  We also propose to remove citations to 
sections of the Communications Act in proposed section 73.682(d)(3)(ii) relating to the organization and functions 
of the Commission that we believe were inadvertently included in the rule, as well as the physical address of ATSC 
in favor of solely providing an updated web address (https://www.atsc.org/documents/atsc-1-0-standards/).  We also 
propose to remove the physical address of ATSC in 47 CFR § 73.8000 (Incorporation by reference).
49 See 47 CFR §§ 73.682 (TV transmission standards); 73.1216 (Licensee-conducted contests); 73.1217 (Broadcast 
hoaxes); and 73.3525 (Agreements for removing application conflicts).
50 47 CFR § 73.622(f)(2) (Digital television table of allotments).  See also 47 CFR § 73.616(d) (Post-transition DTV 
station interference protection), which requires applications to pass an analysis with OET Bulletin No. 69.
51 47 CFR § 73.6027 (Class A TV notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving 
installations).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
11applicable to Class A stations.52  We also propose to place a reference to section 73.1030 in section 
73.6026 (Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations), which lists rules that apply to 
Class A by reference.  We similarly propose to delete the last sentence of 73.6020 (Protection of stations 
in the land mobile radio service) with respect to land mobile radio service (LMRS) operations on channel 
16 in New York, as it is duplicative of the reference to section 74.709 in the first sentence of 73.6020, 
since section 74.709 requires protection of channel 16 in New York.  We also propose to streamline 
section 73.6000 by amending the rule, after deleting the analog content, to simplify and shorten the 
language without further altering the meaning or content.53  We seek comment on these proposals.
13. We also seek to add an explanatory note to section 73.623 to reference and explain the 
existence of a granted waiver with respect to the community of Los Angeles, California.54  Section 73.623 
requires television stations to protect certain channels for use by LMRS in thirteen U.S. cities listed in the 
rule.  In 2008, the Commission’s Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau (PSHSB) granted a waiver 
pursuant to section 337(c) of the Communications Act, as amended,55 allowing the County of Los 
Angeles to use channel 15 in Los Angeles for public safety communications.56  Because this channel is 
adjacent to two channels contained in section 73.623, we believe the public interest is served by including 
a note explaining the existence of the 2008 waiver.  We seek comment on these proposals.
C. Post-Incentive Auction Licensing and Operation (Section 73.3700)
14.  Section 73.3700(a)(2) includes licensing and procedural rules for television stations 
during the post-incentive auction transition.  The incentive auction closed on April 13, 2017,57 and thus, 
we propose to amend section 73.3700(a)(2) to add the citation to the Channel Reassignment Public Notice 
that was released by the Commission’s Media and Wireless Telecommunications Bureaus and Incentive 
Auction Task Force announcing the completion of the auction and deadlines for stations assigned new 
channels through the repacking process to terminate operations on pre-auction channels.58  We also 
propose to delete as obsolete certain definitions that relate to the bid options that were available to full 
power and Class A television broadcasters eligible to participate in the incentive auction that closed on 
April 13, 2017.59  We also propose to delete as obsolete procedural rules that governed the post-incentive 
auction period for stations to transition off their pre-auction channel, which ended on July 13, 2020, 
52 47 CFR § 73.1030 (Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving installations). 
Class A licensees are required to comply with all part 73 regulations except for those that cannot apply for technical 
or other reasons.  Establishment of a Class A Television Service, MM Docket No. 00-10, Report and Order, 15 FCC 
Rcd 6355, 6365, para. 23 (2000) (Class A Report and Order). 
53 47 CFR § 73.6000 (Definitions – because we propose to delete subsection (1) in supra n. 10, we propose to delete 
the number (2), but retain the text). 
54 47 CFR § 73.623 (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments).  A similar explanatory note was added to 
section 74.709 in the Commission’s Part 74 Order at para. 8. 
55 47 U.S.C. § 337(c).
56 See Request for Waiver of the Commission’s Rules to Authorize Public Safety Communications in the 476-482 
MHz Band (County of Los Angeles, California), Order, 23 FCC Rcd 18389 (PSHSB 2008).
57 Incentive Auction Closing and Channel Reassignment Public Notice: The Broadcast Television Incentive Auction 
Closes; Reverse Auction and Forward Auction Results Announced; Final Television Band Channel Assignments 
Announced; Post-Auction Deadlines Announced, GN Docket No. 12-268, Public Notice, 32 FCC Rcd 2786 
(WTB/MB 2017) (Channel Reassignment Public Notice).  
58 47 CFR § 73.3700(a) (Definitions), and (a)(2) (Channel reassignment public notice).
59 47 CFR §§ 73.3700(a) (Definitions), (6) (High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station), (7) (License relinquishment station), 
and (17) (UHF-to-VHF station). Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
12including the portions of the rule pertaining to the special post-incentive auction displacement filing 
window which closed on June 1, 2018 and applied to low power television and television translator 
stations displaced by the auction.60  We retain those portions of the rule pertaining to the small number of 
stations that are still engaged in constructing final facilities on their post-auction channel assignments and 
to the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund.61  We seek comment on these proposals.  
D. Updates to Listing of FCC Policies
15. Section 73.4000 et seq provides certain FCC policies and citations related to all broadcast  
stations for the purpose of reference and convenience.  Section 73.4000 addresses the fact that the present 
listing of FCC policies and citations contained in 73.4000 et seq may not be an all-inclusive list.62  We 
propose to also include cautionary language in the rule to note that subsequent decisions or actions may 
exist.  We seek comment on this proposal.  We also propose to amend a number of rules in section 
73.4000 et seq that are now obsolete or otherwise require updates.  For instance, the Commission no 
longer uses comparative hearings to award commercial broadcast licenses so section 73.4082 related to 
such proceedings is obsolete.63  We propose to remove or update rules that implicate audio services that 
are obsolete or require updates.64  And we propose to update rules to reflect the availability of newer 
versions of procedures and Commission orders.65  We also propose to update certain rules to reflect the 
60 47 CFR §§ 73.3700(b) (Post-auction licensing), (c) (Consumer education for transitioning stations), (d) (Notice to 
MVPDs), and (g) (Low Power TV and TV translator stations).
61 See 47 U.S.C. § 1452(j)(1)(A)-(B); see also Incentive Auction Task Force and Media Bureau Report on the Status 
of the Post-Incentive Auction Transition and Reimbursement Program; Announce a Further Allocation from the 
Relocation Fund; and Announce Procedures for Eligible Entities to Close Out Accounts in the Fund, Public Notice, 
34 FCC Rcd 304, 312, para. 26 (2019); Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum 
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and Order, 29 FCC Rcd 6567, 6825-26, paras. 632-36 (2014). 
62 47 CFR § 73.4000 (Listing of FCC policies).
63 See 47 CFR § 73.4082 (Comparative broadcast hearings – specialized programming formats).  The Commission 
no longer resolves mutually exclusive broadcast applications through comparative hearings but rather now uses 
competitive bidding procedures.  See 47 CFR § 73.5000 et seq (procedures for competitive bidding); Implementation 
of Section 309(j) of the Communications Act; Competitive Bidding for Commercial Broadcast and Instructional 
Television Fixed Service, MM Docket No. 97-234, First Report and Order, 13 FCC Rcd 15920 (1998) (subsequent 
citations omitted) (Competitive Bidding First R&O).
64  Section 73.4017 is proposed to be removed because these policies have been replaced by competitive bidding 
procedures in sections 73.5000-73.5009.  See 47 CFR § 73.4017 (Application processing: Commercial FM stations); 
47 CFR §§ 73.5000-73.5009; Competitive Bidding First R&O, at 15972, para. 137 (1998).  Section 73.4100 and Section 
73.4101 are proposed to be retained and amended to add a more recent policy pronouncement from 1981 and 1987.  
See 47 CFR §§ 73.4100 (Financial qualifications; new AM and FM stations) and 73.4101 (Financial qualifications, 
TV stations); Revision of Application for Construction Permit for Commercial Broadcast Station (FCC Form 301), 
Memorandum Opinion and Order, 50 R.R.2d 381, para. 6 (1981) and Certification of Financial Qualification by 
Applicants for Broadcast Station Construction Permits, Public Notice, 2 FCC Rcd 2122 (1987).  Section 73.4107 is 
proposed to be eliminated as the cited documents refer to a completed proceeding.  All of the cited documents 
concern the rollout and implementation of Docket 80-90 and the 689 FM allotments adopted therein.  The allotments 
have been established, the proceeding is terminated, and we believe there is no public interest served by listing the 
cited documents in the policy statement.  See 47 CFR § 73.4107 (FM broadcast assignments, increasing availability 
of).  We also propose to eliminate section 73.4108 because this requirement was eliminated for FM stations.  See 47 
CFR § 73.4108 (FM transmitter site map submissions); 1998 Biennial Regulatory Review – Streamlining of Mass 
Media Applications, Rules, and Processes, MM Docket Nos. 98-43 and 94-149, Report and Order, 13 FCC Rcd 
23056, 23082, para. 60 (1998) (rejecting the suggestion that the Commission continue to require the filing of site 
maps, finding it to be an “unnecessary expense for applicants” “in most instances”).  
65 See 47 CFR §§ 73.4210 (Procedure Manual: “The Public and Broadcasting”) (The rule is tentatively updated to 
reflect a newer version of the procedure manual, which is available at: https://www.fcc.gov/media/radio/public-and-
broadcasting); 73.4267 (Time brokerage) (The revisions to the rule propose to remove outdated citations and add 
(continued….)Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
13subsequent passage of legislation and the later Commission revision of the relevant policy.66  We seek 
comment on these proposals.
E. Deletion of Obsolete Language Due to Passage of Time and Changes in Commission 
Policy
16. The Class A television service was authorized by passage of the Community 
Broadcasters Protection Act of 1999 (CBPA), pursuant to which eligible LPTV stations could obtain 
partial qualified primary status.67  The CBPA was enacted on December 31, 1999, and in implementing 
the Act in 2000,68 the Commission gave eligible stations until May 1, 2000, to file an application for a 
Class A license.  Stations that were authorized or applications that were no longer subject to the filing of 
competing applications prior to passage of the CBPA were not required to protect analog LPTV stations 
that became Class A stations with passage of the CBPA on November 29, 1999.  All of the LPTV stations 
that became analog Class A stations and are still operating are now digital Class A stations.  Accordingly, 
this note to section 73.613(a) is now obsolete and we propose to delete it.69  Section 73.6018 provides, in 
part, that Class A television stations were required to protect any pre-transition DTV applications filed 
before December 31, 1999, or between December 31, 1999 and May 1, 2000.  Because the time for filing 
such pre-transition DTV applications is long past and none remain pending, we tentatively conclude that 
we should delete this language.70  In addition, now that May 1, 2000 is past, the final sentence in 
73.623(c)(5) is rendered obsolete through the passage of time and we propose to delete it.71  We seek 
comment on these proposals.
17. Section 73.6019 provides, in part, that Class A stations that were reassigned a new 
channel in connection with the incentive auction were not required to protect low power television or TV 
translator stations in the applications they filed for a construction permit for the channel specified in the 
April 13, 2017 Channel Reassignment Public Notice.72  Those applications were required to be filed by 
July 12, 2017, absent a waiver.73  Such waiver requests were required to be submitted no later than June 
(Continued from previous page)  
citations to reflect current policy).  See Review of the Commission’s Regulations Governing Attribution of Broadcast 
and Cable/MDS Interests, MM Docket Nos. 94-150, 92-51, 87-154, Report and Order, 14 FCC Rcd 12559 (1999).  
See also 47 CFR § 73.3555, Note 2(j). 
66 See 47 CFR § 73.4055 (Cigarette advertising) (tentatively updated to reflect that in 1986, Congress extended the 
ban to include advertisements for smokeless tobacco products.  See 15 U.S.C. § 4402(c)).  
67 Community Broadcasters Protection Act of 1999, Pub. L. No. 106-113, 113 Stat. Appendix I at pp. 1501A-594 – 
1501A-598 (1999), codified at 47 U.S.C. § 336(f) (CBPA). 
68 Class A Report and Order; Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration, 16 FCC Rcd 8244 (2001).  
69 47 CFR § 73.613 (Note to 73.613(a)) (Protection of Class A TV Stations).
70 47 CFR § 73.6018 (Digital Class A TV protection of DTV stations).  We also propose to delete references to 
digital and DTV.
71 47 CFR § 73.623(c)(5) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments).  We believe this deletion is further 
supported by the fact that the Commission previously stated “Section 73.623 is amended by revising paragraph (a) 
as follows and deleting paragraphs (c) and (g).” (emphasis added).  This was also reflected in the Federal Register 
publication, 86 Fed. Reg. 66193 (Nov. 22, 2021), which states “Section 73.623 is amended by revising paragraph (a) 
and by removing and reserving paragraphs (c) and (g).” (emphasis added).  86 Fed. Reg. 66193, 66209 (Nov. 22, 
2021).  While references to the section were deleted, the subsection remains in the rules.  
72 47 CFR § 73.6019 (Digital Class A TV station protection of low power TV, TV translator, digital low power TV 
and digital TV translator stations), citing § 73.3700(b)(1).
73 Channel Reassignment Public Notice, 32 FCC Rcd at 2809, para. 70.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
1412, 2017 and all such requests have been disposed of in decisions that are now final.74  Thus, we propose 
to delete that portion of the rule as obsolete.  We seek comment on this proposal.
18. Section 73.6022 provides that Class A stations displaced by channel allotment changes 
by a DTV station could negotiate to exchange channels with the DTV station, subject to certain 
conditions.75  Class A stations were subject to displacement only as the result of “engineering solutions” 
by full power television stations to resolve “technical problems” in replicating or maximizing the full 
power television station’s digital service area during the digital transition.76  Because the digital transition 
is complete, any such displacements were necessarily already identified and resolved.  Accordingly, we 
tentatively conclude that we should delete subsection (b) of the rule as obsolete.  We seek comment on 
that tentative conclusion.
19. We also propose to amend section 73.1020(a) to delete dates in the past and include the 
applicable dates for future license renewal cycles.  Section 73.1020(a) provides, in part, the default time 
of expiration for initial and renewal broadcast licenses by state.77  Specifically, the default time of 
expiration for such licenses will be 3 a.m., local time, on certain enumerated dates and thereafter at 8-year 
intervals for radio and TV broadcast stations depending on location.  Because the dates specified in the 
current rule for filing such renewal applications are now in the past, we propose to amend the rule to 
update the license expiration dates for the next renewal cycle.  We seek comment on that proposal.  In 
addition, we propose to remove as obsolete language from section 73.1020(b) that refers to the cutoff date 
for the filing of applications mutually exclusive with renewal applications that are filed on or before May 
1, 1995 and no such applications are on file.78  We seek comment on this proposal.
20. Similarly, we propose to remove as obsolete due to the passage of time section 
73.3598(b)(3), which provides that the period of construction for an original construction permit will toll 
for certain reasons of international coordination during the DTV transition, which is now complete.79  We 
propose to delete language in proposed section 73.682(d)(1) that specifies that digital standards 
incorporated by reference into the Commission rules became effective October 11, 2011, as the specific 
start date is now obsolete.80  We also propose to remove as obsolete the portion of section 73.3572(a)(3) 
that provided a window that expired October 1, 2000 for certain proposed minor change applications.81  
We also propose to delete provisions that reference the comparative hearing process, which no longer 
74 Id.
75 47 CFR §73.6022 (section heading and (b)) (Negotiated interference and relocation agreements).
76 Freeze on the Filing of Applications for Digital Replacement Translator Stations and Displacement Applications, 
Public Notice, 29 FCC Rcd 6063 (2014), citing Class A Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at 6380-81, paras. 61-64 
(subsequent citations omitted).
77 47 CFR § 73.1020(a) (Station license period).
78 47 CFR § 73.1020(b) (Station license period).  See also Reading Broadcasting, Inc., for Renewal of License of 
Station WTVE(TV), Channel 51 Reading, Pennsylvania and Adams Communications Corporation, for Construction 
Permit for a New Television Station to Operate on Channel 51, Reading, Pennsylvania, MM Docket No. 99-153, 17 
FCC Rcd 14001, para. 1 (2002) (In this decision, the Commission explained that it was “dispos[ing] of the last 
remaining “comparative renewal” proceeding, in which an incumbent licensee faces a comparative challenge from a 
construction permit applicant for the same facilities. Congress, by Act of February 8, 1996, Pub. Law 104-104, 110 
Stat. 56, codified as 47 C.F.R. § 309(k)(4), prohibited the comparative consideration of renewal applicants filed after 
May 1, 1995.”).
79 47 CFR § 73.3598(b)(3) (Period of construction).
80 See proposed section 73.682(d)(1) (TV transmission standards).  We also delete references to DTV and digital.
81 47 CFR § 73.3572(a)(3) (Processing of TV broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low power TV, TV translators, and 
TV booster applications).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
15exists.82  We also propose to delete section 73.3523,83 the first sentence of section 73.3516(e), 84  and the 
second sentence of section 73.3516(e)(1),85 which deal with obsolete procedures regarding mutually 
exclusive proceedings for renewal applications filed prior to May 1, 1995.  In addition, we propose to 
delete the second sentence of section 73.3533(b), which discusses an obsolete procedure for filing 
construction permit extension applications. 86  Specifically, that rule refers to section 73.3534, which 
specified three factors that could justify an extension of a construction permits.87  That section, however, 
was deleted in 2004.88  We seek comment on these proposals.
21. We propose to delete obsolete language in section 73.664(c)(3)(iii) concerning the 
certification of equipment.  The FCC no longer “type accepts” equipment, having overhauled the process 
to allow private parties to verify such equipment meets FCC requirements, and the results of such 
verifications do not need to be submitted to the FCC.89  We also propose to modify text throughout 
section 73.664 in order to remove references to analog operations such as references to the visual 
transmitter and to peak power.90  We propose to retain the remainder of this section that continues to 
provide important information for measuring transmitter operating power even in the post-transition 
context.  We similarly propose to retain section 73.688 while removing similar references to the visual 
transmitter.  We seek comment on these proposals.
22. We propose to delete sections 27.60 (TV/DTV interference protection criteria) and 
27.1310 (Protection of Broadcast Television Service in the 600 MHz band from wireless operations), 
which concern the protection of TV stations on certain channels by wireless services.91  All of these 
protections are for channels above channel 37, and thus are no longer relevant because the completion of 
82 47 CFR §§ 73.1620 (Program tests) (g)(1)-(3) (Reports required); 73.3519(a) (Repetitious applications) (the last 
sentence of subsection (a) that applicants whose applications have been denied in a comparative hearing may apply 
immediately for another available facility); and 73.4082 (Comparative broadcast hearings – specialized 
programming formats).  
83 47 CFR § 73.3523 (Dismissal of applications in renewal proceedings).  We also propose to delete the first clause 
of  47 CFR § 73.3525(a) (Agreements for removing application conflicts), which cross-references section 73.3523.
84 47 CFR § 73.3516(e) (Specification of facilities).  
85 47 CFR § 73.3516(e)(1) (Specification of facilities).
86 47 CFR § 73.3533(b) (Application for construction permit or modification of construction permit).
87 47 CFR § 73.3534.  See also Application of Mansfield Christian School, 10 FCC Rcd 12589, 12590, para. 5 
(1995).
88 69 Fed. Reg. 72043 (Dec. 10, 2004).
89 47 CFR § 73.664(c)(3)(iii) (Determining operating power).  Currently, there are two procedures used for RF 
device equipment authorization: SDoC and Certification.  See 47 CFR §§ 2.906 (Supplier’s Declaration of 
Conformity) and 2.907 (Certification); see also Office of Engineering & Technology (OET), Equipment 
Authorization, https://www.fcc.gov/engineering-technology/laboratory-division/general/equipment-authorization 
(last visited Aug. 9, 2022).  On July 14, 2017, the Commission amended its radiofrequency equipment authorization 
rules.  Amendment of Parts 0, 1, 2, 15, and 18 of the Commission’s Rules Regarding Authorization of 
Radiofrequency Equipment, ET Docket No. 15-170, First Report and Order, 32 FCC Rcd 8746 (2017) (SDoC 
Order). The adopted rules phased out the Verification and Declaration of Conformity equipment authorization 
procedures and replaced them with a new equipment authorization procedure, the SDoC.  Federal Communications 
Commission, Authorization of Radiofrequency Equipment, 82 Fed. Reg. 50820 (Nov. 2, 2017).  A device authorized 
under previously accepted procedures remains authorized and may be marketed or used if it continues to meet the 
requirements attendant to that authorization.
90 See supra n. 12. 
91 47 CFR §§ 27.60 (TV/DTV interference protection criteria) and 27.1310 (Protection of Broadcast Television 
Service in the 600 MHz band from wireless operations).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
16the digital TV transition and the incentive auction and repacking process reassigned channels in that range 
for wireless use.  We seek comment on this proposal.
F. Reorganization of Subpart E – Television Broadcast Stations 
23. Full power television began to transition to digital with the passage of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996,92 and ended on June 12, 2009, when full power television stations 
commenced digital-only operations.  During the transition, the Commission was required to adopt a 
number of rules dealing with, inter alia, special relaxed digital to digital interference standards necessary 
to take into account that most stations were operating both an analog and digital channel during the 
transition, digital construction deadlines, minimum digital operating schedules, analog to digital and 
digital to analog interference rules, and digital to digital interference rules post-transition.93  Many of 
these rules were temporary and meant to be effective only during the DTV transition.94  Others, however, 
had more long term application to digital operations.  Because the more long term rules were adopted at 
the same time as temporary rules, the long term rules are currently not organized in a straight forward or 
user-friendly manner.  For example, section 73.623(d) (Minimum geographic spacing requirements for 
new TV allotments) is in the rule section dealing with TV applications and changes to TV allotments.  
This subsection, however, deals with new allotments, and might more logically belong in section 73.622 
(Table of TV Allotments).  In addition, there are instances where the rules are duplicative.95   
24. To make the organization of the rules more practical and the rules easier to find, we 
propose to reorganize subpart E, while also offering some minor clarifications and amendments to some 
of the rules.  First, we propose to create a new section 73.611 (Emission levels and mask filters) which 
would relocate, verbatim, the language from section 73.622(h)(1) and (2) which is currently part of the 
Table of TV Allotments section.  These rules involve the permissible level of emissions outside the 
authorized channel of operation and how attenuation of emission levels is to be measured at the output 
92 See A dvanced Television Systems and Their Impact upon the Existing Television Broadcast Service, MM Docket 
No. 87-268, 12 FCC Rcd 12809 (1997) (Implementing television broadcast portions of the Telecommunications Act 
of 1996) (subsequent citations omitted); see Telecommunications Act of 1996, Pub. L. No. 104-104, 110 Stat. 56 
(1996)).
93 For an overview of the numerous rulemaking proceedings, see Review of the Commission's Rules and Policies 
Affecting the Conversion to Digital Television, MB Docket No. 00-39, Report and Order and Further Notice of 
Proposed Rulemaking, 16 FCC Rcd 5946 (2001) (subsequent citations omitted); Second Periodic Review, 19 FCC 
Rcd 18279 (2004); Third Periodic Review of the Commission’s Rules and Policies Affecting the Conversion to 
Digital Television, MB Docket No. 07-91, Report and Order, 23 FCC Rcd 2994 (2007) (subsequent citations 
omitted).
94 For example, section 73.623(c)(2) (Minimum technical criteria for modification of DTV allotments included in 
the initial DTV Table of Allotments and for applications filed pursuant to this section) allowed petitioners and 
applicants to specify facilities that would result in an increase of up to an additional 2 percent of the population 
served by another station, provided that the station would not receive more than 10 percent interference in the 
aggregate.  Post-transition, however, the level of permissible interference dropped to 0.5%, the rounding tolerance 
for zero.  See 47 CFR § 73.616(d).
95 For example, 47 CFR §§ 73.616(d) and (e) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection) and 73.623(c)(2)-
(5) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments) both require the use of OET Bulletin No. 69.  Some of the 
specific parameters in section 73.623(c) are outdated (such as those that refer to the 2 percent and 10 percent 
aggregate pre-transition interference standard), but most of the remaining rule text is directly duplicative of section 
73.616(d) and (e) (for example, both discuss how to determine DTV to DTV interference using OET Bulletin 69, 
that the minimum adjacent channel technical criteria does not apply to channels 4 and 5, 6 and 7, and 13 and 14, 
because of unique spacing between these channel, and how to determine interference to Class A television stations).  
Thus, as stated above, we propose deleting subsection 73.623(c)(2)-(5).  In addition, there are cases where an analog 
rule and a digital rule are both found in the rules with similar text, such as sections 73.625 (DTV coverage of 
principal community and antenna system) and 73.685 (Transmitter location and antenna system).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
17terminals of the transmitter, including any filters that may be employed.96  We believe this change will 
improve the organization of the rules because this technical rule has little direct relationship to the Table 
of TV Allotments.  We seek comment on moving this language to a separate stand-alone rule for easier 
reference.
25. We propose to remove the analog power limits from section 73.614(b) (Power and 
antenna height requirements) and replace them with the digital power limits currently found in section 
73.622(f)(5)-(8) (Table of TV allotments), and we propose to clarify that all applications for new full 
power television stations, applications for changes in authorized full power television stations, and 
petitions for changes to the Table of TV Allotments must comply with these requirements.97  The portions 
of the rule in section 73.622(f)(5)-(8) focus on power and antenna height requirements.98  While these 
power and antenna height requirements are sometimes referred to in Table of Allotment proceedings, they 
are also frequently considered in processing applications, and so we believe including these provisions in 
a separate subsection will make them easier to reference regardless of whether an allotment or an 
application is being considered.  We also propose to clarify in the newly placed section 73.614(b)(6), that 
the largest station in the market provision only allows a station to exceed the maximum height for a given 
channel and zone, and not the maximum power for that channel and zone.  This addition to the rule is 
consistent with a clarification adopted by the Commission in 2001.99  We also propose to delete section 
73.614(b)(7) (Power and antenna height requirements) as duplicative of section 73.625(c)(1) (DTV 
coverage of principal community and antenna system).100  We further propose to retain for digital 
operations a requirement that existed for analog operations that applications will not be accepted for filing 
if they specify less than a minimum effective radiated power of 100 watts because the Media Bureau staff 
already applies this minimum level in routine processing and we do not believe it is in the public interest 
for full power television stations to operate with what is essentially a low power facility.101  Finally, we 
propose that for stations requesting DTS operation pursuant to section 73.626 (DTV distributed 
transmission systems) that this requirement apply to at least one site in the DTS.  We seek comment on 
these proposals.    
26. We also propose to collect provisions on related matters that are currently spread over 
various rules and group them together.  First, we propose to create a new section 73.617 (Interference 
protection of other services) which collects provisions from sections 73.623(e) (Protection of land mobile 
operations on channels 14-20),102 73.687(e)(3)-(4),103 73.623(f),104 and 73.685(d).105  Most of these rules 
96 See Advanced Television Systems and Their Impact upon the Existing Television Broadcast Service, MM Docket 
No. 87-268, Sixth Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd 14588, 14676-77, para. 195 (1997).
97 47 CFR § 73.614(b) (Power and antenna height requirements).  This would make section 73.622(f)(4) redundant, 
as section 73.622(f)(8) also contains a 1000 kW limit for UHF stations, and we thus propose to delete section 
73.622(f)(4).
98 Sections 73.622(f)(6)-(8) set forth the digital power limits and (f)(5) sets forth an exception which is commonly 
referred to as the “largest station in the market rule.”  
99 See Review of the Commission’s Rules and Policies Affecting the Conversion to Digital Television, MM Docket 
No. 00-39, Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 16 FCC Rcd 5946 (2001) (subsequent 
history omitted).  Specifically, the Commission clarified that under section 73.622(f)(5), “the maximum ERP limits . 
. . may not be exceeded.”  Id. at 5974, para. 74.  Instead, “[t]he ‘largest station’ provision applies only where the 
rules normally require a reduction in the maximum power because a specified antenna HAAT is exceeded.  That is, 
it does not allow power higher than the maximum ERP to compensate for an antenna HAAT that is lower than the 
value specified in the rule.”  Id.
100 47 CFR §§ 73.614(b)(7) and 73.625(c)(1).
101 47 CFR § 73.614(a) (Minimum power). 
102 47 CFR § 73.623(e).  We propose to amend the rule to add a note to reference and explain the existence of a 
granted waiver with respect to the community of Los Angeles, California allowing the County of Los Angeles to use 
(continued….)Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
18are used for both licensing and allotments and we believe they will be easier to identify and use if 
gathered into one section rather than scattered among various rules.  We seek comment on this proposed 
restructuring.  We also propose to include a new paragraph 73.617(e) to codify a long standing 
Commission practice to place a condition on all television broadcast station authorizations that result in a 
change in coverage area, and all authorizations for new stations, which requires TV broadcasters to 
identify and notify hospital and other health care facilities within the station’s coverage area to avoid 
interference to medical telemetry devices.106  This condition is consistent with a current practice agreed to 
between the Commission and the Food and Drug Administration in 1998 and we believe codifying this 
practice in our rules will ensure that all licensees are aware of this requirement to avoid interference to 
medical telemetry devices.107  We seek comment on this proposal.
27. We propose to create a new section 73.618 (Antenna location and principal community 
coverage), which would relocate, verbatim, the language from 73.625(a) (DTV coverage of principal 
community and antenna system).  We also propose to centralize multiple existing rules into one rule that 
would include instructions on how to determine the protected facilities of a television allotment,108 the 
noise-limited contour level of a television station,109 how the noise-limited contour is determined,110 and 
the purposes for which field strength contours are used.111  We therefore propose to include these existing 
requirements in a new section 73.619 (Contour and service areas), and update the section heading of 
section 73.683 to “Presumptive determination of field strength at individual locations,” in order to remove 
reference to portions of the rule that are relocated to the new section 73.619.  Similarly, we propose to 
create a new section 73.620 (Interference calculation and protection of TV broadcast services) that will 
include the requirements currently spread throughout multiple rules in section 73.623(c)112 and sections 
73.616(d) and (e) (merged into a new section 73.620(a)-(d)).113  Additionally, we propose to move the 
(Continued from previous page)  
channel 15 in Los Angeles for public safety communications, and propose to update the city center coordinates at 
supra para. 13.
103 47 CFR § 73.687(e)(3)-(4) (Transmission system requirements).  This section requires stations operating on 
channel 14 to take special precautions to avoid adjacent LMRS facilities and sets forth various steps stations should 
take to identify and resolve potential interference.  See also Resolution of Interference Between UHF Channels 14 
and 69 and Adjacent-Channel Land Mobile Operations, MM Docket No. 87-465, Report and Order, 6 FCC Rcd 
5148 (1991).
104 47 CFR § 73.623(f) (DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments) (“Parties requesting new allotments on 
channel 6 be added to DTV Table must submit an engineering study demonstrating that no interference would be 
caused to existing FM radio stations on FM channels 200-220.”).
105 47 CFR § 73.685(d) (Transmitter location and antenna system).  We also propose to change “blanket area” to 
“blanketing,” which reflects the updated term now used by stakeholders.
106 Such devices are authorized under 47 CFR § 15.242 (Operation in the bands 174-216 MHz and 470-668 MHz) 
and 47 CFR Part 95 subpart H.
107 See Joint Statement of the Federal Communications Commission and the Food and Drug Administration 
Regarding Avoidance of Interference Between Digital Television and Medical Telemetry Devices, 
https://transition.fcc.gov/Bureaus/Engineering_Technology/News_Releases/1998/nret8003.html (Mar. 25, 1998).
108 47 CFR § 73.616(c) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection), as amended.
109 47 CFR § 73.622(e) (Digital television table of allotments), as amended supra para. 6 and n. 11.
110 47 CFR § 73.625(b) (DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system), as amended infra paras. 33-38.  
111 47 CFR § 73.683(c) (Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field strength at individual 
locations).
112 47 CFR § 73.623(c) (describes the minimum technical criteria for modification of DTV allotments included in 
the initial DTV Table of Allotments and for applications filed pursuant to this section), as amended supra. 
113 47 CFR § 73.616 (Post-transition DTV station interference protection) as amended supra.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
19rule from section 73.616(g) to a new section 73.620(f).114  We believe that this revised organization of 
these requirements will make the rules easier to identify and use, and eliminate duplicate versions of some 
of these rules.  We seek comment on these proposals.
28. We propose to modify sections 73.622 (Television table of allotments) and 73.623 (TV 
application processing) to separate out rules specific to the Table of TV Allotments and application 
processing procedures into separate sections.  In section 73.622(a), we propose to modify the language to 
clarify the rule sections specific to petitions to modify the Table of TV Allotments.115  We also propose to 
remove (a)(1) and (a)(2) as redundant with the content of section 73.603 (Numerical designation of 
television channels).116  We propose to redesignate the language in section 73.622(d)(2) as section 
73.622(d), clarify the rule text to indicate this subsection applies to all allotments, and clarify that the 
“reference coordinates” for each allotment are those of the authorized facility, or for new allotments, the 
coordinates given in the order amending the Table of TV Allotments.117  Finally, we propose to relocate 
the text from section 73.623(d), relating to the minimum distance separations for new TV allotments, to a 
new section 73.622(k).  In section 73.623(a), we propose to modify the language to clarify the rule 
sections specific to application processing and remove discussion of modifications to the Table of TV 
Allotments.  We propose to relocate the text from section 73.622(c), regarding the availability of channels 
for application, into section 73.623(b).  Finally, we propose to update cross-references found in section 
73.623(h) and update the section heading to “TV application processing priorities” in order to clarify its 
purpose.  We seek comment on these proposals.
29. We propose to reorganize section 73.624(b) (Television broadcast stations) for clarity by 
splitting some of the text in subpart (b) into a new subpart (b)(1) (requiring stations broadcasting in ATSC 
1.0 to transmit an over the air signal at no direct charge to viewers).118  We propose to relocate section 
73.685(h) (Transmitter location and antenna system), pertaining to AM stations, to become new section 
73.625(c)(4)(iii) (TV coverage of principal community and antenna system).  We also propose to relocate 
section 73.682(a)(14) (TV transmission standards), regarding the use of elliptically- and circularly-
polarized antennas, to become a new section 73.625(d) (TV coverage of principal community and antenna 
system).119  While the rest of section 73.682(a) related specifically to analog station operations, we 
believe this specific subpart of (a)(14) applies to all stations and note that its content is consistent with the 
functions in LMS applicable to applications.  Thus, we tentatively conclude it should be relocated to make 
it easier to identify by users of our rules.  We seek comment on these proposals.
30. While the current rule structure has become disjointed over the years, and is only 
exacerbated by the deletion of obsolete portions of the rules, we understand that the structure is also 
familiar to many users and we recognize that many licensees, counsel, and other users of our rules may 
have concerns about a reorganization to our rules that have been in the same location or under the same 
section number for many years.  We propose to mitigate that concern by updating cross-references to the 
rules reorganized as described herein, as well as providing cross-references to the new location of a rule 
114 See 47 CFR § 73.616(g) (relating to interference protection of ATSC 3.0 stations).
115 Due to this change, section 73.616(a) (TV station interference protection) becomes largely duplicative of this 
proposed section 73.622(a) and we thus propose to delete section 73.616(a).
116 47 CFR §§ 73.622(a)(1)-(2) (Digital television table of Allotments) and 73.603 (Numerical designation of 
television channels).
117 Section 73.616(b) is duplicative of this proposed section 73.622(d) and we thus propose to delete section 
73.616(b).  We also propose editorial changes for clarity in section 73.622(d).
118 We note that nothing in this proposal alters the application of this rule to ATSC 3.0.
119 See proposed 73.625(d) (DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
20that has been relocated in the location it was previously found.120  We believe that providing these cross-
references would make it easier for users to become accustomed to the new structure.  We seek comment 
on this proposal.
G. Protection of Land Mobile Radio Service 
31. Section 73.623(e) of the rules121 requires full power and Class A television stations to 
protect certain channels for use by LMRS in thirteen U.S. cities.  For television stations that use or would 
use channels 14 through 20, the rule specifies a distance of 250 kilometers from the city center of a co-
channel land mobile operation, or 176 kilometers from the city center of an adjacent channel land mobile 
operation.  The set of coordinates for the city centers were calculated based on the 1927 North American 
Datum (“NAD 27”).  As a result of improvements in technology and measuring capabilities, NAD 27 has 
been superseded by the 1983 North American Datum (“NAD 83”).  The Commission’s Office of 
Engineering and Technology and Office of the Managing Director have previously explained that 
“[g]eodetic datum is a set of constants specifying the coordinate system used for calculating the 
coordinates of points on the Earth.  NAD 83 was developed based on satellite and remote-sensing 
measurement techniques, and provides greater accuracy than the older NAD 27.”122  Because it provides 
greater accuracy and the older NAD 27 is outdated, we propose to amend the rule to use NAD 83 for 
purposes of specifying these coordinates.123  We further tentatively conclude that updating the coordinates 
in the rule to NAD 83 would serve the public interest by conforming the values with the coordinate 
system used in the Commission’s LMS database and with those found in section 90.303(b) of the rules, 
which define the service that section 73.623(e) protects.124  As such, our proposal to conform the values in 
these rules would help to ensure that land mobile operations are more appropriately considered and 
protected from full power and Class A operations.125  We seek comment on this proposal.
32. We also propose to amend section 73.1620(a)(1) (Program tests) to remind full power 
and Class A television stations on channel 14 of the requirement found in section 73.687(e)(4)(iii) that 
they request Program Test Authority (“PTA”) prior to commencing operation of new or modified 
facilities.126  We also propose to include a new sentence codifying the practice of requiring LPTV and 
translator stations on channel 14 to request PTA prior to beginning operation of new or modified 
facilities.  We believe that adding rule text reflecting this practice consistently across all television 
services will better reflect the purpose of the requirement to protect existing land mobile operations.  We 
seek comment on these proposed changes.
120 The Commission has previously added cross references to its rule sections within its rules.  See, e.g., October 
2021 Order at para. 12 (“We also amend section 73.606 of our rules by . . . adding a cross-reference to “Section 
73.622(j)”, which sets forth the updated Table of Allotments adopted in this Order.”).
121 47 CFR § 73.623(e) (Protection of land mobile operations on channels 14-20).  In the proposed reorganization, 
this would be moved to new section 73.617(a).  See supra para. 26.
122 Amendment of Parts 1, 2, 25, 73, 74, 90, and 97 of the Commission’s Rules to Make Non-Substantive Editorial 
Revisions to the Table of Frequency Allocations and to Various Service Rules, Memorandum Opinion and Order, 23 
FCC Rcd 3775, 3796, para. 61, n.101 (OET/OMD 2008).   
123 Id. 
124 Section 90.303(b) (Availability of frequencies) defines the specific center points used to permit land mobile 
operations, which represent the specific locations that section 73.623(e) is designed to protect.  See 47 CFR § 
90.303(a) (stating that “coordinates are referenced to the North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)”) and (b).
125 We made a similar proposal in the Part 74 NPRM at para. 12. 
126 We further propose to move 47 CFR §§ 73.687(e)(3)-(4) to 73.617(b).  See supra para. 26.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
21H. Coverage Area – Determining Coverage 
33. Section 73.625(b) of the Commission’s rules127 describes how coverage and height above 
average terrain (HAAT) are to be calculated or determined.  This rule is largely derived from what was 
formerly section 73.684(d) and (f) adopted by the Commission in December 1963.128  We propose 
changes to certain procedures contained in section 73.625(b) which we believe are obsolete, unnecessary, 
and are otherwise superseded by the software based tools that the FCC and industry use to prepare and 
process applications.
34. We propose to remove the second sentence of paragraph (b)(2), which indicates that 
when the relative field strength at a depression angle is 90% or greater, the 100% value should be used.  
This would create a discontinuity in the contour, and is inconsistent with how software-based tools used 
to process and prepare applications function.  We seek comment on this proposal.
35. We propose to eliminate the requirement to produce and submit profile graphs and to 
streamline the section in order to bring it into line with modern software-based tools used to determine 
contours and HAAT today.  Specifically, the fifth and sixth sentences in paragraph (b)(4) of section 
73.625 discuss the creation and submission of a radial in the direction of the community of license.129  
The rule does not require the use of a radial in the direction of the community of license in any other 
calculations, so with the elimination of the requirement to produce and submit profile graphs of radials, a 
rule that requires the calculation of this radial becomes unnecessary.  Moreover, the software-based tools 
the Commission and industry use to process and prepare applications do not produce this radial.  As such, 
we propose to delete the language.  Paragraph (b)(4) also contains similar detail in the seventh and eighth 
sentences explaining how and when to produce and submit a profile graph for radials over water or 
foreign territory.130  Again, with the elimination of the requirement to produce and submit profile graphs 
of radials, we believe this calculation for radials over water or foreign territory is unnecessary.  The rule 
itself does not require the radials to be used in any other calculations and automated software used by the 
Commission and industry does not do this.  As such, we propose to delete this language.131  We seek 
comment on these proposals.
36. Next, paragraph (b)(4) describes how to plot the radials on a graph and provides a range 
of options for the number of points of elevation to use in each radial.  We propose to conform the 
requirement to reference the TVStudy software currently used for preparing and processing applications, 
and specify the use of 10 points per kilometer in all circumstances consistent with present practice found 
in the TVStudy software used by the Commission and licensees to process and prepare applications.132  
We seek comment on this proposal.
37. We propose additional deletions in the rule that we believe are also unnecessary.  There 
are several sentences in paragraph (b)(4) which describe how such graphs should be formatted for 
127 47 CFR § 73.625(b) (DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system – Determining coverage).  In 
the proposed reorganization, this would be moved to section 73.619(b) (Contours and service areas – Determining 
coverage). 
128 See 28 Fed. Reg. 13572, 13678-79 (rel. Dec. 14, 1963) (section 73.684 (1963)).
129 See section 73.684(d) (1963) (Section 73.625(b)(4) was largely adapted from section 73.684(d), and section 
73.684(d) itself had been condensed since the 1963 version of the rule.  The 1963 version more clearly details the 
purpose and execution of the rule than the current text.). 
130 Id.
131 We also propose to delete the companion language in section 73.681 in the definition of “antenna height above 
average terrain.”
132 See Federal Communications Commission, Office of Engineering and Technology, TVStudy Interference 
Analysis Software, https://www.fcc.gov/oet/tvstudy (the “FCC Contours” screen in the “Parameters” tab of TVStudy 
provides a default value of 10 points per kilometer using the default Interference Check template).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
22submission to the FCC.133  Because we propose to eliminate the requirement to submit profile graphs, we 
also propose to delete the formatting requirements.  The rule also provides multiple options on how to 
obtain elevation points.  The software currently used by the Commission and industry, however, simply 
averages the points as provided in the first option.  We propose to delete that text on options to obtain 
elevation points and clarify the use of the average of points elsewhere in the paragraph.  Finally, we 
propose to add a sentence clarifying that actual calculated values are used to determine the HAAT, and to 
eliminate the final two sentences of paragraph (b)(4) which are no longer used with the conversion from 
analog to digital.134  We see comment on these proposals.
38. Section 73.625(b)(5) specifies a number of paper maps which should be used to prepare 
the profile graphs described in paragraph (b)(4), and to determine the location and height above sea level 
of the antenna height.135  We believe that  multiple references to various sources of paper maps contained 
in the rule are outdated methods to make these types of calculations.  We therefore propose to remove 
those references to outmoded paper maps and replace them with a reference to the National Elevation 
Dataset and other similar bald earth terrain datasets which are used by modern automated software 
currently used by the Commission and industry.  In a new paragraph (b)(6), we propose to clarify that we 
generally expect these calculations to be done via computer, versus the preference for paper calculations 
that was specified previously, and then indicate that to the extent a submission to the Commission uses 
sources different from those officially reflected in our rules, those sources should be clearly identified in 
the submission.136  We seek comment on these proposals.
I. Antenna Patterns 
39. We propose to clarify, in section 73.625(c)(3)(ii) of the rules,137 that the horizontal power 
is to be higher than or equal to the vertical power in all directions, and require documentation that the 
antenna meets this requirement.138  This clarification is consistent with the requirements contained in 
section 73.682(a)(14).139  We also propose to update the rule to reflect that the LMS filing system permits 
133 For example, the rule specifies that the graphs may be plotted on “rectangular coordinate paper” or on “special 
paper which shows the curvature of the earth.”  See also section 73.684(d) (1963).
134 Specifically, this language is no longer necessary due to the change from the requirements of providing a city 
grade strength signal of 74-80 dBu, depending on channel, to a principal community strength signal of 35-48 dBu 
depending on channel.  The last two sentences of section 73.625(b)(4) are derived from the last two sentences of 
section 73.684(f)(1963), which addressed a situation where the adopted predictive coverage methodology would 
result in a negative HAAT or an HAAT below 100 feet at a number of radials at two and 10 mile intervals.  In that 
case, an applicant could make a supplemental showing.  As an example, when a supplemental showing could be 
made, the rule explained that “a mountain ridge may indicate the practical limit of service although the prediction 
method may indicate otherwise.  In such cases the prediction method should be followed but a supplemental 
showing may be made concerning the contour distances as determined by other means.”  To give an example why 
the last two sentences of section 73.625(b)(4) are obsolete, the standard contour prediction method would show that 
the television stations in Juneau, Alaska, had a negative HAAT due to surrounding terrain even though the stations’ 
transmission facilities are located in Juneau, which is surrounded by mountains.  With the conversion from analog to 
digital, the use of the city grade contour to determine community coverage was replaced with the use of the 
minimum service level contour, which tends to be significantly larger, making the issue of an inability to reach the 
community of license that this rule was designed to capture significantly less likely.
135 47 CFR § 73.625(b)(5).  This rule is largely derived from section 73.684(g) (1963).
136 For example, community coverage is demonstrated by providing a map, which applicants sometimes produce 
using software like V-Soft Probe.  Applicants should clearly identify the software being used to produce their 
engineering showings.
137 47 CFR § 73.625(c)(3)(ii) (Antenna system).
138 This proposed requirement is consistent with stations being primarily horizontal, with a possible vertical 
component less than or equal to the horizontal component.  Most stations already submit this documentation in their 
applications.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
23an alternate method of specifying mechanically beam tilted facilities.  The proposed rule indicates the 
alternate method is preferable because it provides a three-dimensional representation of the antenna, 
allowing for more accurate predictions with OET Bulletin No. 69.  But we continue to allow the previous 
method in order to avoid imposing any additional burden on stations that were previously authorized 
using the previous mechanical beam tilt method.  We seek comment on these proposals.
40. Section 73.625(c)(3)(v) currently requires that horizontal plane patterns be plotted “to the 
largest scale possible on unglazed letter-size polar coordinate paper.”140  This requirement is outdated and 
not consistent with current licensee and Commission staff practices.  We propose to instead require 
licensees to submit patterns in the form of a .pdf attachment to an application filed in LMS, and propose 
to clarify that similar plots are required for elevation or matrix patterns submitted in the LMS form.141  
This approach would provide flexibility to applicants and conform to modern practices.  We seek 
comment on this proposal. 
J. Subscription TV (STV) Rules 
41. Sections 73.641 through 73.644, 73.4247, 73.6026, and 74.732(e)142 contain the rules that 
allowed analog full power, Class A, and low power television stations to offer a subscription television 
service “for a fee or charge.”143  Under these rules, analog stations could offer television services during 
part of the broadcast day, usually during the evening hours, on a subscription basis by sending scrambled 
signals through the air that could be decoded by a device that the subscriber used and had installed by the 
STV provider at their television receiver.144
42. As of May 1, 1982, there were 27 analog stations that were operating in an STV mode in 
18 different markets serving over 1,300,000 subscribers.145  Upon transitioning to digital in 2009 
however, digital television stations are required to transmit one over-the-air video program signal at no 
direct charge to viewers on their 6 MHz channel and are permitted to provide STV-type services on an 
ancillary or supplementary basis to their primary digital television service.146  With the elimination of 
analog service, there are no full power television stations operating pursuant to the STV rules147 and LMS 
(Continued from previous page)  
139 See 47 CFR § 73.682(a)(14) (TV transmission standards) (“It shall be standard to employ horizontal 
polarization.”).  See also 47 CFR § 73.316(a) (FM antenna systems).  
140 47 CFR § 73.625(c)(3)(v).
141 See proposed sections 73.625(c)(3)(vi) and 73.625(c)(3)(vii).
142 47 CFR §§ 73.641 (Subscription TV definitions); 73.642 (Subscription TV service); 73.643 (Subscription TV 
operating requirements); 73.644 (Subscription TV transmission systems); 73.4247 (STV: Competing applications); 
73.6026 (Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations); and 74.732(e) (Eligibility and licensing 
requirement).
143 47 CFR § 73.641(b).  See generally Amendment of Part 73 of the Commission’s Rules and Regulations in Regard 
to Section 73.642(a)(3) and other Aspects of the Subscription Television Service, Docket No. 21502, Fourth Report 
and Order, 95 FCC 2d 457 (1983) and other Commission Orders and Notices in Docket No. 21502 at nn.1-3.
144 Amendment of Part 73 of the Commission’s Rules and Regulations in Regard to Section 73.642(a)(3) and Other 
Aspects of the Subscription Television Service, Docket No. 21502, Third Report and Order, 90 FCC 2d 341, 344-5, 
para. 9 (1982).
145 Id. at 344, para. 8. 
146 See 47 CFR §§ 73.624(a) and (c) (Digital television broadcast stations); 74.790(i) (Permissible service of TV 
translator and LPTV stations) (television stations are permitted to offer services of any nature, consistent with the 
public interest, convenience, and necessity, on an ancillary or supplementary basis, including “subscription video”). 
147 Sections 73.642(b) (Subscription TV service) and 74.732(e) (Eligibility and licensing requirements) require that 
stations notify the Commission when they commence STV operations, and that full power and Class A stations 
(continued….)Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
24does not permit the filing of applications or requests to operate in an STV mode.  Accordingly, these STV 
rules are obsolete and we propose to eliminate them.148  We seek comment on this proposal.
43. If we adopt this proposal, we would also amend part 73 and part 74 rules to remove 
references to STV and “subscription television service.”149  We seek comment on this proposal.
K. Special Criteria for Converting Vacant Commercial Channels to Reserved Status 
44. In 2000, the Commission adopted a needs based test for future rulemakings allowing 
noncommercial educational (NCE) entities to request that “non-reserved channels not already in the Table 
of Allotments be added and reserved for NCE use.”150  This needs-based test is reflected in section 
73.622(a).151  Since the Commission adopted this needs based test in 2000, the Media Bureau has never 
been asked to apply it to television stations.  Further, the television band has been reallocated and 
repacked from channels 2 – 69 to channels 2 – 36, significantly decreasing the number of available 
channels.  We therefore propose to amend section 73.622(a) to remove this language as we do not believe 
it serves a practical purpose in the current environment.  We do not intend, however, to eliminate the 
ability of an NCE entity to reserve one of the few vacant television channels currently in the Table of TV 
Allotments.152  We note that an NCE entity may still file a rulemaking petition to request that the 
Commission reserve the channel for noncommercial educational use, without being required to rely on the 
special process enumerated in section 73.622(a).  We seek comment on this proposal.
L. Other Technical and Miscellaneous Updates
45.Special Service Authorization.  Section 73.3543 (Application for renewal or modification 
of special service authorization) provides that no new special service authorizations may be issued after 
1958, however, renewals or modifications will be considered in certain circumstances.153  The Media 
notify the Commission when they discontinue STV operations or change their encoding equipment.  The Bureau has 
not received any such filings in at least the past 25 years.  
148 See 47 CFR §§ 73.641 (Subscription TV definitions), 73.642 (Subscription TV service), 73.643 (Subscription TV 
operating requirements), 73.644 (Subscription TV transmission systems), and 73.4247 (STV: Competing 
applications).
149 See 47 CFR §§ 73.1201(d) (Station identification for subscription television stations); 74.701(f) (Low power TV 
station); 73.682(b) (Subscription TV technical systems); 73.6026 (deleting cross-references to 73.642-73.644) 
(Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations); and 74.732(e) (Eligibility and licensing 
requirements).
150 See Reexamination of the Comparative Standards for Noncommercial Educational Applicants, MM Docket No. 
95-31, Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd 7386, 7434, para. 114 (2000); Reexamination of the Comparative Standard 
for Noncommercial Educational Applicants, MM Docket No. 95-31, Second Report and Order, 18 FCC Rcd 6691 
(2003).
151 47 CFR § 73.622(a) states in relevant part:
Where there is only one technically available channel available in a community, an entity that would be 
eligible to operate a noncommercial educational broadcast station may, prior to application, initiate a 
rulemaking proceeding requesting that an unoccupied or new channel in the community be changed or 
added as reserved only for noncommercial educational broadcasting upon demonstrating that the 
noncommercial educational proponent would provide a first or second noncommercial educational TV 
service to 2,000 or more people who constitute 10% of the population within the proposed allocation's 
noise limited contour.
152 We note that there remain nine channels in the Table of TV Allotments that are allotted but not currently 
licensed.  These channels were recently offered in Auction 112 but none of the channels received any bid offers and 
they were returned to the Commission.  See Auction of Construction Permits For Full Power Television Stations 
Closes, Public Notice, DA 22-659 (rel. June 23, 2022).
153 47 CFR § 73.3543 (Application for renewal or modification of special service authorization).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
25Bureau is unaware of any such authorizations today, and thus we tentatively conclude the rule is obsolete 
and can be deleted.  We therefore propose to delete the rule and seek comment on this proposal.  
46.Broadcast Data Bases.  Section 0.434 (Data bases and lists of authorized broadcast 
stations and pending broadcast applications) refers to Broadcast Application Processing System (BAPS), 
which is a legacy database system that has not been in use at the Commission for many years.154  The 
Media Bureau currently uses LMS for application processing, which replaced the prior Consolidated 
Database System (CDBS) system over the past few years (except with respect to certain AM operations), 
which itself replaced BAPS around the year 2000.  Thus, the reference to BAPS is obsolete and we 
propose to delete it and seek comment on this proposal.  We additionally propose to remove the word 
“periodically” since an updated LMS download is provided daily, remove the link to “ftp.fcc.gov” since 
LMS data is not provided there, and update the reference to “mass media services” to instead specify 
“Media Bureau.”  We also propose to delete the sentences stating that paper copies of lists of stations and 
applications are available for inspection at the Commission or on microfiche at the Commission’s 
Reference Information Center.  We further propose to delete the sentence that lists can be purchased from 
the FCC’s duplicating contractor since the Commission has not contracted with a commercial duplicating 
firm pursuant to section 0.465(a) of the rules155 for a number of years.  We seek comment on these 
proposals.
47.Distributed Transmission System Rule Clarification.  In January 2021, the Commission 
adopted updated rules in section 73.626 relating to Distributed Transmission Systems.156  Since that time, 
questions have arisen about how the rules are to be applied.  For example, the rule text makes several 
references to the term “reference facility” without defining that term, and appears to inaccurately conflate 
the reference point with the coordinates of the facility which produces the authorized service area.  To 
make the intent and application of the rule less ambiguous, we propose to modify language in 73.626(b) 
and (f)(2).  We propose to define the term “authorized facility”157 and then replace all uses of the term 
“reference facility” with the term “authorized facility” in the appropriate locations.158  We further propose 
to replace the term “reference point” with “site of its authorized facility” in places where the term 
“reference point” is improperly used.159  Finally, we propose to clarify when specifically the Table of 
Distances values should be applied.160  We believe this clarifying language will better reflect the method 
described in the 2021 DTS Order and used in processing such applications.161  We seek comment on these 
proposals.
154 47 CFR § 0.434 (Data bases and lists of authorized broadcast stations and pending broadcast applications).
155 47 CFR § 0.465(a) (Requests for copies of materials which are available, or made available, for public 
inspection).
156 See Rules Governing the Use of Distributed Transmission System Technologies Authorizing Permissive Use of 
the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, MB Docket No. 20-74 and GN Docket No. 16-142, Report 
and Order, 36 FCC Rcd 1227 (2021) (2021 DTS Order).
157 The proposed section 73.626(b) states that “For purposes of compliance with this section, a station's ‘authorized 
service area’ is defined as the area within its predicted noise-limited service contour determined using the facilities 
authorized for the station in a license or construction permit for non-DTS, single-transmitter-location operation (its 
“authorized facility”).”
158 See proposed section 73.626(f)(2)(i)-(iii).
159 See proposed section 73.626(f)(2)(ii)-(iii).
160 See proposed section 73.626(f)(2)(i)-(ii).
161 We also propose to remove language from section 73.626(f)(2) which is improperly specific to the station’s 
authorized service area.  As written, the language incorrectly implies that the Table of Distances circle is not 
applicable here. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
2648.Transport Stream ID.  All full-power and Class A TV stations are assigned a unique 
transport stream ID (TSID), which is required to be transmitted in order to provide the Program and 
System Information Protocol (PSIP) data required by section 73.682(d) (Broadcast television 
transmission standard).  Consistent with that rule, we propose to clarify that all such stations must 
broadcast with their assigned TSID during their hours of operation.162  In its Second Periodic Review, the 
Commission stated that “broadcasters are required to transmit the TSIDs assigned for their stations in 
their digital transmission.”163  We believe that it is in the public interest to move this requirement into a 
separate rule for ease of reference.  Similarly, we propose the same requirement with respect to a station’s 
bit stream ID (BSID), which has the same function as the TSID, but in the ATSC 3.0 context, in order to 
promote consistency.  We seek comment on these proposals.
49.Class A US-Mexico Border Zone.  Full power television stations are required to use full 
service masks to attenuate the power level of emissions outside their authorized channel of operation in 
specified amounts expressed in decibels (dB).164  Section 74.794, which allows LPTV/TV translators to 
specify use of a simple, stringent, or full service mask, also applies to Class A television stations.165  The 
Commission’s rules require coordination of applications in border regions with the neighboring countries’ 
appropriate regulatory officials.  Under the Exchange of Coordination Letters with IFT Regarding DTV 
Transition and Reconfiguration of 600 MHz Spectrum, signed between the FCC and Mexico’s Instituto 
Federal de Telecomunicaciones (IFT) in July 2015, the use of Tables 1 and 6 were approved for television 
station realignment.166  Class A stations approved by Mexico in Table 6 are grouped with full-service 
stations.  There is no allowance for use of a simple or stringent emission mask for any operation within 
these Tables; however, section 73.6024(d)167 applies to coordination of stations in proximity of the US 
border with Mexico.  It is the Media Bureau staff’s experience that IFT routinely requests that 
applications submitted for coordination of Class A stations specify a full-service emission mask, and if 
such applications do not initially specify the full-service emission mask, IFT asks for it to be included in 
an amendment.  This two-step process increases the processing burdens on the FCC, IFT, and stations, 
and results in delays in granting applications.  Therefore, we propose to amend Section 73.6024(d) to 
require Class A stations within 275 kilometers of the US-Mexico border to specify a full-service emission 
mask in any modification application.  We seek comment on this proposal.
50.Class A Antenna System.  We propose to delete language in section 73.6025(a) that we 
find is almost identical to that in section 73.625(c)(3).168  These rule sections provide similar requirements 
regarding how applicants should describe and document antenna patterns submitted in their applications.  
162 See proposed section 73.1201 (Station identification); see also proposed section 74.783(d) in the Part 74 NPRM 
at para. 17.   
163 Second Periodic Review, 19 FCC Rcd at 18347-48, para. 153.  
164 See 47 CFR § 73.622(h) (describing required attenuated power limits of emissions of frequencies outside the 
authorized channel of operation for full power television stations).    
165 See 47 CFR §§ 73.6024(d) and 74.794(a)(2).  Section 74.794(a)(2)(i)-(iii) defines the required attenuated power 
limits of emissions outside the authorize channel of operation for each type of mask.
166 See Letter to Ricardo Castañeda Alvarez Director General de Ingenieria y Estudios Técnicos, IFT, from Mindel 
De La Torre, Chief, International Bureau (July 15, 2015) and Letter to Mindel De La Torre, Chief, International 
Bureau, from Alejandro Navarrete Torres, IFT (July 15, 2015) (collectively, “Exchange of Coordination Letters with 
IFT Regarding DTV Transition and Reconfiguration of 600 MHz Spectrum”).  See International Agreements, 
available at: https://www.fcc.gov/general/international-agreements.
167 47 CFR § 73.6024(d).
168 47 CFR §§ 73.6025(a) (Antenna system and station location) (setting forth required showing when proposing to 
use a directional antenna system) and 73.625(c)(3) (DTV coverage of principal community and antenna systems).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
27Some sections are identical,169 but in others there are a few minor differences.  Specifically, comparing 
section 73.625(c)(3)(i) with section 73.6025(a)(1), although two sentences found in the latter concerning 
descriptions of antenna systems are not specifically contained in section 73.625(c)(3)(i), we believe these 
sentences are explanatory and sufficiently captured in the requirement in section 73.625(c)(3)(i) that a 
“[c]omplete description of the proposed antenna system” be included.  Currently, section 73.625(c)(3)(ii) 
also differs slightly from section 73.6025(a)(2) in that it specifies a different orientation of the included 
antenna plots, but is otherwise identical and would provide the same information to the Commission.170  
Finally, while there is no equivalent to section 73.625(c)(3)(v) in section 73.6025; that subpart merely 
describes the format of the otherwise-required tabulations.171  We find that the very minor distinctions 
between the language in the two sections are insignificant and that no purpose is served by having two 
essentially duplicative rules in part 73.172  We instead propose to also cross-reference section 73.625(c)(3) 
in section 73.6025(a), eliminating the duplication but making clear that the requirements in section 
73.625(c)(3) continue to apply to Class A television stations.  We seek comment on this proposal.
51.Minimum Video Program Requirements.  As noted above, we propose to delete much of 
section 73.624(b).173  Section 73.6026 (Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations) 
lists section 73.624 as a rule applicable to Class A stations.  It also includes a note stating that “Section 
73.624(b) will apply only to the extent that such stations must also transmit at least one over-the-air video 
program signal at no direct charge to viewers of the digital Class A station.”  Such language is also 
included in 73.624(b) and so we propose to remove that text in 73.6026 as duplicative.  We also propose 
to clarify that this change would mandate the use of a minimum 480i video resolution by Class A stations.  
This requirement is consistent with full-power and LPTV/translator stations (as proposed in the Part 74 
NPRM),174 and we believe it is reasonable to also apply it consistently to Class A stations.  We seek 
comment on this conclusion.
52.Transmitting Antenna Site.  Section 73.683(c)(1),175 which we propose to move to new 
section 73.619(a)(1),176 refers to the estimation of a station’s coverage area based on a “particular 
transmitter site.”  We note that our application forms do not request information about the location of a 
station transmitter but of its antenna instead.  Therefore, we propose to modify the language in the rule to 
refer instead to a “particular transmitting antenna site.”  We believe this proposal is consistent with 
language that has been used in other parts of the rules,177 and with a proposal made in the Part 74 
NPRM.178  Accordingly, we seek comment on this proposal.  
(Continued from previous page)  
169 Specifically, section 73.625(c)(3)(iii) is identical to section 73.6025(a)(3), section 73.625(c)(3)(iv) is identical to 
section 73.6025(a)(4), and section 73.625(c)(3)(vi) is identical to section 73.6025(a)(5).
170 We propose to modify section 73.625(c)(3)(ii).  See supra para. 39.   
171 We propose to modify section 73.625(c)(3)(v).  See supra para. 40.  We are also proposing in this NPRM to add 
new sections 73.625(c)(3)(vii) and (viii) to account for stations submitting elevation or matrix patterns.  See id.
172 Class A licensees are required to comply with all part 73 regulations except for those that cannot apply for 
technical or other reasons.  Class A Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at 6365, para. 23.  Section 73.625(c)(3) is 
clearly a rule with which they can comply.
173 See supra para. 6, n.9.
174 See Part 74 NPRM at para. 25. 
175 47 CFR § 73.683(c)(1) (Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field strength at individual 
locations).
176 See supra para. 27.
177 See e.g., 47 CFR § 73.622(d).
178 See Part 74 NPRM at para. 24 (“Because the antenna location, rather than the transmitter location, is the relevant 
consideration in determining interference, service, and loss, as required by the Commission’s rules and policies, we 
(continued….)Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
2853.Corrections to Inadvertent Oversights from Prior Rulemakings.  In section 73.616(e),179 
which we propose to relocate to new section 73.620(d) (Interference calculation and protection of TV 
broadcast services), the rule text appears to be incomplete and contradictory.  Paragraph (1) indicates the 
OET Bulletin No. 69 method of determining coverage and interference shall be used, then indicates that 
“[t]he threshold levels at which interference is considered to occur are:” but none follow.  Paragraph (2) 
implies the use of contour analysis to determine protection of Class A television stations, but does so 
while making use of the unspecified threshold levels from paragraph (1).  Paragraph (3) indicates that a 
request for a waiver of the interference protection requirements of the rule may be made using the 
Longley-Rice terrain dependent propagation methods contained in OET Bulletin No. 69, in contradiction 
to paragraph (1) which specifies that OET Bulletin No. 69 shall be used.  Because these elements make 
the requirements of the rule difficult to decipher, we propose to remove paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) 
entirely and streamline the remaining paragraph (e) as a new section 73.620(d), replacing the description 
of the OET Bulletin No. 69 in paragraph (1) with a cross-reference to paragraphs (a) and (b) of the new 
section 73.620, which specifies the same method.  We seek comment on this proposal.
54. In the October 2021 Order, the Commission deleted section 73.623(g) as obsolete 
because it addressed the digital transition.180  Deletion of the section, however, inadvertently eliminated 
from the rules the allowance for negotiated agreements on interference among applicants and licensees.  
We propose to restore this allowance that was previously contained in section 73.623(g), modify the 
language to delete language referring to stations operating on channels allotted in section 73.622(b), the 
initial DTV Table, and place it in a new section 73.620(e).  This would clarify in our rules that stations 
may continue to negotiate agreements on interference consistent with past and present practice.  We seek 
comment on this proposal.
55. In the Part 74 Order, the Commission revised or removed certain paragraphs of section 
74.787 to reflect the LPTV and translator transition from analog to digital operations, clean up duplicate 
sections that were contained in both the analog and digital portions of part 74, and provide accurate 
information about current Commission forms.181  The Part 74 Order revised section 74.787(a)(5)(i) 
regarding applications for analog-to-digital replacement translators (DRTs) and digital-to-digital 
replacement television translators (DTDRTs) to state that “[a]pplications for new DRTs and DTDRTs are 
no longer accepted.”  The Part 74 Order also removed the first sentence of subsection (a)(5)(v).  We 
propose to further amend the text of the rule by clarifying in the now first sentence of paragraph (a)(5)(v) 
that the pre-auction digital service area is the noise-limited contour of the full power station that was 
protected in the incentive auction repacking process and removing reference to a 2015 public notice.182  
Because we no longer allow applications for new applications for DTDRTs, we believe the reference to 
the public notice data is no longer necessary and the inclusion of the additional explanation of the pre-
auction digital service area for stations that already hold DTDRTs provides a clearer definition.  We seek 
comment on this proposal.
M. Cost-Benefit and Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Analysis 
56. Finally, we seek comment on the benefits and costs associated with adopting the 
proposals set forth in this NPRM.  In addition to any benefits to the public at large, are there also benefits 
propose to delete Section 74.751(b)(6) entirely regarding the transmitter’s location, as it is not relevant in this 
analysis.”).
179 47 CFR § 73.616(e) (Post-transition DTV station interference protection).
180 See October 2021 Order at para. 13, n.44.
181 See Part 74 Order at paras. 6-7, nn. 22 and 25-28.
182 See 47 CFR § 74.787(a)(5)(v) (Licensing); see also Incentive Auction Task Force Releases Revised Baseline 
Data and Prices for Reverse Auction; Announces Revised Filing Window Dates, Public Notice, DA 15-1296, 30 
FCC Rcd 12559 (Nov. 12, 2015).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
29to industry through adoption of any of our proposals?  We also seek comment on any potential costs that 
would be imposed on licensees, regulatees, and the public if we adopt the proposals contained in this 
NPRM.  Comments should be accompanied by specific data and analysis supporting claimed costs and 
benefits. 
57. As part of our continuing effort to advance digital equity for all,183 including people of 
color, persons with disabilities, persons who live in rural or Tribal areas, and others who are or have been 
historically underserved, marginalized, or adversely affected by persistent poverty or inequality, we invite 
comment on how the proposals set forth in the NPRM can advance equity in the provision of broadcast 
services for all people of the United States, without discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, 
national origin, sex, or disability.184  Specifically, we seek comment on how our proposals may promote 
or inhibit advances in diversity, equity, inclusion, and accessibility, as well the scope of the 
Commission’s relevant legal authority.
IV. PROCEDURAL MATTERS
A.  Ex Parte Rules - Permit-But-Disclose
58. The proceeding this Notice initiates shall be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding 
in accordance with the Commission’s ex parte rules.185  Persons making ex parte presentations must file a 
copy of any written presentation or a memorandum summarizing any oral presentation within two 
business days after the presentation (unless a different deadline applicable to the Sunshine period applies).  
Persons making oral ex parte presentations are reminded that memoranda summarizing the presentation 
must (1) list all persons attending or otherwise participating in the meeting at which the ex parte 
presentation was made, and (2) summarize all data presented and arguments made during the 
presentation.  If the presentation consisted in whole or in part of the presentation of data or arguments 
already reflected in the presenter’s written comments, memoranda, or other filings in the proceeding, the 
presenter may provide citations to such data or arguments in his or her prior comments, memoranda, or 
other filings (specifying the relevant page and/or paragraph numbers where such data or arguments can be 
found) in lieu of summarizing them in the memorandum.  Documents shown or given to Commission 
staff during ex parte meetings are deemed to be written ex parte presentations and must be filed 
consistent with rule 1.1206(b).  In proceedings governed by rule 1.49(f) or for which the Commission has 
made available a method of electronic filing, written ex parte presentations and memoranda summarizing 
oral ex parte presentations, and all attachments thereto, must be filed through the electronic comment 
filing system available for that proceeding, and must be filed in their native format (e.g., .doc, .xml, .ppt, 
searchable .pdf).  Participants in this proceeding should familiarize themselves with the Commission’s ex 
parte rules.
183 Section 1 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, provides that the FCC “regulat[es] interstate and 
foreign commerce in communication by wire and radio so as to make [such service] available, so far as possible, to 
all the people of the United States, without discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, or 
sex.”  47 U.S.C. § 151.
184 The term “equity” is used here consistent with Executive Order 13985 as the consistent and systematic fair, just, 
and impartial treatment of all individuals, including individuals who belong to underserved communities that have 
been denied such treatment, such as Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American persons, Asian Americans 
and Pacific Islanders and other persons of color; members of religious minorities; lesbian, gay, bisexual, 
transgender, and queer (LGBTQ+) persons; persons with disabilities; persons who live in rural areas; and persons 
otherwise adversely affected by persistent poverty or inequality.  See Exec. Order No. 13985, 86 Fed. Reg. 7009, 
Executive Order on Advancing Racial Equity and Support for Underserved Communities Through the Federal 
Government (Jan. 20, 2021).
185 47 CFR §§ 1.1200 et seq.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
30B. Filing Requirements—Comments and Replies
59.Filing Requirements—Comments and Replies.  Pursuant to sections 1.415 and 1.419 of 
the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR §§ 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply 
comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this document.  Comments may be filed 
using the Commission’s Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS).  See Electronic Filing of Documents 
in Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121 (1998).
•Electronic Filers:  Comments may be filed electronically using the Internet by accessing the 
ECFS:  http://apps.fcc.gov/ecfs/.    
•Paper Filers:  Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original and one copy of each 
filing. 
•Filings can be sent by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal 
Service mail.  All filings must be addressed to the Commission’s Secretary, Office of the 
Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
oCommercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority 
Mail) must be sent to 9050 Junction Drive, Annapolis Junction, MD 20701. 
oPostal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 45 L Street, 
NE, Washington, D.C. 20554.
•Effective March 19, 2020, and until further notice, the Commission no longer accepts any 
hand or messenger delivered filings.  This is a temporary measure taken to help protect the 
health and safety of individuals, and to mitigate the transmission of COVID-19.186  
•During the time the Commission’s building is closed to the general public and until further 
notice, if more than one docket or rulemaking number appears in the caption of a proceeding, 
paper filers need not submit two additional copies for each additional docket or rulemaking 
number; an original and one copy are sufficient.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
60.Regulatory Flexibility Act.  The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), 
requires that an agency prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis for notice and comment rulemakings, 
unless the agency certifies that “the rule will not, if promulgated, have a significant economic impact on a 
substantial number of small entities.”187  Accordingly, the Commission has prepared an Initial Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) concerning potential rule and policy changes contained in this NPRM.  The 
IRFA is set forth in Appendix B.  
D. Paperwork Reduction Act
61. The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposes new or modified information collection 
requirements.  The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens and pursuant 
to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, invites the general public and the Office of 
Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on these information collection requirements.  In addition, 
pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, see 44 U.S.C. § 
3506(c)(4), we seek specific comment on how we might further reduce the information collection burden 
for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
62.People with Disabilities.  To request materials in accessible formats for people with 
186 See FCC Announces Closure of FCC Headquarters Open Window and Change in Hand-Delivery 
Policy, Public Notice, 35 FCC Rcd 2788 (2020).
187 5 U.S.C. § 605(b).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
31disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an e-mail to fcc504@fcc.gov or call 
the Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530.
63.Additional Information.  For additional information on this proceeding, please contact 
Joyce Bernstein, Video Division, Media Bureau at (202) 418-1647 or Joyce.Bernstein@fcc.gov or Mark 
Colombo, Video Division, Media Bureau at (202) 418-7611 or Mark.Colombo@fcc.gov. 
V. ORDERING CLAUSES
64. Accordingly, IT IS ORDERED, pursuant to the authority contained in sections 1, 4, 301, 
303, 307, 308, 309, 310, 316, 319, and 336 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 
§§ 151, 154, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 310, 316, 319, and 336, this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking IS 
ADOPTED.
65.IT IS FURTHER ORDERED that the Commission’s Consumer and Governmental 
Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, SHALL SEND a copy of the Order and Notice of 
Proposed Rulemaking, including the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for 
Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. 
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
Marlene H. Dortch
SecretaryFederal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
APPENDIX A
Proposed Rules 
Deleted text is marked with a strikethrough and bolded and new text is bolded. Other text is current and 
remains part of the Commission’s rules.
Part 0 of Title 47 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended to read as follows:
PART 0 — COMMISSION ORGANIZATION
1. The authority citation for part 0 continues to read as follows:
AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 155, 225, and 409, unless otherwise noted.
2. Revise section 0.434 to read as follows:
Periodically tThe FCC makes available copies of its data bases, Consolidated Database System 
(CDBS) and Licensing and Management System (LMS), and lists containing information about 
authorized broadcast stations, pending applications for such stations, and rulemaking proceedings 
involving amendments to the TV and FM Table of Allotments. The data bases, and the lists prepared 
from the data bases, CDBS and LMS contains frequencies, station locations, and other particulars. The 
lists are available for public inspection at the FCC's main office, located at the address indicated in 
§ 0.401(a). Paper copies of the lists may be purchased from the FCC's duplicating contractor; see § 
0.465(a). Many of the databases CDBS and LMS may be viewed at the Commission's web site at 
www.fcc.gov and ftp.fcc.gov under mass media services Media Bureau. Microfiche copies of these 
lists are maintained by the Reference Information Center. These lists are derived from the data 
bases and can be used as an alternative research source to the Broadcast Application Processing 
System (BAPS).
Part 27 of Title 47 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended to read as follows:
PART 27 – MISCELLANEOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE
3. The authority citation for part 27 continues to read as follows:
AUTHORITY:  47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 332, 336, 337, 1403, 1404, 1451, and 1452, 
unless otherwise noted.
4. § 27.60 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 27.60 TV/DTV interference protection criteria. [Reserved]
Base, fixed, control, and mobile transmitters in the 698-758 MHz, 775-788 MHz, and 805-806 MHz 
frequency bands must be operated only in accordance with the rules in this section to reduce the 
potential for interference to public reception of the signals of existing TV and DTV broadcast 
stations transmitting on TV Channels 51 through 68. 
(a) D/U ratios. Licensees must choose site locations that are a sufficient distance from co-channel 
and adjacent channel TV and DTV stations, and/or must use reduced transmitting power or 
transmitting antenna height such that the following minimum desired signal-to-undesired signal 
ratios (D/U ratios) are met. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
33(1) The minimum D/U ratio for co-channel stations is: 
(i) 40 dB at the hypothetical Grade B contour (64 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers (55 miles)) of the 
TV station; 
(ii) For transmitters operating in the 698-746 MHz frequency band, 23 dB at the equivalent 
Grade B contour (41 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers (55 miles)) of the DTV station; or 
(iii) For transmitters operating in the 746-758 MHz, 775-788 MHz, and 805-806 MHz 
frequency bands, 17 dB at the equivalent Grade B contour (41 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers (55 
miles)) of the DTV station. 
(2) The minimum D/U ratio for adjacent channel stations is 0 dB at the hypothetical Grade B 
contour (64 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers (55 miles)) of the TV station or −23 dB at the equivalent 
Grade B contour (41 dBµV/m) (88.5 kilometers (55 miles)) of the DTV station. 
(b) TV stations and calculation of contours. The methods used to calculate TV contours and 
antenna heights above average terrain are given in §§ 73.683 and 73.684 of this chapter. Tables to 
determine the necessary minimum distance from the 698-758 MHz, 775-788 MHz, and 805-806 
MHz station to the TV/DTV station, assuming that the TV/DTV station has a hypothetical or 
equivalent Grade B contour of 88.5 kilometers (55 miles), are located in § 90.309 of this chapter 
and labeled as Tables B, D, and E. The locations of existing and proposed TV/DTV stations 
during the period of transition from analog to digital TV service are given in part 73 of this 
chapter and in the final proceedings of MM Docket No. 87-268. 
(1) Licensees of stations operating within the ERP and HAAT limits of § 27.50 must select one 
of four methods to meet the TV/DTV protection requirements, subject to Commission 
approval: 
(i) Utilize the geographic separation specified in Tables B, D, and E of § 90.309 of this chapter, 
as appropriate; 
(ii) When station parameters are greater than those indicated in the tables, calculate 
geographic separation in accordance with the required D/U ratios, as provided in paragraph 
(a) of this section; 
(iii) Submit an engineering study justifying the proposed separations based on the parameters 
of the land mobile station and the parameters, including authorized and/or applied for 
facilities, of the TV/DTV station(s) it is trying to protect; or, 
(iv) Obtain written concurrence from the applicable TV/DTV station(s). If this method is 
chosen, a copy of the agreement must be submitted with the application. 
(2) The following is the method for geographic separations. 
(i) Base and fixed stations that operate in the 746-758 MHz and 775-787 MHz bands having 
an antenna height (HAAT) less than 152 m. (500 ft.) shall afford protection to co-channel and 
adjacent channel TV/DTV stations in accordance with the values specified in Table B (co-
channel frequencies based on 40 dB protection) and Table E (adjacent channel frequencies 
based on 0 dB protection) in § 90.309 of this chapter. Base and fixed stations that operate in 
the 698-746 MHz band having an antenna height (HAAT) less than 152 m. (500 ft.) shall Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
34afford protection to adjacent channel DTV stations in accordance with the values specified in 
Table E in § 90.309 of this chapter, shall afford protection to co-channel DTV stations by 
providing 23 dB protection to such stations' equivalent Grade B contour (41 dBµV/m), and 
shall afford protection to co-channel and adjacent channel TV stations in accordance with the 
values specified in Table B (co-channel frequencies based on 40 dB protection) and Table E 
(adjacent channel frequencies based on 0 dB protection) in § 90.309 of this chapter. For base 
and fixed stations having an antenna height (HAAT) between 152-914 meters (500-3,000 ft.) 
the effective radiated power must be reduced below 1 kilowatt in accordance with the values 
shown in the power reduction graph in Figure B in § 90.309 of this chapter. For heights of 
more than 152 m. (500 ft.) above average terrain, the distance to the radio path horizon will 
be calculated assuming smooth earth. If the distance so determined equals or exceeds the 
distance to the hypothetical or equivalent Grade B contour of a co-channel TV/DTV station 
(i.e., it exceeds the distance from the appropriate Table in § 90.309 of this chapter to the 
relevant TV/DTV station), an authorization will not be granted unless it can be shown in an 
engineering study (see paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section) that actual terrain considerations 
are such as to provide the desired protection at the actual Grade B contour (64 dBµV/m for 
TV and 41 dBµV/m for DTV stations) or unless the effective radiated power will be further 
reduced so that, assuming free space attenuation, the desired protection at the actual Grade B 
contour (64 dBµV/m for TV and 41 dBµV/m coverage contour for DTV stations) will be 
achieved. Directions for calculating powers, heights, and reduction curves are listed in § 
90.309 of this chapter for land mobile stations. Directions for calculating coverage contours 
are listed in §§ 73.683 through 73.685 of this chapter for TV stations and in § 73.625 of this 
chapter for DTV stations. 
(ii) Control, fixed, and mobile stations (including portables) that operate in the 787-788 MHz 
and 805-806 MHz bands and control and mobile stations (including portables) that operate in 
the 698-757 MHz and 776-787 MHz bands are limited in height and power and therefore shall 
afford protection to co-channel and adjacent channel TV/DTV stations in the following 
manner: 
(A) For control, fixed, and mobile stations (including portables) that operate in the 787-788 
MHz and 805-806 MHz bands and control and mobile stations (including portables) that 
operate in the 746-757 MHz and 776-787 MHz bands, co-channel protection shall be 
afforded in accordance with the values specified in Table D (co-channel frequencies based 
on 40 dB protection for TV stations and 17 dB for DTV stations) in § 90.309 of this chapter. 
(B) For control and mobile stations (including portables) that operate in the 698-746 MHz 
band, co-channel protection shall be afforded to TV stations in accordance with the values 
specified in Table D (co-channel frequencies based on 40 dB protection) and to DTV 
stations by providing 23 dB protection to such stations' equivalent Grade B contour (41 
dBµV/m). 
(C) For control, fixed, and mobile stations (including portables) that operate in the 787-788 
MHz and 805-806 MHz bands and control and mobile stations (including portables) that 
operate in the 698-757 MHz and 776-787 MHz bands, adjacent channel protection shall be 
afforded by providing a minimum distance of 8 kilometers (5 miles) from all adjacent 
channel TV/DTV station hypothetical or equivalent Grade B contours (adjacent channel 
frequencies based on 0 dB protection for TV stations and −23 dB for DTV stations). 
(D) Since control, fixed, and mobile stations may affect different TV/DTV stations than the 
associated base or fixed station, particular care must be taken by applicants/licensees to 
ensure that all appropriate TV/DTV stations are considered (e.g., a base station may be Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
35operating within TV Channel 62 and the mobiles within TV Channel 67, in which case TV 
Channels 61, 62, 63, 66, 67 and 68 must be protected). Control, fixed, and mobile stations 
shall keep a minimum distance of 96.5 kilometers (60 miles) from all adjacent channel 
TV/DTV stations. Since mobiles and portables are able to move and communicate with each 
other, licensees must determine the areas where the mobiles can and cannot roam in order 
to protect the TV/DTV stations. 
Note to § 27.60:
The 88.5 km (55mi) Grade B service contour (64 dBµV/m) is based on a hypothetical TV station 
operating at an effective radiated power of one megawatt, a transmitting antenna height above 
average terrain of 610 meters (2000 feet) and the Commission's R-6602 F(50,50) curves. See § 
73.699 of this chapter. Maximum facilities for TV stations operating in the UHF band are 5 
megawatts effective radiated power at an antenna HAAT of 610 meters (2,000 feet). See § 73.614 of 
this chapter. The equivalent contour for DTV stations is based on a 41 dBµV/m signal strength and 
the distance to the F(50,90) curve. See § 73.625 of this chapter.
5. § 27.1310 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 27.1310 Protection of Broadcast Television Service in the 600 MHz band from wireless 
operations. [Reserved]
(a) Licensees authorized to operate wireless services in the 600 MHz band must cause no harmful 
interference to public reception of the signals of broadcast television stations transmitting co-
channel or on an adjacent channel. 
(1) Such wireless operations must comply with the D/U ratios in Table 5 in OET Bulletin No. 74, 
Methodology for Predicting Inter-Service Interference to Broadcast Television from Mobile 
Wireless Broadband Services in the UHF Band ([DATE]) (“OET Bulletin No. 74”). Copies of 
this document are available on the FCC's website. See https://www.fcc.gov/general/oet-bulletins-
line. 
(2) If a 600 MHz band licensee causes harmful interference within the noise-limited contour or 
protected contour of a broadcast television station that is operating co-channel or on an 
adjacent channel, the 600 MHz band licensee must eliminate the harmful interference. 
(b) A licensee authorized to operate wireless services in the 600 MHz downlink band: 
(1) Is not permitted to deploy wireless base stations within the noise-limited contour or 
protected contour of a broadcast television station licensed on a co-channel or adjacent channel 
in the 600 MHz downlink band; 
(2) Is required to perform an interference study using the methodology in OET Bulletin No. 74 
before deploying or operating wireless base stations within the culling distances specified in 
Tables 7-12 of OET Bulletin No. 74 from the noise-limited contour or protected contour of such 
a broadcast television station; 
(3) Is required to perform an interference study using the methodology in OET Bulletin No. 74 
when modifying a base station within the culling distances in Tables 7-12 of OET Bulletin 74 
that results in an increase in energy in the direction of co-channel or adjacent channel 
broadcast television station's contours; Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
36(4) Is required to maintain records of the latest OET Bulletin No. 74 study for each base station 
and make them available for inspection to the Commission and, upon a claim of harmful 
interference, to the requesting broadcasting television station. 
(c) A licensee authorized to operate wireless services in the 600 MHz uplink band must limit its 
service area so that mobile and portable devices do not transmit: 
(1) Co-channel or adjacent channel to a broadcast television station within that station's noise-
limited contour or protected contour; 
(2) Co-channel to a broadcast television station within five kilometers of that station's noise-
limited contour or protected contour; and 
(3) Adjacent channel to a broadcast television station within 500 meters of that station's noise-
limited contour or protected contour. 
(d) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply: 
(1) Broadcast television station is defined pursuant to § 73.3700(a)(1) of this chapter; 
(2) Noise-limited contour is defined to be the full power station's noise-limited contour pursuant 
to § 73.622(e); 
(3) Protected contour is defined to be a Class A television station's protected contour as 
specified in section 73.6010; 
(4) Co-channel operations in the 600 MHz band are defined as operations of broadcast 
television stations and wireless services where their assigned channels or frequencies spectrally 
overlap; 
(5) Adjacent channel operations are defined as operations of broadcast television stations and 
wireless services where their assigned channels or frequencies spectrally abut each other or are 
separated by up to 5 MHz.
Part 73 of Title 47 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended to read as follows:
PART 73 – RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES
6. The authority citation for Part 73 continues to read as follows:
AUTHORITY:    47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 301, 303, 307, 309, 310, 334, 336, and 339.
7. Section 73.611 is added to read as follows:
§ 73.611 Emission levels and mask filter.
(a) The power level of emissions on frequencies outside the authorized channel of operation 
must be attenuated no less than the following amounts below the average transmitted power 
within the authorized channel. In the first 500 kHz from the channel edge the emissions must be 
attenuated no less than 47 dB. More than 6 MHz from the channel edge, emissions must be Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
37attenuated no less than 110 dB. At any frequency between 0.5 and 6 MHz from the channel 
edge, emissions must be attenuated no less than the value determined by the following formula: 
Attenuation in dB = −11.5(Δf + 3.6); 
Where: Δf = frequency difference in MHz from the edge of the channel.
(b) This attenuation is based on a measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. Other measurement 
bandwidths may be used as long as appropriate correction factors are applied. Measurements 
need not be made any closer to the band edge than one half of the resolution bandwidth of the 
measuring instrument. Emissions include sidebands, spurious emissions and radio frequency 
harmonics. Attenuation is to be measured at the output terminals of the transmitter (including 
any filters that may be employed). In the event of interference caused to any service, greater 
attenuation may be required. 
8. Section 73.612 is amended by revising paragraph (a), and removing paragraph (b) and the Note to 
read as follows: 
(a) Permittees and licensees of TV broadcast stations are not protected from any interference which 
may be caused by the grant of a new station or of authority to modify the facilities of an existing station 
in accordance with the provisions of this subpart. The nature and extent of the protection from 
interference accorded to TV broadcast stations is limited solely to the protection which results from the 
interference protection requirements minimum allotment and station separation requirements 
and the rules and regulations with respect to maximum powers and antenna heights set forth in 
this subpart. 
(b) When the Commission determines that grant of an application would serve the public interest, 
convenience, and necessity and the instrument of authorization specifies an antenna location in a 
designated antenna farm area which results in distance separation less than those specified in this 
subpart, TV broadcast station permittees and licensees shall be afforded protection from 
interference equivalent to the protection afforded under the minimum distance separations 
specified in this subpart.
Note:
The nature and extent of the protection from interference accorded to TV broadcast stations which 
were authorized prior to April 14, 1952, and which were operating on said date is limited not only 
as specified above but is further limited by any smaller separations existing between such stations 
on said date. Where, as a result of the adoption of the Table of Allotments or of changes in 
transmitter sites made by such stations after said date, separations smaller than the required 
minimum are increased but still remain lower than the required minimum, protection accorded 
such stations will be limited to the new separations.
9. § 73.613 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.613 Protection of Class A TV stations. [Reserved]
(a) An application for a new TV broadcast station or for changes in the operating facilities of an 
existing TV broadcast station will not be accepted for filing if it fails to comply with the 
requirements specified in this section. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
38Note to § 73.613(a):
Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast stations that were authorized on November 29, 1999 (and 
applicants for new TV stations that had been cut-off without competing applications or that were 
the winning bidder in a TV broadcast station auction as of that date, or that were the proposed 
remaining applicant in a group of mutually exclusive applications for which a settlement agreement 
was on file as of that date) may continue to operate with facilities that do not protect Class A TV 
stations. Applications filed on or before November 29, 1999 for a change in the operating facilities 
of such stations also are not required to protect Class A TV stations under the provisions of this 
section.
(b) Due to the frequency spacing which exists between TV channels 4 and 5, between channels 6 
and 7, and between channels 13 and 14, first-adjacent channel protection standards shall not be 
applicable to these pairs of channels. Some interference protection requirements of this section 
only apply to stations transmitting on the UHF TV channels 14 through 36 (see § 73.603(a)). 
(c) A UHF TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if it specifies a site less than 100 
kilometers from the transmitter site of a UHF Class A TV station operating on a channel which is 
the seventh channel above the requested channel. Compliance with this requirement shall be 
determined based on a distance computation rounded to the nearest kilometer. 
(d) A UHF TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if it specifies a site less than 32 
kilometers from the transmitter site of a UHF Class A TV station that is authorized an effective 
radiated power of more than 50 kilowatts and operating on a channel which is the second, third, 
or fourth channel above or below the requested channel. Compliance with this requirement shall 
be determined based on a distance computation rounded to the nearest kilometer. 
(e) In cases where a TV broadcast station has been authorized facilities that do not meet the 
distance separation requirements of this section, an application to modify such a station's 
facilities will not be accepted if it decreases that separation.  
(f) New interference must not be caused to Class A TV stations authorized pursuant to Subpart J 
of this part, within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010 of this part. For this prediction, the 
TV broadcast station field strength is calculated from the proposed effective radiated power and 
the antenna height above average terrain in pertinent directions using the methods in § 73.684 of 
this part. 
(1) For co-channel protection, the field strength is calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) 
chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 of this part. 
(2) For TV broadcast stations that do not specify the same channel as the Class A TV station to 
be protected, the field strength is calculated using the appropriate F(50,50) chart from Figure 9, 
10, or 10b of § 73.699 of this part. 
(g) A TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if the ratio in dB of its field strength 
to that of the Class A TV station at the Class A TV station's protected contour fails to meet the 
following: 
(1) −45 dB for co-channel operations where the Class A TV station does not specify an offset 
carrier frequency or where the TV broadcast and Class A TV stations do not specify different Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
39offset carrier frequencies (zero, plus or minus) or −28 dB for offset carrier frequency operation 
where the TV broadcast and Class A TV stations specify different offset carrier frequencies. 
(2) 6 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a VHF channel that is one channel 
above the requested channel. 
(3) 12 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a VHF channel that is one channel 
below the requested channel. 
(4) 15 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF channel that is one channel 
above or below the requested channel. 
(5) 23 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF channel that is fourteen 
channels below the requested channel. 
(6) 6 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF channel that is fifteen 
channels below the requested channel. 
(h) New interference must not be caused to digital Class A TV stations authorized pursuant to 
Subpart J of this part, within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010 of this part. A TV 
broadcast station application will not be accepted if the ratio in dB of the field strength of the 
digital Class A TV station at the digital Class A TV station's protected contour to the field 
strength resulting from the facilities proposed in the TV broadcast station application fails to 
meet the D/U signal ratios for “analog TV-into-DTV” specified in §§ 73.623(c)(2) and 73.623(c)(3) 
of this part. For digital Class A TV station protection, the TV broadcast station field strength is 
calculated from the proposed effective radiated power and the antenna height above average 
terrain in pertinent directions using the methods in § 73.684 of this part and using the 
appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 of this part. 
(i) In cases where a TV broadcast station has been authorized facilities that do not meet the 
interference protection requirements of this section, an application to modify such a station's 
facilities will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause new interference within the protected 
contour of the Class A TV or digital Class A TV station. 
(j) In support of a request for waiver of the interference protection requirements of this section, 
an applicant for a TV broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding and Longley-Rice 
terrain dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed facility would not be 
likely to cause interference to Class A TV stations. Guidance on using the Longely-Rice 
methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69, which is available through the Internet at 
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69. 
10. Section 73.614 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (b) introductory text, (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), 
(b)(6), (b)(7), and adding paragraphs (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), (b)(2)(iii), 
(b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), (b)(6)(i), (b)(6)(ii), (b)(6)(iii), and removing and reserving paragraphs (b)(4) and 
(b)(5) to read as follows:
§ 73.614 Power and antenna height requirements.
(a) Minimum requirements. Applications will not be accepted for filing if they specify less than −10 
dBk (100 watts) horizontally polarized visual effective radiated power (ERP) in any horizontal 
direction. No minimum antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) is specified.  For stations Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
40requesting DTS operation pursuant to § 73.626, this requirement applies to at least one site in the 
DTS.
(b) Maximum power.  Applications for new full power television stations, for changes in authorized 
full power television stations, and petitions for changes to the Table of TV Allotments, will not be 
accepted for filing if they specify a power which exceeds the maximum permitted boundaries specified 
in the following formulas: 
(1) A TV station that operates on a channel 2-6 allotment will be allowed a maximum ERP of 10 
kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is located in Zone I or a maximum 
ERP of 45 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is located in Zone II or 
Zone III. 
(i) At higher HAAT levels, such TV stations will be allowed to operate with lower maximum 
ERP levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP 
for intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table): 
Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for TV Stations In Zones II or III on Channels 2-6 
Antenna HAAT (meters) ERP (kW) 
610 10 
580 11 
550 12 
520 14 
490 16 
460 19 
425 22 
395 26 
365 31 
335 37 
305 45
(ii) For TV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 2-6 with an HAAT that exceeds 
305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is 
determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 92.57-33.24*log 10(HAAT) 
(iii) For TV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on channels 2-6 with an HAAT that 
exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is 
determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 57.57-17.08*log 10(HAAT) 
Channels 2-6 in Zone I: 
ERP Max = 102.57-33.24*Log 10(HAAT) 
And, Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
41−10 dBk ≤ERP Max≤20 dBk 
(2) A TV station that operates on a channel 7-13 allotment will be allowed a maximum ERP of 
30 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is located in Zone I or a maximum 
ERP of 160 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is located in Zone II or 
Zone III. 
(i) At higher HAAT levels, such TV stations will be allowed to operate with lower maximum 
ERP levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP 
for intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table): 
Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for TV Stations In Zones II or III on Channels 7-13 
Antenna HAAT (meters) ERP (kW) 
610 30 
580 34 
550 40 
520 47 
490 54 
460 64 
425 76 
395 92 
365 110 
335 132 
305 160
(ii) For TV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 7-13 with an HAAT that 
exceeds 305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is 
determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 97.35-33.24*log 10(HAAT) 
(iii) For TV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on channels 7-13 with an HAAT 
that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW 
(dBk) is determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 62.34-17.08*log 10(HAAT) 
Channels 2-6 in Zones II and III: 
ERP Max = 67.57-17.08* Log 10 (HAAT) 
And, 
10 dBk ≤ERP Max≤20 dBk 
(3) A TV station that operates on a channel 14-36 allotment will be allowed a maximum ERP of 
1000 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 365 meters. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
42(i) At higher HAAT levels, such TV stations will be allowed to operates with lower maximum 
ERP levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP 
for intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table): 
Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for TV Stations on Channels 14-36, All Zones 
Antenna HAAT (meters) ERP (kW) 
610 316 
580 350 
550 400 
520 460 
490 540 
460 630 
425 750 
395 900 
365 1000
(ii) For TV stations located in Zone I, II or III that operate on channels 14-36 with an HAAT 
that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW 
(dBk) is determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 72.57-17.08*log 10(HAAT) 
Where: 
ERP Max = Maximum Effective Radiated Power measured in decibels above 1 kW (dBk). 
HAAT = Height Above Average Terrain measured in meters.
Channels 7-13 in Zone I: 
ERP Max = 107.57-33.24* Log 10 (HAAT) 
And, 
−4.0 dBk ≤ERP Max ≤25 dBk 
(4) Channels 7-13 in Zones II and III: 
ERP Max = 72.57-17.08* Log 10 (HAAT) 
And, 
15 dBk ≤ERP Max≤25 dBk [Reserved]
(5) Channels 14-36 in Zones I, II, and III 
ERP Max = 84.57-17.08* Log 10 (HAAT) Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
43And, 
27 dBk ≤ERP Max≤37 dBk [Reserved]
Where: 
ERP Max = Maximum Effective Radiated Power measured in decibels above 1 kW (dBk). 
HAAT = Height Above Average Terrain measured in meters.
The boundaries specified are to be used to determine the maximum possible combination of 
antenna height and ERP dBk. When specifying an ERP dBk less than that permitted by the lower 
boundary, any antenna HAAT can be used. Also, for values of antenna HAAT greater than 
2,300 meters the maximum ERP is the lower limit specified for each equation. 
(6) The effective radiated power in any horizontal or vertical direction may not exceed the maximum 
values permitted by this section., except that licensees and permittees may request an increase in 
either ERP in some azimuthal direction or antenna HAAT, or both, up to the maximum 
permissible limits on TV power set forth in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this section, as 
appropriate, up to that needed to provide the same geographic coverage area as the largest 
station within their market. Such requests must be accompanied by a technical showing that the 
increase complies with the technical criteria in § 73.620, and thereby will not result in new 
interference exceeding the de minimis standard set forth in that section, or statements agreeing 
to the change from any co-channel or adjacent channel stations that might be affected by 
potential new interference, in accordance with § 73.620(e). For the purposes of this paragraph:
(i) The maximum ERP value shall not exceed the maximum permitted at any height within 
the relevant zone consistent with the values permitted in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) above.  The 
associated maximum height for that given ERP may be exceeded.
(ii) Stations in the same Nielsen DMA are considered to be in the same market.
(iii) “Geographic coverage area” is defined as the number of square kilometers found within a 
station’s F(50,90) contour as calculated in § 73.619.  A station taking advantage of this 
provision need not specify coverage that is congruent with or encompassed by the largest 
station in the market.
(7) The effective radiated power at any angle above the horizontal shall be as low as the state of 
the art permits, and in the same vertical plane may not exceed the effective radiated power in 
either the horizontal direction or below the horizontal, whichever is greater. See § 73.625(c)(1).
* * * * *
11. § 73.615 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.615 Administrative changes in authorizations.  [Reserved]
In the issuance of television broadcast station authorizations, the Commission will specify the 
transmitter output power and effective radiated power to the nearest 0.1 dBk. Power specified by 
kWs shall be obtained by converting dBk to kWs to 3 significant figures. Antenna heights above Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
44average terrain will be specified to the nearest meter. Midway figures will be authorized in the 
lower alternative.
12. Section 73.616 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) 
and (g) to read as follows:
§ 73.616 Post-transition D References to TV station interference protection rules.
(a) A petition to add a new channel to the post-transition DTV Table of TV Allotments contained 
in § 73.622(j) of this subpart will not be accepted unless it meets: The DTV-to-DTV geographic 
spacing requirements of § 73.623(d) with respect to all existing DTV allotments in the post-
transition DTV Table; the principle community coverage requirements of § 73.625(a); the Class A 
TV and digital Class A TV protection requirements in paragraph (f) of this section; the land 
mobile protection requirements of § 73.623(e); and the FM radio protection requirement of § 
73.623(f). See § 73.622(a).
(b) The reference coordinates of a post-transition DTV allotment shall be the authorized 
transmitter site, or, where such a transmitter site is not available for use as a reference point, the 
coordinates as designated in the FCC order creating or modifying the post-transition DTV Table 
of TV Allotments. See § 73.622(d).
(c) The protected facilities of a post-transition DTV allotment shall be the facilities (effective 
radiated power, antenna height and antenna directional radiation pattern, if any) authorized by a 
construction permit or license, or, where such an authorization is not available for establishing 
reference facilities, the facilities designated in the FCC order creating or modifying the post-
transition DTV Table of TV Allotments. See § 73.619(d).
(d) An application will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to more than an 
additional 0.5 percent of the population served by another post-transition DTV station. For this 
purpose, the population served by the station receiving additional interference does not include 
portions of the population within the noise-limited service contour of that station that are 
predicted to receive interference from the post-transition DTV allotment facilities of the applicant 
or portions of that population receiving masking interference from any other station. See § 
73.620(c).
(1) For evaluating compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, interference to 
populations served is to be predicted based on the 2000 census population data and otherwise 
according to the procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69: “Longley-Rice Methodology for 
Evaluating TV Coverage and Interference” (February 6, 2004) (incorporated by reference, see 
§ 73.8000), including population served within service areas determined in accordance with § 
73.622(e), consideration of whether F(50,10) undesired signals will exceed the following desired-
to-undesired (D/U) signal ratios, assumed use of a directional receiving antenna, and use of the 
terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model. Applicants may request the 
use of a cell size other than the default of 2.0 km per side, but only requests for cell sizes of 1.0 
km per side or 0.5 km per side will be considered. The threshold levels at which interference is 
considered to occur are: See § 73.620(c).
(i) For co-channel stations, the D/U ratio is + 15 dB. This value is only valid at locations where 
the signal-to-noise ratio is 28 dB or greater. At the edge of the noise-limited service area, 
where the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 16 dB, this value is + 23 dB. At locations where the S/N Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
45ratio is greater than 16 dB but less than 28 dB, D/U values are computed from the following 
formula: 
D/U = 15 + 10log 10[1.0/(1.0−10−x/10)] 
Where x = S/N-15.19 (minimum signal to noise ratio)
(ii) For interference from a lower first-adjacent channel, the D/U ratio is −28 dB. 
(iii) For interference from an upper first-adjacent channel, the D/U ratio is −26 dB. 
(2) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 
7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum adjacent channel technical criteria specified 
in this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (see § 73.603(a)). 
(e) A petition to add a new channel to the post-transition DTV Table or a post-transition DTV 
station application that proposes to expand its allotted or authorized coverage area in any 
direction will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to a Class A TV station or to a 
digital Class A TV station authorized pursuant to subpart J of this part, within the protected 
contour defined in § 73.6010. See § 73.620(d).
(1) For evaluating compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, interference to 
populations served is to be predicted based on the most recent official decennial U.S. Census 
population data as identified by the Media Bureau in a Public Notice issued not less than 60 
days prior to use of the data for a specific year in application processing, and otherwise 
according to the procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69: “Longley-Rice Methodology for 
Evaluating TV Coverage and Interference” (February 6, 2004) (incorporated by reference, see 
§ 73.8000), including population served within service areas determined in accordance with § 
73.622(e), consideration of whether F(50,10) undesired signals will exceed the following desired-
to-undesired (D/U) signal ratios, assumed use of a directional receiving antenna, and use of the 
terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model. Applicants may request the 
use of a cell size other than the default of 2.0 km per side, but only requests for cell sizes of 1.0 
km per side or 0.5 km per side will be considered. The threshold levels at which interference is 
considered to occur are: 
(2) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the field strength of a digital Class A 
TV station at its protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in 
the DTV application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 
10c of § 73.699) fails to meet the D/U signal ratios specified in paragraph (e) of this section. 
(3) In support of a request for waiver of the interference protection requirements of this section, 
an applicant for a post-transition DTV broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding 
and Longley-Rice terrain dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed 
facility would not be likely to cause interference to Class A TV stations. Guidance on using the 
Longley-Rice methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69, which is available through the 
Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69. 
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
46(g) The interference protection requirements contained in this section apply to television station 
operations under both the DTV transmission standard in § 73.682(d) and the Next Gen TV 
transmission standard in § 73.682(f). See § 73.620(f).
13. Section 73.617 is added to read as follows:
§ 73.617 Interference protection of other services.
(a) Protection of land mobile operations on channels 14-20. The Commission will not accept 
petitions to amend the Table of TV Allotments, applications for new TV stations, or applications 
to change the channel or location of authorized TV stations that would use channels 14-20 where 
the distance between the TV reference coordinates as defined in section 73.622(d), would be 
located less than 250 km from the city center of a co-channel land mobile operation or 176 km 
from the city center of an adjacent channel land mobile operation. Such filings that do not meet 
the minimum TV-to-land mobile spacing standards will, however, be considered where all 
affected land mobile licensees consent to the requested action. Land mobile operations are 
authorized on these channels in the following markets:
City Channels Latitude Longitude 
Boston, MA 14, 16 42° 21′ 24.4″ 71° 03′ 23.2″ 
Chicago, IL 14, 15 41° 52′ 28.1″ 87° 38′ 22.2″ 
Cleveland, OH 14, 15 41° 29′ 51.2″ 81° 49′ 49.5″ 
Dallas, TX 16 32° 47′ 09.5″ 96° 47′ 38.0″ 
Detroit, MI 15, 16 42° 19′ 48.1″ 83° 02′ 56.7″ 
Houston, TX 17 29° 45′ 26.8″ 95° 21′ 37.8″ 
Los Angeles, CA 14, 16, 20 34° 03′ 15.0″ 118° 14′ 31.3″ 
Miami, FL 14 25° 46′ 38.4″ 80° 11′ 31.2″ 
New York, NY 14, 15, 16 40° 45′ 06.4″ 73° 59′ 37.5″ 
Philadelphia, PA 19, 20 39° 56′ 58.4″ 75° 09′ 19.6″ 
Pittsburgh, PA 14, 18 40° 26′ 19.2″ 79° 59′ 59.2″ 
San Francisco, CA 16, 17 37° 46′ 38.7″ 122° 24′ 43.9″ 
Washington, DC 17, 18 38° 53′ 51.4″ 77° 00′ 31.9″
NOTE:  The Chief, Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, waived the rules to allow channel 
15 to be used for land mobile operation in Los Angeles County, CA (DA 08-2823; adopted 
December 30, 2008).  Notwithstanding the channels listed in (a), the waiver requires television 
stations to protect this land mobile operation.
(b) Protection of land mobile operations below channel 14Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
47(1) TV broadcast stations operating on Channel 14 must take special precautions to avoid 
interference to adjacent spectrum land mobile radio service facilities. Where a TV station is 
authorized and operating prior to the authorization and operation of the land mobile facility, a 
Channel 14 station must attenuate its emissions within the frequency range 467 to 470 MHz if 
necessary to permit reasonable use of the adjacent frequencies by land mobile licensees. 
(2) The requirements listed below apply to permittees authorized to construct a new station on 
TV Channel 14, and to licensees authorized to change the channel of an existing station to 
Channel 14, to increase effective radiated power (ERP) (including any change in directional 
antenna characteristics that results in an increase in ERP in any direction), or to change the 
transmitting location of an existing station. 
(i) For the purposes of this paragraph (b), a protected land mobile facility is a receiver that is 
intended to receive transmissions from licensed land mobile stations within the frequency 
band below 470 MHz, and is associated with one or more land mobile stations for which a 
license has been issued by the Commission, or a proper application has been received by the 
Commission prior to the date of the filing of the TV construction permit application. 
However, a land mobile facility will not be protected if it is proposed in an application that is 
denied or dismissed and that action is no longer subject to Commission review. Further, if the 
land mobile station is not operating when the TV facility commences operation and it does not 
commence operation within the time permitted by its authorization in accordance with part 
90 of this chapter, it will not be protected. 
(ii) A TV permittee must take steps before construction to identify potential interference to 
normal land mobile operation that could be caused by TV emissions outside the authorized 
channel, land mobile receiver desensitization or intermodulation. It must install filters and 
take other precautions as necessary, and submit evidence that no interference is being caused 
before it will be permitted to transmit programming on the new facilities pursuant to the 
provisions of § 73.1615 or § 73.1620 of this part. A TV permittee must reduce its emissions 
within the land mobile channel of a protected land mobile facility that is receiving 
interference caused by the TV emission producing a vertically polarized signal and a field 
strength in excess of 17 dBu at the land mobile receiver site on the land mobile frequency. The 
TV emission should be measured with equipment set to a 30 kHz measurement bandwidth 
including the entire applicable land mobile channel. A TV permittee must correct a 
desensitization problem if its occurrence can be directly linked to the start of the TV 
operation and the land mobile station is using facilities with typical desensitization rejection 
characteristics. A TV permittee must identify the source of an intermodulation product that is 
generated when the TV operation commences. If the intermodulation source is under its 
control, the TV permittee must correct the problem. If the intermodulation source is beyond 
the TV permittee's control, it must cooperate in the resolution of the problem and should 
provide whatever technical assistance it can. 
(c) Parties requesting new allotments on channel 6 be added to the Table of TV Allotments must 
submit an engineering study demonstrating that no interference would be caused to existing FM 
radio stations on FM channels 200-220.
(d)  Present information is not sufficiently complete to establish blanketing interference areas for 
television broadcast stations. Blanketing interference is interference in an area adjacent to a 
transmitter in which the reception of other stations is subject to interference due to the strong 
signal from this station. The authorization of station construction in areas where blanketing 
interference is found to be excessive will be on the basis that the applicant will assume full Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
48responsibility for the adjustment of reasonable complaints arising from excessively strong signals 
of the applicant's station or take other corrective action.
(e) Stations should be aware that a condition is placed on all TV broadcast station authorizations 
that result in a change in coverage area, or all authorizations for new stations, which requires TV 
broadcasters to identify and notify hospital and other health care facilities within the station’s 
coverage area to avoid interference to medical telemetry devices. 
14. Section 73.618 is added to read as follows:
§ 73.618 Antenna location and principal community coverage.
(a) The TV antenna location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated power 
(ERP) and antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) employed, the following minimum 
F(50,90) field strength in dB above one uV/m will be provided over the entire principal 
community to be served: 
Channels 2-6 35 dBu. 
Channels 7-13 43 dBu. 
Channels 14-36 48 dBu.
(b) The location of the antenna must be so chosen that there is not a major obstruction in the path 
over the principal community to be served. 
(c) For the purposes of this section, coverage is to be determined in accordance with section 
73.619(b). Under actual conditions, the true coverage may vary from these estimates because the 
terrain over any specific path is expected to be different from the average terrain on which the 
field strength charts were based. Further, the actual extent of service will usually be less than 
indicated by these estimates due to interference from other stations. Because of these factors, the 
predicted field strength contours give no assurance of service to any specific percentage of 
receiver locations within the distances indicated. 
15. Section 73.619 is added to read as follows:
§ 73.619 Contours and service areas.
(a) The field strength contours will be considered for the following purposes only: 
(1) In the estimation of coverage resulting from the selection of a particular transmitting 
antenna site by an applicant for a TV station. 
(2) In connection with problems of coverage arising out of application of § 73.3555. 
(3) In determining compliance with § 73.618(a) concerning the minimum field strength to be 
provided over the principal community to be served. 
(b) Determining coverage. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
49(1) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F (50,50) field strength charts 
(Figures 9, 10 and 10b of § 73.699 of this part) and the F (50,10) field strength charts (Figures 
9a, 10a and 10c of § 73.699 of this part) shall be used. To use the charts to predict the distance 
to a given F (50,90) contour, the following procedure is used: Convert the effective radiated 
power in kilowatts for the appropriate azimuth into decibel value referenced to 1 kW (dBk). 
Subtract the power value in dBk from the contour value in dBu. Note that for power less than 1 
kW, the difference value will be greater than the contour value because the power in dBk is 
negative. Locate the difference value obtained on the vertical scale at the left edge of the 
appropriate F (50,50) chart for the TV station's channel. Follow the horizontal line for that 
value into the chart to the point of intersection with the vertical line above the height of the 
antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on the scale at the bottom of 
the chart. If the point of intersection does not fall exactly on a distance curve, interpolate 
between the distance curves below and above the intersection point. The distance values for the 
curves are located along the right edge of the chart. Using the appropriate F (50,10) chart for 
the DTV station's channel, locate the point where the distance coincides with the vertical line 
above the height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on 
the scale at the bottom of the chart. Follow a horizontal line from that point to the left edge of 
the chart to determine the F (50,10) difference value. Add the power value in dBk to this 
difference value to determine the F (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract the F (50,50) contour 
value in dBu from this F (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract this difference from the F 
(50,50) contour value in dBu to determine the F (50,90) contour value in dBu at the pertinent 
distance along the pertinent radial. 
(2) The effective radiated power to be used is that radiated at the vertical angle corresponding 
to the depression angle between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio 
horizon as determined individually for each azimuthal direction concerned. The depression 
angle is based on the difference in elevation of the antenna center of radiation above the 
average terrain and the radio horizon, assuming a smooth spherical earth with a radius of 
8,495.5 kilometers (5,280 miles) and shall be determined by the following equation: 
A = 0.0277 square root of H 
Where: 
A is the depression angle in degrees. 
H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center above average terrain of the 
3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) sector of the pertinent radial.
This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified here of determining 
distance to filed strength contours for coverage. Its use for any other purpose may be 
inappropriate. 
(3) Applicants for new TV stations or changes in the facilities of existing TV stations must 
submit to the FCC a showing as to the location of their stations' or proposed stations' contour. 
This showing is to include a map showing this contour, except where applicants have previously 
submitted material to the FCC containing such information and it is found upon careful 
examination that the contour locations indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when 
the locations are determined under this section. In the latter cases, a statement by a qualified 
engineer to this effect will satisfy this requirement and no contour maps need be submitted. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
50(4) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of the radiation center of the 
antenna above the average terrain along the radial in question. In determining the average 
elevation of the terrain, the elevations between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the 
antenna site are employed. Path profiles shall be determined for 8 radials beginning at the 
antenna site and extending 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) therefrom. The radials should be 
determined for each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with True North. 10 points per kilometer of 
elevation (uniformly spaced) should be used for each radial. It is not necessary to take the 
curvature of the earth into consideration in this procedure, as this factor is taken care of in the 
charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 12.9 kilometer (8 miles) distance 
between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna site should then be determined from 
the path profile for each radial. In directions where the terrain is such that negative antenna 
heights or heights below 30.5 meters (100 feet) for the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector 
are obtained, an assumed height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the prediction of 
coverage. Actual calculated values should be used for computation of height above average 
terrain. 
(5) In the preparation of the path profiles previously described, and in determining the location 
and height above sea level of the antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken 
from a high quality bald earth terrain map or dataset such as the United States Geological 
Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps or the National Elevation Dataset. If a dataset is used, 
the data must be processed for intermediate points along each radial using linear interpolation 
techniques. 
(6) It is anticipated that many of these calculations may be done using computer software and 
with computerized datasets.  If software or datasets besides those officially adopted by the FCC 
are utilized, the alternate software or data must be identified.
(c) TV Service Areas. 
(1) The service area of a TV station is the geographic area within the station's noise-limited 
F(50,90) contour where its signal strength is predicted to exceed the noise-limited service level. 
The noise-limited contour is the area in which the predicted F(50,90) field strength of the 
station's signal, in dB above 1 microvolt per meter (dBu) as determined using the method in § 
73.619(b) exceeds the following levels (these are the levels at which reception of TV service is 
limited by noise): 
dBu 
Channels 2-6 28 
Channels 7-13 36 
Channels 14-36 41
(2) Within this contour, service is considered available at locations where the station's signal 
strength, as predicted using the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation 
model, exceeds the levels above. Guidance for evaluating coverage areas using the Longley-Rice 
methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69. Copies of this document are available on the 
FCC's website. See https://www.fcc.gov/general/oet-bulletins-line. 
(d) The protected facilities of a TV allotment shall be the facilities (effective radiated power, 
antenna height and antenna directional radiation pattern, if any) authorized by a construction 
permit or license, or, where such an authorization is not available for establishing reference Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
51facilities, the facilities designated in the FCC order creating or modifying the Table of TV 
Allotments. 
16. Section 73.620 is added to read as follows:
§ 73.620 Interference calculation and protection of TV broadcast services
(a) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, 
and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum adjacent channel technical criteria specified in 
this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (see § 73.603(a)).
(b) Interference to populations served is to be predicted based on the most recent official 
decennial U.S. Census population data as identified by the Media Bureau in a Public Notice 
issued not less than 60 days prior to use of the data for a specific year in application processing, 
and otherwise according to the procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69: “Longley-Rice 
Methodology for Evaluating TV Coverage and Interference” (February 6, 2004) (incorporated by 
reference, see § 73.8000), including population served within service areas determined in 
accordance with § 73.619, consideration of whether F(50,10) undesired signals will exceed the 
following desired-to-undesired (D/U) signal ratios, assumed use of a directional receiving antenna, 
and use of the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model. Applicants may 
request the use of a cell size other than the default of 2.0 km per side, but only requests for cell 
sizes of 1.0 km per side or 0.5 km per side will be considered. The threshold levels at which 
interference is considered to occur are: 
(1) For co-channel stations, the D/U ratio is + 15 dB. This value is only valid at locations where 
the signal-to-noise ratio is 28 dB or greater. At the edge of the noise-limited service area, where 
the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 16 dB, this value is + 23 dB. At locations where the S/N ratio is 
greater than 16 dB but less than 28 dB, D/U values are computed from the following formula: 
D/U = 15 + 10log 10[1.0/(1.0−10−x/10)] 
Where x = S/N-15.19 (minimum signal to noise ratio)
(2) For interference from a lower first-adjacent channel, the D/U ratio is −28 dB. 
(3) For interference from an upper first-adjacent channel, the D/U ratio is −26 dB. 
(c) An application will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to more than an 
additional 0.5 percent of the population served by another TV station. For this purpose, the 
population served by the station receiving additional interference does not include portions of the 
population within the noise-limited service contour of that station that are predicted to receive 
interference from the TV allotment facilities of the applicant or portions of that population 
receiving masking interference from any other station. 
(d) A petition to add a new channel to the TV Table or any application to modify an existing TV 
station or allotment will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause more than 0.5 percent new 
interference, consistent with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, to a Class A TV station 
authorized pursuant to subpart J of this part, within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010. 
(e) Negotiated agreements on interference. TV stations may operate with increased effective 
radiated power (ERP) and/or antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) that would result in Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
52more than 0.5 percent additional interference to another TV station if that station agrees, in 
writing, to accept the additional interference. Such agreements must be submitted with the 
application for authority to construct or modify the affected TV station. Negotiated agreements 
under this paragraph can include the exchange of money or other considerations from one station 
to another, including payments to and from noncommercial television stations assigned to 
reserved channels. Applications submitted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph will be 
granted only if the Commission finds that such action is consistent with the public interest. 
(f) The interference protection requirements contained in this section apply to television station 
operations under both the TV transmission standard in § 73.682(d) and the Next Gen TV 
transmission standard in § 73.682(f).
17. Section 73.621 is amended by revising paragraph (j) and removing and reserving paragraphs (g) 
and (h).
§ 73.621 Noncommercial educational TV stations.
* * * * *
(g) Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal. The 
provisions governing VBI and visual signal telecommunications service in § 73.646 are applicable 
to noncommercial educational TV stations. [Reserved]
(h) Non-program related data signals transmitted on Line 21 pursuant to § 73.682(a)(22)(ii) may 
be used for remunerative purposes. [Reserved]
* * * * *
(j) With respect to the provision of advanced television services, tThe requirements of this section 
will apply to the entire digital bitstream of noncommercial educational television stations, including the 
provision of ancillary or supplementary services.
18. Section 73.622 is amended by revising the section heading, paragraphs (a) introductory text, (b), 
(c) introductory text, (d)(2), (e) introductory text, (f)(5), (f)(6), (f)(7), (f)(8), (h) introductory text, (i) 
introductory text, and (j), and removing paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (c)(1), (c)(2), (d)(1), (e)(1), (e)(2), Note 
to (e)(2), (e)(3), (f)(2)(i), (f)(2)(ii), (f)(6)(i) through (iii), (f)(7)(i) through (iii), (f)(8)(i) through (ii), (g)(2), 
(h)(1), and (h)(2), and removing and reserving paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3)(i) through (ii), and (f)(4), and 
adding paragraph (k).
73.622 Digital Television Ttable of TV allotments.
(a) General. The following table of TV allotments contains the digital television (DTV) channel 
allotments designated for the listed communities in the United States, its Territories, and possessions.  
Requests for addition of new DTV TV allotments, or requests to change the channels allotted to a 
community, must be made in a petition for rule making to amend the DTV Table of TV Allotments. A 
request to amend the DTV tTable of TV Allotments to add an allotment or change the channel of an 
allotment in the DTV tTable will be evaluated for technical acceptability using engineering criteria set 
forth in §§ 73.617, 73.618, and 73.6203(c). A request to amend the DTV table to add a new allotment 
will be evaluated for technical acceptability using the geographic spacing criteria set forth in § 
73.6223(dk) and the engineering criteria set forth in §§ 73.614, 73.617, 73.618, and 73.620(a) and 
(d). DTV allotments designated with an asterisk are assigned for use by non-commercial educational Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
53broadcast stations only. Rules governing noncommercial educational TV stations are contained in § 
73.621. Where there is only one technically available channel available in a community, an entity 
that would be eligible to operate a noncommercial educational broadcast station may, prior to 
application, initiate a rulemaking proceeding requesting that an unoccupied or new channel in 
the community be changed or added as reserved only for noncommercial educational 
broadcasting upon demonstrating that the noncommercial educational proponent would provide 
a first or second noncommercial educational TV service to 2,000 or more people who constitute 
10% of the population within the proposed allocation's noise limited contour. 
(1) Petitions requesting the addition of a new allotment must specify a channel in the range of 
channels 2-36.
(2) Petitions requesting a change in the channel of an initial allotment must specify a channel in 
the range of channels 2-58. 
(b)  [Reserved] See § 73.622(j).
(c)  See § 73.623(b).
(1) Availability of channels. Applications may be filed to construct DTV broadcast stations only 
on the channels designated in the DTV Table of TV Allotments set forth in paragraph (bj) of 
this section, and only in the communities listed therein. Applications that fail to comply with 
this requirement, whether or not accompanied by a petition to amend the DTV Table, will not 
be accepted for filing. However, applications specifying channels that accord with publicly 
announced FCC Orders changing the DTV Table of TV Allotments will be accepted for filing 
even if such applications are tendered before the effective dates of such channel change. An 
application for authority to construct a DTV station on an allotment in the initial DTV table 
may only be filed by the licensee or permittee of the analog TV station with which that initial 
allotment is paired, as set forth in Appendix B of the Memorandum Opinion and Order on 
Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order in MM Docket 87-268, FCC 98-24 
(Memorandum Opinion and Order) adopted January 29, 1998. Copies of the Memorandum 
Opinion and Order may be inspected during normal business hours at the Federal 
Communications Commission's Reference Information Center, located at the address of the 
FCC's main office indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a). This document is also available through the 
Internet on the FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. Applications may also be filed to 
implement an exchange of channel allotments between two or more licensees or permittees of 
analog TV stations in the same community, the same market, or in adjacent markets provided, 
however, that the other requirements of this section and § 73.623 are met with respect to each 
such application. 
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, an application may be filed for a channel 
or community not listed in the DTV Table of Allotments if it is consistent with the rules and 
policies established in the Third Report and Order in WT Docket 99-168 (FCC 01-25), adopted 
January 18, 2001. Where such a request is approved, the Media Bureau will change the DTV 
Table of Allotments to reflect that approval. 
(d) * * * 
(1) The reference coordinates of a DTV allotment included in the initial DTV Table of 
Allotments are the coordinates of the authorized transmitting antenna site of the associated 
analog TV station, as set forth in Appendix B of the Memorandum Opinion and Order 
(referenced above). An application for authority to construct or modify DTV facilities on such Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
54an allotment may specify an alternate location for the DTV transmitting antenna that is within 
5 kilometers of the DTV allotment reference coordinates without consideration of 
electromagnetic interference to other DTV or analog TV broadcast stations, allotments or 
applications, provided the application complies with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. Location of 
the transmitting antenna of such a station at a site more than 5 kilometers from the DTV 
allotment reference coordinates must comply with the provisions of section 73.623(c). In the 
case where a DTV station has been granted authority to construct more than 5 kilometers from 
its reference coordinates pursuant to section 73.623(c), and its authorized coverage area extends 
in any azimuthal direction beyond the DTV coverage area determined for the DTV allotment 
reference facilities, then the coordinates of such authorized site are to be used in addition to the 
coordinates of the DTV allotment to determine protection from new DTV allotments pursuant 
to § 73.623(d) and from subsequent DTV applications filed pursuant to § 73.623(c).
(2) The reference coordinates of a DTV allotment not included in the initial DTV Table of 
Allotments shall be the coordinates of the authorized transmitter site, facility. or, w Where such a 
transmitter site is not available for use as a reference point, coordinates, such as a new allotment,  
the coordinates shall be those as designated in the FCC order modifying the DTV Table of TV 
Allotments. 
(e) DTV Service Areas. See § 73.619(c).  
(1) The service area of a DTV station is the geographic area within the station's noise-limited 
F(50,90) contour where its signal strength is predicted to exceed the noise-limited service level. 
The noise-limited contour is the area in which the predicted F(50,90) field strength of the 
station's signal, in dB above 1 microvolt per meter (dBu) as determined using the method in § 
73.625(b) exceeds the following levels (these are the levels at which reception of DTV service is 
limited by noise): 
dBu 
Channels 2-6 28 
Channels 7-13 36 
Channels 14-36 41
(2) Within this contour, service is considered available at locations where the station's signal 
strength, as predicted using the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation 
model, exceeds the levels above. Guidance for evaluating coverage areas using the Longley-Rice 
methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69. Copies of this document are available on the 
FCC's website. See https://www.fcc.gov/general/oet-bulletins-line.
Note to paragraph (e)(2):
During the transition, in cases where the assigned power of a UHF DTV station in the initial DTV 
Table is 1000 kW, the Grade B contour of the associated analog television station, as authorized on 
April 3, 1997, shall be used instead of the noise-limited contour of the DTV station in determining 
the DTV station's service area. In such cases, the DTV service area is the geographic area within 
the station's analog Grade B contour where its DTV signal strength is predicted to exceed the noise-
limited service level, i.e., 41 dB, as determined using the Longley-Rice methodology.
(3) For purposes of determining whether interference is caused to a DTV station's service area, 
the maximum technical facilities, i.e., antenna height above average terrain (antenna HAAT) Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
55and effective radiated power (ERP), specified for the station's allotment are to be used in 
determining its service area. 
(f) 
(1) * * * 
(2) An application for authority to construct or modify DTV facilities will not be subject to 
further consideration of electromagnetic interference to other DTV or analog TV broadcast 
stations, allotments or applications, provided that: [Reserved]
(i) The proposed ERP in each azimuthal direction is equal to or less than the reference ERP in 
that direction; and
(ii) The proposed antenna HAAT is equal to or less than the reference antenna HAAT or the 
proposed antenna HAAT exceeds the reference antenna HAAT by 10 meters or less and the 
reference ERP in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section is adjusted in accordance with paragraph 
(f)(3) of this section; and
(iii) The application complies with the location provisions in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. 
(3) 
(i) A DTV station may increase its antenna HAAT by up to 10 meters from that specified in 
Appendix B if it reduces its DTV power to a level at or below the level of adjusted DTV power 
computed in the following formula:
ERP adjustment in dB = 20log(H 1/H2) 
Where H 1 = Reference antenna HAAT specified in the DTV Table, and H 2 = Actual antenna HAAT
(ii) Alternatively, a DTV application that specifies an antenna HAAT within 25 meters below 
that specified in Appendix B may adjust its power upward to a level at or below the adjusted 
DTV power in accordance with the formula in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section without an 
interference showing. For a proposed antenna more than 25 meters below the reference 
antenna HAAT, the DTV station may increase its ERP up to the level permitted for operation 
with an antenna that is 25 meters below the station’s reference antenna HAAT. [Reserved]
(4) UHF DTV stations may request an increase in power, up to a maximum of 1000 kW ERP, to 
enhance service within their authorized service area. [Reserved]
(5) Licensees and permittees assigned a DTV channel in the initial DTV Table of Allotments 
may request an increase in either ERP in some azimuthal direction or antenna HAAT, or both, 
that exceed the initial technical facilities specified for the allotment in Appendix B of the 
Memorandum Opinion and Order (referenced in paragraph (c) of this section), up to the 
maximum permissible limits on DTV power and antenna height set forth in paragraph (f)(6), 
(f)(7), or (f)(8) of this section, as appropriate, or up to that needed to provide the same 
geographic coverage area as the largest station within their market, whichever would allow the 
largest service area. Such requests must be accompanied by a technical showing that the 
increase complies with the technical criteria in § 73.623(c), and thereby will not result in new 
interference exceeding the de minimis standard set forth in that section, or statements agreeing Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
56to the change from any co-channel or adjacent channel stations that might be affected by 
potential new interference, in accordance with § 73.623(f). In the case where a DTV station has 
been granted authority to construct pursuant to § 73.623(c), and its authorized coverage area 
extends in any azimuthal direction beyond the DTV coverage area determined for the DTV 
allotment reference facilities, then the authorized DTV facilities are to be used in addition to the 
assumed facilities of the initial DTV allotment to determine protection from new DTV 
allotments pursuant to § 73.623(d) and from subsequent DTV applications filed pursuant to § 
73.623(c). The provisions of this paragraph regarding increases in the ERP or antenna height of 
DTV stations on channels in the initial DTV Table of Allotments shall also apply in cases where 
the licensee or permittee seeks to change the station's channel as well as alter its ERP and 
antenna HAAT. Licensees and permittees are advised that where a channel change is requested, 
it may, in fact, be necessary in specific cases for the station to operate with reduced power, a 
lower antenna, or a directional antenna to avoid causing new interference to another station. 
See § 73.614(b)(6).
(6) A DTV station that operates on a channel 2-6 allotment created subsequent to the initial 
DTV Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 10 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 
meters and it is located in Zone I or a maximum ERP of 45 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or 
below 305 meters and it is located in Zone II or Zone III. A DTV station that operates on a 
channel 2-6 allotment included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments may request an increase 
in power and/or antenna HAAT up to these maximum levels, provided the increase also 
complies with the provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this section. See § 73.614(b)(1).
(i) At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to operate with lower maximum 
ERP levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP 
for intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table): 
Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations In Zones II or III on Channels 2-6 
Antenna HAAT (meters) ERP (kW) 
610 10 
580 11 
550 12 
520 14 
490 16 
460 19 
425 22 
395 26 
365 31 
335 37 
305 45
(ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 2-6 with an HAAT that 
exceeds 305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is 
determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 92.57-33.24*log 10(HAAT) Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
57(iii) For DTV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on channels 2-6 with an HAAT 
that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW 
(dBk) is determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 57.57-17.08*log 10(HAAT) 
(7) A DTV station that operates on a channel 7-13 allotment created subsequent to the initial 
DTV Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 30 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 
meters and it is located in Zone I or a maximum ERP of 160 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or 
below 305 meters and it is located in Zone II or Zone III. A DTV station that operates on a 
channel 7-13 allotment included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments may request an increase 
in power and/or antenna HAAT up to these maximum levels, provided the increase also 
complies with the provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this section. See § 73.614(b)(2).
(i) At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to operate with lower maximum 
ERP levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP 
for intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units 
employed in the table): 
Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations In Zones II or III on Channels 7-
13 
Antenna HAAT (meters) ERP (kW) 
610 30 
580 34 
550 40 
520 47 
490 54 
460 64 
425 76 
395 92 
365 110 
335 132 
305 160
(ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 7-13 with an HAAT that 
exceeds 305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is 
determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 97.35-33.24*log 10(HAAT) 
(iii) For DTV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on channels 7-13 with an HAAT 
that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW 
(dBk) is determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 62.34-17.08*log 10(HAAT) 
(8) A DTV station that operates on a channel 14-3659 allotment created subsequent to the initial 
DTV Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 1000 kW if theirits antenna HAAT is at or 
below 365 meters. A DTV station that operates on a channel 14-59 allotment included in the Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
58initial DTV Table of Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT up to 
these maximum levels, provided the increase also complies with the provisions of paragraph 
(f)(5) of this section. See § 73.614(b)(3).
(i) At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to operates with lower 
maximum ERP levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable 
maximum ERP for intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation 
based on the units employed in the table): 
Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations on Channels 14-3659, All Zones 
Antenna HAAT (meters) ERP (kW) 
610 316 
580 350 
550 400 
520 460 
490 540 
460 630 
425 750 
395 900 
365 1000
(ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I, II or III that operate on channels 14-5936 with an 
HAAT that exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 
kW (dBk) is determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters: 
ERP max = 72.57-17.08*log 10(HAAT) 
(g) * * * 
(2) Unless it conflicts with operation complying with paragraph (g)(1) of this section, where a 
low power television station or TV translator station is operating on the lower adjacent channel 
within 32 km of the DTV station and notifies the DTV station that it intends to minimize 
interference by precisely maintaining its carrier frequencies, the DTV station shall cooperate in 
locking its carrier frequency to a common reference frequency and shall be responsible for any 
costs relating to its own transmission system in complying with this provision. 
(h)  See § 73.611.
(1) The power level of emissions on frequencies outside the authorized channel of operation 
must be attenuated no less than the following amounts below the average transmitted power 
within the authorized channel. In the first 500 kHz from the channel edge the emissions must be 
attenuated no less than 47 dB. More than 6 MHz from the channel edge, emissions must be 
attenuated no less than 110 dB. At any frequency between 0.5 and 6 MHz from the channel 
edge, emissions must be attenuated no less than the value determined by the following formula: 
Attenuation in dB = −11.5(Δf + 3.6); 
Where: Δf = frequency difference in MHz from the edge of the channel.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
59(2) This attenuation is based on a measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. Other measurement 
bandwidths may be used as long as appropriate correction factors are applied. Measurements 
need not be made any closer to the band edge than one half of the resolution bandwidth of the 
measuring instrument. Emissions include sidebands, spurious emissions and radio frequency 
harmonics. Attenuation is to be measured at the output terminals of the transmitter (including 
any filters that may be employed). In the event of interference caused to any service, greater 
attenuation may be required. 
(i)  [Reserved] See § 73.622(j).                                                              
(j) Table of TV Allotments.
* * *
Oklahoma
* * *
Tulsa 8, 10, *11, 12, 14, 16, 22, 26, 34
* * *
(k) Minimum geographic spacing requirements for new TV allotments. No petition to add a new 
channel to the Table of TV Allotments will be accepted unless it shows compliance with the 
requirements of this paragraph. 
(1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate compliance with the principal 
community coverage requirements of section 73.618. 
(2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must meet the following requirements for 
geographic spacing with regard to all other TV stations and allotments: 
(i) For VHF channels 2-13 in Zone I, co-channel allotments must be separated by 244.6 km, 
and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 20 km and 110 km.
(ii) For UHF channels 14-36 in Zone I, co-channel allotments must be separated by 196.3 km, 
and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 24 km and 110 km.
(iii) For VHF channels 2-13 in Zones II and III, co-channel allotments must be separated by 
273.6 km, and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 23 km and 110 km.
(iv) For UHF channels 14-36 in Zones II and III, co-channel allotments must be separated by 
223.7 km, and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 24 km and 110 km.
(3) Zones are defined in § 73.609. The minimum distance separation between a TV station in 
one zone and TV station in another zone shall be that of the zone requiring the lower 
separation. 
(4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 
7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum geographic spacing requirements specified in 
paragraph (k)(2) of this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (§ 73.603(a)). Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
6019. Section 73.623 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraphs (a), (b), (c)(1), (c)(2), 
(c)(3), (c)(4), (c)(5), (d) introductory text, (e), (f), (g), (h) introductory text, (h)(2), (h)(2)(i), (h)(2)(i)(D)-
(E); (h)(2)(ii); (h)(2)(i)(A)-(E), (h)(2)(iii), (h)(2)(iii)(A) through (C), (h)(3), removing paragraphs 
(c)(3)(i), (c)(3)(ii), (c)(5)(i), (c)(5)(ii), (c)(5)(iii), (d)(1), (d)(2), (d)(3), (d)(4), (h)(1)(i) through (iii), 
(h)(2)(ii)(F) through (H), and removing and reserving paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2)(i)(A) through (C).
§ 73.623 DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments processing.
(a) General. This section contains the technical criteria for evaluating applications requesting 
DTV facilities that do not conform to the provisions of § 73.622 and petitions for rulemaking to 
amend the DTV Table of Allotments (§ 73.622(b)). Petitions to amend the DTV Table of TV 
Allotments (other than those also expressly requesting amendment of this section) and a 
Applications for new DTV broadcast stations or for changes in authorized DTV stations filed pursuant 
to this section will not be accepted for filing if they fail to comply with the requirements of this section 
and §§ 73.614, 73.617, 73.618, and 73.620. Petitions for rule making and applications seeking 
facilities that will operate after the end of the DTV transition must also comply with § 73.616. 
(b) In considering petitions to amend the DTV Table and applications filed pursuant to this 
section, the Commission will use geographic coordinates defined in § 73.622(d) as reference points 
in determining allotment separations and evaluating interference potential. Availability of 
channels. Applications may be filed to construct TV broadcast stations only on the channels 
designated in the Table of TV Allotments set forth in § 73.622(j), and only in the communities 
listed therein. Applications that fail to comply with this requirement, whether or not 
accompanied by a petition to amend the TV Table, will not be accepted for filing.
(c) * * * 
(1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate compliance with the principal 
community coverage requirements of section 73.625(a).  See § 73.618(a).
(2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph (c) must demonstrate that the requested change 
would not result in more than an additional 2 percent the population served by another station 
being subject to interference; provided, however, that no new interference may be caused to 
any station that already experiences interference to 10 percent or more of its population or that 
would result in a station receiving interference in excess of 10 percent of its population. The 
station population values for existing NTSC service and DTV service contained in Appendix B 
of the Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order in MM 
Docket No. 87-268, FCC 98-24, adopted January 29, 1998, referenced in § 73.622(c), are to be 
used for the purposes of determining whether a power increase or other change is permissible 
under this de minimis standard. For evaluating compliance with this requirement, interference 
to populations served is to be predicted based on the procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69, 
including population served within service areas determined in accordance with § 73.622(e), 
consideration of whether F(50,10) undesired signals will exceed the following desired-to-
undesired (D/U) signal ratios, assumed use of a directional receiving antenna, and use of the 
terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model. Copies of OET Bulletin No. 
69 may be inspected during normal business hours at the Federal Communications 
Commission's Reference Information Center, located at the address of the FCC's main office 
indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a). These documents are also available through the Internet on the 
FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. The threshold levels at which interference is considered 
to occur are:  See § 73.620. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
61D/U Ratio 
Co-channel: 
DTV-into-analog TV + 34 
Analog TV-into-DTV + 2 
DTV-into-DTV + 15 
First Adjacent Channel: 
Lower DTV-into-analog TV −14 
Upper DTV-into-analog TV −17 
Lower analog TV-into-DTV −48 
Upper analog TV-into-DTV −49 
Lower DTV-into-DTV −28 
Upper DTV-into-DTV −26 
Other Adjacent Channel (Channels 14-69 only) 
DTV-into-analog TV, where N = analog TV channel and DTV Channel: 
N-2 −24 
N + 2 −28 
N-3 −30 
N + 3 −34 
N-4 −34 
N + 4 −25 
N-7 −35 
N + 7 −43 
N-8 −32 
N + 8 −43 
N + 14 −33 
N + 15 −31
(3) The values in paragraph (c)(2) of this section for co-channel interference to DTV service are 
only valid at locations where the signal-to-noise ratio is 28 dB or greater for interference from 
DTV and 25 dB or greater for interference from analog TV service. At the edge of the noise-
limited service area, where the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 16 dB, these this values are 21 dB Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
62and is 23 dB for interference from analog TV and DTV, respectively. At locations where the S/N 
ratio is greater than 16 dB but less than 28 dB, D/U values for co-channel interference to DTV 
are as follows:  See § 73.620(b).
(i) For DTV-to-DTV interference, the minimum D/U ratios are computed from the following 
formula: 
D/U = 15 + 10log 10[1.0/(1.0−10−x/10)] 
Where x = S/N-15.19 (minimum signal to noise ratio)
(ii) For analog-to-DTV interference, the minimum D/U ratios are found from the following 
Table (for values between measured values, linear interpolation can be used): 
Signal-to-noise ratio (dB) Desired-to-undesired ratio (dB) 
16.00 21.00 
16.35 19.94 
17.35 17.69 
18.35 16.44 
19.35 7.19 
20.35 4.69 
21.35 3.69 
22.35 2.94 
23.35 2.44 
25.00 2.00
(4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 
7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum adjacent channel technical criteria specified 
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (see § 
73.603(a)). See § 73.620(a).
(5) A DTV station application that proposes to expand the DTV station's allotted or authorized 
coverage area in any direction will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to a 
Class A TV station or to a digital Class A TV station authorized pursuant to Subpart J of this 
part, within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010 of this part. This paragraph applies to 
all DTV applications filed after May 1, 2000, and to DTV applications filed between December 
31, 1999 and April 30, 2000 unless the DTV station licensee or permittee notified the 
Commission of its intent to “maximize” by December 31, 1999.  See § 73.620(d).
(i) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the field strength of a Class A TV 
station at its protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in 
the DTV application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
6310c of § 73.699 of this part) fails to meet the D/U signal ratios for “DTV-into-analog TV” 
specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
(ii) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the field strength of a digital Class A 
TV station at its protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed 
in the DTV application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, 
or 10c of § 73.699 of this part) fails to meet the D/U signal ratios for “DTV-into-DTV” 
specified in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section. 
(iii) In support of a request for waiver of the interference protection requirements of this 
section, an applicant for a DTV broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding and 
Longley-Rice terrain dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed 
facility would not be likely to cause interference to Class A TV stations. Guidance on using 
the Longely-Rice methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69, which is available through 
the Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69. 
(d) Minimum geographic spacing requirements for new DTV allotments not included in the initial 
DTV Table of Allotments. No petition to add a new channel to the DTV Table of TV Allotments or 
modify an allotment not included in the initial DTV Table will be accepted unless it shows 
compliance with the requirements of this paragraph. See § 73.622(k).
(1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate compliance with the principle 
community coverage requirements of section 73.625(a). 
(2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must meet the following requirements for 
geographic spacing with regard to all other DTV stations, DTV allotments and analog TV 
stations and allotments: 
(i) For VHF channels 2-13 in Zone I, co-channel allotments must be separated by 244.6 km, 
and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 20 km and 110 km.
(ii) For UHF channels 14-36 in Zone I, co-channel allotments must be separated by 196.3 km, 
and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 24 km and 110 km.
(iii) For VHF channels 2-13 in Zones II and III, co-channel allotments must be separated by 
273.6 km, and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 23 km and 110 km.
(iv) For UHF channels 14-36 in Zones II and III, co-channel allotments must be separated by 
223.7 km, and no adjacent-channel allotments are permitted between 24 km and 110 km.
Channel relationship Separation requirement 
VHF Channels 2-13: 
Co-channel, DTV to DTV 
Zone I: 244.6 km. 
Zones II & III: 273.6 km. 
Co-channel, DTV to analog TV Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
64Channel relationship Separation requirement 
Zone I: 244.6 km. 
Zone II & III: 273.6 km. 
Adjacent Channel: 
DTV to DTVNo allotments permitted 
between: 
Zone I: 20 km and 110 
km. 
Zones II & III: 23 km 
and 110 km. 
DTV to analog TVNo allotments permitted 
between: 
Zone I: 9 km and 125 
km. 
Zone II & III: 11 km and 
125 km. 
UHF Channels: 
Co-channel, DTV to DTV 
Zone I: 196.3 km. 
Zone II & III: 223.7 km. 
Co-channel, DTV to analog TV 
Zone I: 217.3 km. 
Zone II & III: 244.6 km. 
Adjacent Channel: 
DTV to DTVNo allotments permitted 
between: 
All Zones: 24 km and 110 
km. 
DTV to analog TVNo allotments permitted 
between: 
All Zones: 12 km and 106 
km. 
Taboo Channels, DTV to analog TV only (DTV channels ±2, ±3, ±4, ±7, No allotments permitted Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
65Channel relationship Separation requirement 
±8, and 14 or 15 channels above the analog TV channel) between: 
Zone I: 24.1 km and 80.5 
km. 
Zone II & III: 24.1 km 
and 96.6 km.
(3) Zones are defined in § 73.609. The minimum distance separation between a DTV station in 
one zone and an analog TV or DTV station in another zone shall be that of the zone requiring 
the lower separation. 
(4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 
7, and between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum geographic spacing requirements specified in 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (§ 73.603(a)). 
(e) Protection of land mobile operations on channels 14-20. The Commission will not accept 
petitions to amend the DTV Table of Allotments, applications for new DTV stations, or 
applications to change the channel or location of authorized DTV stations that would use 
channels 14-20 where the distance between the DTV reference point as defined in section 
73.622(d), would be located less than 250 km from the city center of a co-channel land mobile 
operation or 176 km from the city center of an adjacent channel land mobile operation. Petitions 
to amend the DTV Table, applications for new DTV stations, or requests to modify the DTV 
Table that do not meet the minimum DTV-to-land mobile spacing standards will, however, be 
considered where all affected land mobile licensees consent to the requested action. Land mobile 
operations are authorized on these channels in the following markets: See § 73.617(a). 
City Channels Latitude Longitude 
Boston, MA 14, 16 42°21′24″ 71°03′25″ 
Chicago, IL 14, 15 41°52′28″ 87°38′22″ 
Cleveland, OH 14, 15 41°29′51.2″ 81°41′49.5″ 
Dallas, TX 16 32°47′09″ 96°47′37″ 
Detroit, MI 15, 16 42°19′48.1″ 83°02′56.7″ 
Houston, TX 17 29°45′26″ 95°21′37″ 
Los Angeles, CA 14, 16, 20 34°03′15″ 118°14′28″ 
Miami, FL 14 25°46′37″ 80°11′32″ 
New York, NY 14, 15, 16 40°45′06″ 73°59′39″ 
Philadelphia, PA 19, 20 39°56′58″ 75°09′21″ 
Pittsburgh, PA 14, 18 40°26′19″ 80°00′00″ 
San Francisco, CA 16, 17 37°46′39″ 122°24′40″ Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
66City Channels Latitude Longitude 
Washington, DC 17, 18 38°53′51″ 77°00′33″
(f) Parties requesting new allotments on channel 6 be added to the DTV Table must submit an 
engineering study demonstrating that no interference would be caused to existing FM radio 
stations on FM channels 200-220. See § 73.617(c).
(g)  [Reserved] See § 73.620(e).
(h) DTV application processing priorities. 
(1) [Reserved] DTV applications for a construction permit or a modified construction permit 
pending as of January 18, 2001: 
(i) Shall be afforded the interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, as applicable: 
(A) By all NTSC minor change applications;
(B) By NTSC new station applications, except those covered by paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(G) and 
(h)(1)(iii)(D) of this section; 
(C) By all rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC TV table of allotments; 
(D) By DTV applications filed after January 18, 2001; and 
(E) By rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed after January 18, 
2001; 
(ii) Must demonstrate the requisite interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of 
this section, as applicable, to: 
(A) DTV licensed stations; 
(B) DTV construction permits; 
(C) Existing DTV allotments; 
(D) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for which a Notice of 
Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein has 
passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application; 
(E) NTSC stations with licenses covering construction permits that were granted before the 
DTV application was filed; 
(F) NTSC construction permits that were granted before the DTV application was filed; Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
67(G) Applications for new NTSC television stations that were in groups of mutually exclusive 
applications on file prior to July 1, 1997, regardless of whether they are the only 
applications that remain pending from their group.
(iii) That do not provide the requisite interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) 
of this section, as applicable, to the following applications and petitions will be deemed 
mutually exclusive with those applications and petitions: 
(A) Other DTV applications pending as of January 18, 2001; 
(B) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed on or before January 
18, 2001 for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making had been released and the comment 
deadline specified therein had not passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application; 
(C) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed on or before January 
18, 2001 for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making had not been released; and 
(D) Applications for new NTSC stations that are not covered by paragraph (h)(1)(ii)(G) of 
this section and were filed and accepted for filing on or before January 18, 2001 that: 
(1) Were filed by post-auction winners pursuant to § 73.5005. 
(2) Are part of a settlement agreement on-file with the Commission that would result in 
the grant of the NTSC application; or 
(3) Are cut-off singletons. 
(2) DTV applications for a construction permit or a modified construction permit filed after January 
18, 2001: 
(i) Shall be afforded the interference protection set forth in § 73.620: paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, as applicable: 
(A) By all NTSC minor change applications; [Reserved]
(B) By NTSC new station applications, except those covered by paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(H) and 
(I) of this section; [Reserved]
(C) By all rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC TV table of allotments except those filed 
by NTSC applicants in those groups defined in (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section for which a Notice 
of Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein has 
passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application; [Reserved]
(D) By later-filed DTV applications; and 
(E) By later-filed rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV tTable of TV aAllotments; 
(ii) Must demonstrate the requisite interference protection set forth in § 73.620 paragraph (c) or 
(d) of this section, as applicable, to: 
(A) DTV licensed stations; Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
68(B) DTV construction permits; 
(C) Earlier-filed DTV applications; 
(D) Existing DTV allotments; 
(E) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV tTable of TV Aallotments for which a Notice of 
Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein has passed 
prior to the filing date of the DTV application; 
(F) NTSC stations with licenses covering construction permits that were granted before the 
DTV application was filed; 
(G) NTSC construction permits that were granted before the DTV application was filed; 
and 
(H) Earlier-filed and accepted for filing applications for new NTSC stations that are not 
covered by paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section, and that: 
(1) Were filed by post-auction winners pursuant to § 73.5005. 
(2) Are part of a settlement agreement on-file with the Commission that would result in 
the grant of the NTSC application; or 
(3) Are cut-off singletons; 
(I) Applications for new NTSC television stations that were in groups of mutually exclusive 
applications on file prior to July 1, 1997, regardless of whether they are the only 
applications that remain pending from their group; 
(J) Rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC table of allotments filed by applicants defined 
in (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making has been released 
and the comment deadline specified therein has passed prior to the filing of the DTV 
application.
(iii) That do not provide the requisite interference protection set forth paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section § 73.620, as applicable, to the following applications and petitions will be deemed 
mutually exclusive with those applications and petitions:
(A) Other DTV applications filed the same day; 
(B) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV tTable of TV Aallotments for which a Notice of 
Proposed Rule Making had been released and the comment deadline specified therein had not 
passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application; and 
(C) Earlier-filed rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV tTable of TV Aallotments for which a 
Notice of Proposed Rule Making had not been released. 
(3) DTV applicants, DTV applicants and NTSC applicants, or DTV applicants and DTV 
rulemaking petitioners that are mutually exclusive pursuant to this section will be notified by Public 
Notice and provided with a 90-day period of time to resolve their mutual exclusivity via engineering Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
69amendment or settlement. Those applications and petitions that remain mutually exclusive upon 
conclusion of the 90-day settlement period will be dismissed. 
20. Section 73.624 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraphs (a), (b) introductory 
text, (b)(1), (b)(3), (c), (g) introductory text, (g)(1)(ii), (g)(2)(i), (g)(2)(ii), and removing and reserving 
paragraph (b)(2), (d), (e), (f).
§ 73.624 Digital tTelevision broadcast stations.
(a) Digital tTelevision (“DTV”) broadcast stations are assigned channels 6 MHz wide. Initial 
eligibility for licenses for DTV broadcast stations is limited to persons that, as of April 3, 1997, 
are licensed to operate a full power television broadcast station or hold a permit to construct such 
a station (or both). 
(b) DTV broadcast station permittees or licensees must transmit at least one over-the-air video 
program signal at no direct charge to viewers on the DTV channel. Until such time as a DTV 
station permittee or licensee ceases analog transmissions and returns that spectrum to the 
Commission, and except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, at any time that a DTV 
broadcast station permittee or licensee transmits a video program signal on its analog television 
channel, it must also transmit at least one over-the-air video program signal on the DTV channel. 
Minimum programming requirements. The DTV service that is provided pursuant to this paragraph (b) 
must have a resolution of at least 480i (vertical resolution of 480 lines, interlaced). 
(1) DTV broadcast station permittees and licensees required to construct and operate a DTV 
station by May 1, 2002, or May 1, 2003, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section must, at a 
minimum, beginning on the date on which the DTV station is required to be constructed, 
provide a digital video program signal, of the quality described in paragraph (b) of this section, 
during prime time hours as defined in § 79.3(a)(6) of this chapter. These licensees and 
permittees must also comply with the minimum operating hours requirements in paragraph (f) 
of this section. TV licensees or permittees that broadcast in ATSC 1.0 (using the transmission 
standard in 73.682(d)) shall transmit at least one free over the air video program signal at no 
direct charge to viewers.
(2) DTV licensees or permittees that choose to commence digital operation before the 
construction deadline set forth in paragraph (d) of this section are not subject to any minimum 
schedule for operation on the DTV channel. [Reserved]
(3) DTV licensees or permittees that choose to broadcast an ATSC 3.0 signal (using the Next Gen TV 
transmission standard in § 73.682(f)) shall transmit at least one free over the air video programming 
stream on that signal that requires at most the signal threshold of a comparable received DTV signal. 
DTV licensees or permittees that choose to broadcast an ATSC 3.0 signal (using the Next Gen TV 
transmission standard in § 73.682(f)) shall also simulcast the primary video programming stream on 
its ATSC 3.0 signal by broadcasting an ATSC 1.0 signal (using the DTV transmission standard in § 
73.682(d)) from another broadcast television facility within its local market in accordance with the 
local simulcasting requirement in §§ 73.3801, 73.6029 and 74.782 of this chapter. 
(c) Provided that DTV broadcast stations comply with paragraph (b) of this section, DTV broadcast 
stations are permitted to offer services of any nature, consistent with the public interest, convenience, 
and necessity, on an ancillary or supplementary basis. The kinds of services that may be provided 
include, but are not limited to computer software distribution, data transmissions, teletext, interactive 
materials, aural messages, paging services, audio signals, subscription video, and any other services that Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
70do not derogate DTV broadcast stations' obligations under paragraph (b) of this section. Such services 
may be provided on a broadcast, point-to-point or point-to-multipoint basis, provided, however, that 
any video broadcast signal provided at no direct charge to viewers shall not be considered ancillary or 
supplementary. 
(1) DTV licensees that provide ancillary or supplementary services that are analogous to other 
services subject to regulation by the Commission must comply with the Commission regulations that 
apply to those services, provided, however, that no ancillary or supplementary service shall have any 
rights to carriage under §§ 614 or 615 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, or be deemed 
a multichannel video programming distributor for purposes of section 628 of the Communications 
Act of 1934, as amended.  
(2) In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting service operation, the DTV licensee 
or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's 
facilities, with the right to reject any material in the sole judgement of the permittee or licensee. The 
license or permittee is also responsible for all aspects of technical operation involving such 
telecommunications services. 
(3) In any application for renewal of a broadcast license for a television station that provides ancillary 
or supplementary services, a licensee shall establish that all of its program services on the analog 
and the DTV spectrum are in the public interest. Any violation of the Commission's rules applicable 
to ancillary or supplementary services will reflect on the licensee's qualifications for renewal of its 
license. 
(d) Digital television broadcast facilities that comply with the FCC DTV Standard (section 
73.682(d)), shall be constructed in the following markets by the following dates: [Reserved]
(1) 
(i) May 1, 1999: all network-affiliated television stations in the top ten television markets; 
(ii) November 1, 1999: all network-affiliated television stations not included in category (1)(i) 
and in the top 30 television markets; 
(iii) May 1, 2002: all remaining commercial television stations; 
(iv) May 1, 2003: all noncommercial television stations. 
(v) May 18, 2008 in all markets for completion of construction of post-transition (DTV) 
facilities for all commercial and noncommercial television stations that will use the same 
channel used for pre-transition operation for post-transition operation and that, as of 
December 31, 2007, have a construction permit for facilities that conform to the facilities 
defined by the new DTV Table of Allotments and accompanying Appendix B, established by 
the Seventh Report and Order in MB Docket No. 87-268 and codified at 47 CFR 73.622(i). 
(vi) August 18, 2008 in all markets for completion of construction of post-transition (DTV) 
facilities for all commercial and noncommercial television stations that will use the same 
channel used for pre-transition operation for post-transition operation but which, as of 
December 31, 2007, do not have a construction permit for facilities that conform to the 
facilities defined by the new DTV Table of Allotments and accompanying Appendix B, Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
71established by the Seventh Report and Order in MB Docket No. 87-268 and codified at 47 
CFR 73.622(i). 
(vii) June 12, 2009 in all markets for completion of construction of post-transition (DTV) 
facilities for all commercial and noncommercial television stations whose post-transition 
digital channel is different from their pre-transition digital channel and for those stations 
whose post-transition channel is the same as their pre-transition channel but that are subject 
to a unique technical challenge that has been specifically recognized as such by the 
Commission. 
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (d)(1): 
(i) The term, “network,” is defined to include the ABC, CBS, NBC, and Fox television 
networks; 
(ii) The term, “television market,” is defined as the Designated Market Area or DMA as 
defined by Nielsen Media Research as of April 3, 1997; and 
(iii) The terms, “network-affiliated” or “network-affiliate,” are defined to include those 
television stations affiliated with at least one of the four networks designated in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i) as of April 3, 1997. In those DMAs in which a network has more than one network 
affiliate, paragraphs (d)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section shall apply to its network affiliate with 
the largest audience share for the 9 a.m. to midnight time period as measured by Nielsen 
Media Research in its Nielsen Station Index, Viewers in Profile, as of February, 1997. 
(3) Authority delegated. 
(i) Authority is delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau to grant an extension of time of up to six 
months beyond the relevant construction deadline specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
upon demonstration by the DTV licensee or permittee that failure to meet that construction 
deadline is due to circumstances that are either unforeseeable or beyond the licensee's control 
where the licensee has taken all reasonable steps to resolve the problem expeditiously. 
(ii) For construction deadlines occurring prior to June 13, 2009, the following circumstances 
may include, but shall not be limited to: 
(A) Inability to construct and place in operation a facility necessary for transmitting digital 
television, such as a tower, because of delays in obtaining zoning or FAA approvals, or 
similar constraints; or 
(B) Where the licensee or permittee is currently the subject of a bankruptcy or receivership 
proceeding, or is experiencing severe financial hardship as defined by negative cash flow for 
the past three years. 
(iii) For construction deadlines occurring after June 12, 2009, the tolling provisions of § 
73.3598 shall apply. 
(iv) The Bureau may grant no more than two extension requests upon delegated authority. 
Subsequent extension requests shall be referred to the Commission. The Bureau may deny 
extension requests upon delegated authority. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
72(v) Applications for extension of time shall be filed no earlier than 90 and no later than 60 
days prior to the relevant construction deadline, absent a showing of sufficient reasons for 
filing within less than 60 days of the relevant construction deadline. 
(e) The application for construction permit must be filed on Form 301 (except for noncommercial 
stations, which must file on Form 340) on or before the date on which half of the construction 
period has elapsed. Thus, for example, for applicants in category (d)(1)(i), the application for 
construction period must be filed by May 1, 1998. [Reserved]
(f) [Reserved]
(1) Commencing on April 1, 2003, DTV television licensees and permittees required to construct 
and operate a DTV station by May 1, 2002, or May 1, 2003, must transmit at least one over-the-
air video program signal at no direct charge to viewers on their DTV channel at least 50 
percent of the time they are transmitting a video program signal on their analog channel. 
(2) Commencing on April 1, 2004, DTV licensees and permittees described in paragraph (f)(1) 
of this section must transmit a video program signal as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section on the DTV channel at least 75 percent of the time they are transmitting a video 
program signal on the analog channel.
(3) Commencing on April 1, 2005, DTV licensees and permittees described in paragraph (f)(1) 
of this section must transmit a video program signal as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section on the DTV channel at least 100 percent of the time they are transmitting a video 
program signal on the analog channel.
(4) The minimum operating hours requirements imposed in paragraphs (f) (1) through (3) of 
this section will terminate when the analog channel terminates operation and a 6 MHz channel 
is returned by the DTV licensee or permittee to the Commission.
(g) Commercial DTV licensees and permittees, and low power television, TV translator, and Class A 
television stations DTV licensees and permittees, must annually remit a fee of 5 percent of the gross 
revenues derived from all ancillary and supplementary services, as defined by paragraph (cb) of this 
section, which are feeable, as defined in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. Noncommercial 
DTV licensees and permittees must annually remit a fee of 5 percent of the gross revenues derived from 
all ancillary and supplementary services, as defined by paragraph (bc) of this section, which are feeable, 
as defined in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, except that such licensees and permittees must 
annually remit a fee of 2.5 percent of the gross revenues from such ancillary or supplementary services 
which are nonprofit, noncommercial, and educational. 
(1) 
(i) * * * 
(ii) Any ancillary or supplementary service for which no payment is required from consumers in 
order to receive the service is feeable if the DTV licensee directly or indirectly receives 
compensation from a third party in return for the transmission of material provided by that third 
party (other than commercial advertisements used to support broadcasting for which a subscription 
fee is not required). The fee required by this provision shall be imposed on any and all revenues 
from such services, other than revenues received from a third party in return for the transmission of Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
73commercial advertisements used to support broadcasting for which a subscription fee is not 
required. 
(2) * * * 
(i) Each December 1, all commercial and noncommercial DTV licensees and permittees that 
provided feeable ancillary or supplementary services as defined in this section at any point during 
the 12-month period ending on the preceding September 30 will electronically report, for the 
applicable period: 
(A) * * * 
(B) * * * 
(C) * * * 
(ii) A commercial or noncommercial DTV licensee or permittee that has provided feeable ancillary 
or supplementary services at any point during a 12-month period ending on September 30 must 
additionally file the FCC's standard remittance form (Form 159) on the subsequent December 1. 
Licensees and permittees will certify the amount of gross revenues received from feeable ancillary 
or supplementary services for the applicable 12-month period and will remit the payment of the 
required fee. 
(iii) * * * 
21. Section 73.625 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraph (a), (b), (c)(3)(ii), 
(c)(3)(v), (c)(4)(i), (c)(4)(ii), (c)(5) and adding paragraphs (c)(3)(vii), (c)(3)(viii), (c)(4)(iii), and (d) to 
read as follows:
§ 73.625 DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system.
(a) Transmitter location. 
(1) The DTV transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated 
power and antenna height above average terrain employed, the following minimum F(50,90) 
field strength in dB above one uV/m will be provided over the entire principal community to be 
served: 
Channels 2-6 35 dBu. 
Channels 7-13 43 dBu. 
Channels 14-36 48 dBu.
(2) The location of the antenna must be so chosen that there is not a major obstruction in the 
path over the principal community to be served. 
(3) For the purposes of this section, coverage is to be determined in accordance with paragraph 
(b) of this section. Under actual conditions, the true coverage may vary from these estimates 
because the terrain over any specific path is expected to be different from the average terrain Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
74on which the field strength charts were based. Further, the actual extent of service will usually 
be less than indicated by these estimates due to interference from other stations. Because of 
these factors, the predicted field strength contours give no assurance of service to any specific 
percentage of receiver locations within the distances indicated.  See § 73.618.
(b) Determining coverage. 
(1) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F (50,50) field strength charts 
(Figures 9, 10 and 10b of § 73.699 of this part) and the F (50,10) field strength charts (Figures 
9a, 10a and 10c of § 73.699 of this part) shall be used. To use the charts to predict the distance 
to a given F (50,90) contour, the following procedure is used: Convert the effective radiated 
power in kilowatts for the appropriate azimuth into decibel value referenced to 1 kW (dBk). 
Subtract the power value in dBk from the contour value in dBu. Note that for power less than 1 
kW, the difference value will be greater than the contour value because the power in dBk is 
negative. Locate the difference value obtained on the vertical scale at the left edge of the 
appropriate F (50,50) chart for the DTV station's channel. Follow the horizontal line for that 
value into the chart to the point of intersection with the vertical line above the height of the 
antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on the scale at the bottom of 
the chart. If the point of intersection does not fall exactly on a distance curve, interpolate 
between the distance curves below and above the intersection point. The distance values for the 
curves are located along the right edge of the chart. Using the appropriate F (50,10) chart for 
the DTV station's channel, locate the point where the distance coincides with the vertical line 
above the height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on 
the scale at the bottom of the chart. Follow a horizontal line from that point to the left edge of 
the chart to determine the F (50,10) difference value. Add the power value in dBk to this 
difference value to determine the F (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract the F (50,50) contour 
value in dBu from this F (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract this difference from the F 
(50,50) contour value in dBu to determine the F (50,90) contour value in dBu at the pertinent 
distance along the pertinent radial. 
(2) The effective radiated power to be used is that radiated at the vertical angle corresponding 
to the depression angle between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio 
horizon as determined individually for each azimuthal direction concerned. In cases where the 
relative field strength at this depression angle is 90% or more of the maximum field strength 
developed in the vertical plane containing the pertaining radial, the maximum radiation shall 
be used. The depression angle is based on the difference in elevation of the antenna center of 
radiation above the average terrain and the radio horizon, assuming a smooth spherical earth 
with a radius of 8,495.5 kilometers (5,280 miles) and shall be determined by the following 
equation: 
A = 0.0277 square root of H 
Where: 
A is the depression angle in degrees. 
H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center above average terrain of the 
3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) sector of the pertinent radial.
This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified here. Its use for any other 
purpose may be inappropriate. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
75(3) Applicants for new DTV stations or changes in the facilities of existing DTV stations must 
submit to the FCC a showing as to the location of their stations' or proposed stations' contour. 
This showing is to include a map showing this contour, except where applicants have previously 
submitted material to the FCC containing such information and it is found upon careful 
examination that the contour locations indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when 
the locations are determined under this section. In the latter cases, a statement by a qualified 
engineer to this effect will satisfy this requirement and no contour maps need be submitted. 
(4) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of the radiation center of the 
antenna above the average terrain along the radial in question. In determining the average 
elevation of the terrain, the elevations between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the 
antenna site are employed. Profile graphs shall be drawn for 8 radials beginning at the antenna 
site and extending 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) therefrom. The radials should be drawn for each 
45 degrees of azimuth starting with True North. At least one radial must include the principal 
community to be served even though such community may be more than 16.1 kilometers (10 
miles) from the antenna site. However, in the event none of the evenly spaced radials include the 
principal community to be served and one or more such radials are drawn in addition to the 8 
evenly spaced radials, such additional radials shall not be employed in computing the antenna 
height above average terrain. Where the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of a radial 
extends in whole or in part over large bodies of water (such as ocean areas, gulfs, sounds, bays, 
large lakes, etc., but not rivers) or extends over foreign territory but the contour encompasses 
land area within the United States beyond the 16.1 kilometers (10 mile) portion of the radial, 
the entire 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of the radial shall be included in the 
computation of antenna height above average terrain. However, where the contour does not so 
encompass United States land area and (1) the entire 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of 
the radial extends over large bodies of water or foreign territory, such radial shall be 
completely omitted from the computation of antenna height above average terrain, and (2) 
where a part of the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of a radial extends over large bodies 
of water or over foreign territory, only that part of the radial extending from the 3.2 kilometer 
(2 mile) sector to the outermost portion of land area within the United States covered by the 
radial shall be employed in the computation of antenna height above average terrain. The 
profile graph for each radial should be plotted by contour intervals of from 12.2-30.5 meters 
(40-100 feet) and, where the data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally uniformly 
spaced) should be used for each radial. In instances of very rugged terrain where the use of 
contour intervals of 30.5 meters (100 feet) would result in several points in a short distance, 
61.0-122.0 meter (200-400 foot) contour intervals may be used for such distances. On the other 
hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently sloping the smallest contour interval indicated on 
the topographic map (see paragraph (b)(5) of this section) should be used, although only 
relatively few points may be available. The profile graphs should indicate the topography 
accurately for each radial, and the graphs should be plotted with the distance in kilometers as 
the abscissa and the elevation in meters above mean sea level as the ordinate. The profile 
graphs should indicate the source of the topographical data employed. The graph should also 
show the elevation of the center of the radiating system. The graph may be plotted either on 
rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper which shows the curvature of the earth. It is 
not necessary to take the curvature of the earth into consideration in this procedure, as this 
factor is taken care of in the charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 12.9 
kilometer (8 miles) distance between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna site 
should then be determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained by 
averaging a large number of equally spaced points, by using a planimeter, or by obtaining the 
median elevation (that exceeded for 50% of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values. 
In directions where the terrain is such that negative antenna heights or heights below 30.5 
meters (100 feet) for the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector are obtained, an assumed Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
76height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the prediction of coverage. However, where the 
actual contour distances are critical factors, a supplemental showing of expected coverage must 
be included together with a description of the method employed in predicting such coverage. In 
special cases, the Commission may require additional information as to terrain and coverage. 
(5) In the preparation of the profile graph previously described, and in determining the location 
and height above sea level of the antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken 
from the United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United States Army 
Corps of Engineers' maps or Tennessee Valley Authority maps, whichever is the latest, for all 
areas for which such maps are available. If such maps are not published for the area in 
question, the next best topographic information should be used. Topographic data may 
sometimes be obtained from State and Municipal agencies. Data from Sectional Aeronautical 
Charts (including bench marks) or railroad depot elevations and highway elevations from road 
maps may be used where no better information is available. In cases where limited topographic 
data is available, use may be made of an altimeter in a car driven along roads extending 
generally radially from the transmitter site. United States Geological Survey Topographic 
Quadrangle Maps may be obtained from the United States Geological Survey, Department of 
the Interior, Washington, D.C. 20240. Sectional Aeronautical Charts are available from the 
United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C. 20235. 
In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer generated, except in the cases of 
dispute, using elevations from a 30 second point or better topographic data file. The file must be 
identified and the data processed for intermediate points along each radial using linear 
interpolation techniques. The height above mean sea level of the antenna site must be obtained 
manually using appropriate topographic maps.  See § 73.619(b).
(c) * * * 
(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(3) * * * 
(i) * * * 
(ii) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (patterns for both horizontal and vertical polarization 
only should be included if elliptical or circular polarization is used consistent with paragraph 
(d) of this section) of the proposed directional antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used for the 
maximum radiation in the horizontal polarization. The plot of the pattern should be oriented so 
that 0 degrees corresponds to true North. Where mechanical beam tilt is intended, the amount of tilt 
in degrees of the antenna vertical axis and the orientation of the downward tilt with respect to true 
North must be specified., and tThe horizontal plane pattern must reflect the use of mechanical 
beam tilt if no elevation pattern is included, but it is preferable to submit a separate 
unmodified horizontal plane pattern with the elevation pattern for mechanically-tilted 
stations. 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
77(v) All horizontal plane patterns must be plotted to the largest scale possible on unglazed letter-
size polar coordinate paper (main engraving approximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 
inches)) using only scale divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5. or 5 times 10-nth. All vertical 
plane patterns must be plotted on unglazed letter-size rectangular coordinate paper. Values of 
field strength on any pattern less than 10 percent of the maximum field strength plotted on 
that pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale in a PDF attachment to the application in a 
size sufficient to be easily viewed.
(vi) * * * 
(vii) If an elevation pattern is submitted in the application form, similar tabulations and PDF 
attachments shall be provided for the elevation pattern.  
(viii) If a matrix pattern is submitted in the application form, similar tabulations and PDF 
attachments shall be provided as necessary to accurately represent the pattern.
(4) * * * 
(i) In cases where it is proposed to use a tower of an AM broadcast station as a supporting structure 
for a DTV broadcast antenna, an appropriate application for changes in the radiating system of the 
AM broadcast station must be filed by the licensee thereof. A formal application (FCC Form 301, 
or FCC Form 340 for a noncommercial educational station) will be required if the proposal involves 
substantial change in the physical height or radiation characteristics of the AM broadcast antennas; 
otherwise an informal application will be acceptable. (In case of doubt, an informal application 
(letter) together with complete engineering data should be submitted.) An application may be 
required for other classes of stations when the tower is to be used in connection with a DTV station. 
(ii) When the proposed DTV antenna is to be mounted on a tower in the vicinity of an AM station 
directional antenna system and it appears that the operation of the directional antenna system may 
be affected, an engineering study must be filed with the DTV application concerning the effect of 
the DTV antenna on the AM directional radiation pattern. Field measurements of the AM stations 
may be required prior to and following construction of the DTV station antenna, and readjustments 
made as necessary. 
(iii) In any case, where the TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna on or near 
an AM tower, as defined in § 1.30002, the TV licensee or permittee must comply with § 
1.30002 or § 1.30003, as applicable.
(5) Applications proposing the use of electrical beam tilt pursuant to section 73.622(f)(4) must be 
accompanied by the following: 
(i) * * * 
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * *
(d) It shall be standard to employ horizontal polarization. However, circular or elliptical 
polarization may be employed if desired, in which case clockwise (right hand) rotation, as defined Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
78in the IEEE Standard Definition 42A65-3E2, and transmission of the horizontal and vertical 
components in time and space quadrature shall be used. For either omnidirectional or directional 
antennas the licensed effective radiated power of the vertically polarized component may not 
exceed the licensed effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized component. For 
directional antennas, the maximum effective radiated power of the vertically polarized 
component shall not exceed the maximum effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized 
component in any specified horizontal or vertical direction. 
22. Section 73.626 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)(1), 
(c)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (f)(2)(i) through (iii), (f)(4), (f)(5), and (f)(6) to read as follows:
§ 73.626 DTV distributed transmission systems.
(a) A DTV station may be authorized to operate multiple synchronized transmitters on its assigned 
channel to provide service consistent with the requirements of this section. Such operation is called a 
distributed transmission system (DTS). Except as expressly provided in this section, DTV stations 
operating a DTS facility must comply with all rules applicable to DTV single-transmitter stations. 
(b) For purposes of compliance with this section, a station's “authorized service area” is defined as the 
area within its predicted noise-limited service contour determined using the facilities authorized for the 
station in a license or construction permit for non-DTS, single-transmitter-location operation (its 
“authorized facility”). 
(c) * * * 
(1) DTV station zones are defined in § 73.609. 
(2) DTS reference point. A station's DTS reference point is established in the FCC Order that created 
or made final modifications to the Post-Transition DTV Table of TV Allotments, § 73.622(ij), and 
the corresponding facilities for the station's channel assignment as set forth in that FCC Order. 
(d) Determining DTS coverage. The coverage for each DTS transmitter is determined based on the 
F(50,90) field strength given in the Table of Distances (in paragraph (c) of this section), calculated in 
accordance with § 73.62519(b). The combined coverage of a DTS station is the logical union of the 
coverage of all DTS transmitters. 
(e) DTS protection from interference. A DTS station must be protected from interference in 
accordance with the criteria specified in § 73.61620. To determine compliance with the interference 
protection requirements of § 73.61620, the population served by a DTS station shall be the population 
within the station's combined coverage contour, excluding the population in areas that are outside both 
the DTV station's authorized service area and the Table of Distances area (in paragraph (c) of this 
section). Only population that is predicted to receive service by the method described in § 
73.622(e19(c)(2) from at least one individual DTS transmitter will be considered.
(f) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) Each DTS transmitter's coverage is contained within either the DTV station's Table of Distances 
area (pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section) or its authorized service area, except where such 
extension of coverage beyond the station's authorized service area meets the following criteria: Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
79(i) In no event shall the F(50,50) service contour of any DTS transmitter extend beyond that of its 
reference authorized facility and its Table of Distances F(50,50) area; and 
(ii) In no event shall the F(50,10) node-interfering contour of any DTS transmitter, aside from one 
located at the reference point site of its authorized facility, extend beyond the F(50,10) reference-
interfering contour of its reference authorized facility and its Table of Distances F(50,10) 
reference area; and 
(iii) In no event shall the F(50,10) reference-interfering contour of a facility at the reference point 
located at the site of its authorized facility extend beyond the F(50,10) reference-interfering 
contour of its reference authorized facility; 
(3) * * *
(4) The coverage from one or more DTS transmitter(s) is shown to provide principal community 
coverage as required in § 73.625(a)18; 
(5) The “combined field strength” of all the DTS transmitters in a network does not cause interference 
to another station in excess of the criteria specified in § 73.61620, where the combined field strength 
level is determined by a “root-sum-square” calculation, in which the combined field strength level at 
a given location is equal to the square root of the sum of the squared field strengths from each 
transmitter in the DTS network at that location. 
(6) Each DTS transmitter must be located within either the DTV station's Table of Distances area or 
its authorized service area. 
23. § 73.641 [Removed]
§ 73.641 Subscription TV definitions.
(a) Subscription television. A system whereby subscription television programs are transmitted 
and received. 
(b) Subscription television program. A television boadcast program intended to be received in 
intelligible form for a fee or charge.
24. § 73.642 [Removed]
§ 73.642 Subscription TV service.
(a) Subscription TV service may be provided by: 
(1) Licensees and permittees of commercial and noncommercial TV stations, and 
(2) Licensees and permittees of low power TV stations. 
(b) A licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial TV station or a low power TV 
station may begin subscription TV service upon installation of encoding equipment having 
advance FCC approval. However, the licensee or permittee of a TV broadcast station (not 
applicable to low power TV stations) must send a letter to the FCC in Washington, DC, that 
subscription TV service will commence at least 30 days prior to commencement of such service. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
80In that letter, to be entitled “Notice of Commencement of STV Operations,” the licensee or 
permittee is to state that it will comply with the provisions of paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) and 
§ 73.644(c) of this chapter and identify the make and type of encoding system to be used. A 
similar notice must be submitted if the licensee or permittee commences using another type of 
encoding system. (See section 644(h).) A notice must also be submitted to the FCC in Washington, 
DC, if encoded subscription TV service is to be discontinued, at least 30 days prior to such 
discontinuance. 
(c) The station proof of system compliance measurement data (see § 73.644(c)) need not be 
submitted to the FCC, however, the measurement data must be available to the FCC upon 
request. 
(d) The use of the visual vertical blanking interval or an aural subcarrier for transmitting 
subscriber decoder control code signals during periods of normal non-encoded programming 
may be used only upon specific FCC authorization. Letter requests to use either the video 
blanking intervals or aural subcarriers during periods of non-subscription programming are to 
be sent to the FCC in Washington, D.C. 
(e) A licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial TV broadcast or low power TV 
station may not transmit a subscription service if it has a contract, arrangement, or 
understanding expressed or implied, that: 
(1) Prevents or hinders it from rejecting or refusing any subscription TV broadcast program 
that it reasonably believes to be unsatisfactory or unsuitable or contrary to the public interests; 
or substituting a subscription or conventional program that, in its opinion, is of greater local or 
national importance; or 
(2) Delegates to any other person the right to schedule the hours of transmission of subscription 
programs. However, this rule does not prevent a licensee or permittee from entering into an 
agreement or arrangement whereby it agrees to schedule a specific subscription TV broadcast 
program at a specific time or to schedule a specific number of hours of subscription programs 
during the broadcast day (or segments thereof) or weeks; or 
(3) Deprives it of the right of ultimate decision concerning the maximum amount of any 
subscription program charge or fee. 
(4) Has provisions that do not comply with the following policies of the FCC: 
(i) Unless a satifactory signal is unavailable at the location where service is desired, 
subscription TV service must be provided to all persons desiring it within the Grade A 
contour of the station broadcasting subscription programs. Geographic or other reasonable 
patterns of installation for new subscription services is permitted and, for good cause, service 
may be terminated. 
(ii) Charges, terms and conditions of service to subscribers must be applied uniformly. 
However, subscribers may be divided into reasonable classifications approved by the FCC, 
and the impositions of different sets of terms and conditions may be applied to subscribers in 
different classifications. Further, for good cause, within such classification, deposits may be 
required from some subscribers and not of others; and, also for good cause, if a subscription 
system generally uses a credit-type decoder, cash operated decoders may be installed for some 
subscribers.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
8125. § 73.643 [Removed]
§ 73.643 Subscription TV operating requirements.
The non-technical rules and policies applicable to regular TV broadcast stations are applicable to 
subscription TV operations, except where specifically exempted in the provisions of those rules and 
policies.
26. § 73.644 [Removed]
§ 73.644 Subscription TV transmission systems.
(a) Licensees and permittees of commercial and noncommercial TV broadcast and low power TV 
stations may conduct subscription operations only by using an encoding system that has been 
approved in advance by the FCC. Such advance approval may be applied for and granted in 
accordance with the procedures given in subpart M part 2 of the Rules. 
(b) The criteria for advance approval of subscription TV transmitting systems by the FCC are as 
follows: 
(1) Spectral energy in the transmitted signal must not exceed the limitations given in § 
73.687(e). 
(2) No increase in width of the television broadcast channel (6 MHz.) is permitted. 
(3) The technical system must enable stations to transmit encoded subscription TV programs 
without increasing the RMS output power from either the video or audio transmitters over that 
required to transmit the same program material using normal transmission standards. 
(4) Modification of a type accepted TV broadcast or low power TV transmitter for encoded 
transmissions must not render transmitter incapable of operating in accordance with the 
operating specifications upon which type acceptance was granted. (See § 2.1001 (b), (k)) 
(5) Interference to reception of conventional television either of co-channel or adjacent channel 
stations must not increase over that resulting from the transmission of programming with 
normal transmission standards. 
(6) Subscriber decoder devices must meet the provisions, where required, of subpart H of part 
15 of the FCC Rules for TV Interface Devices. 
(c) Prior to commencing the transmission of encoded subscription programming, the licensee or 
permittee of a TV broadcast or low power TV station must perform such tests and measurements 
to determine that the transmitted encoded signal conforms to the radiated radio frequency and 
demodulated baseband and waveforms, transmitter operating power determination, and the 
occupied bandwidth limitations specified in the application for advance FCC approval of the 
system being used. A copy of the measurement data is to be maintained in the station files and 
made available to the FCC upon request. 
(d) The licensee of a station transmitting an encoded subscription service must have at the 
transmitter control point the technical specifications for the system being used of both the aural 
and visual baseband signals and the transmitted radiofrequency signals, and have the necessary Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
82measuring and monitoring equipment, including transmitter output power measuring 
equi`pment, to determine that the transmissions conform to the advance approval specifications 
on file with the FCC. Full operating specifications for the system must be available to 
representatives of the FCC upon request. 
(e) The operating power of the transmitters during encoded operations must be determined and 
maintained according to the procedures given in the application for advance approval. 
(f) A station using an encoding system in accordance with the specifications filed with the 
application for advance approval is deemed to be exempted from those technical regulations of 
this subpart and subpart H to the extent they are specifically detailed in the application. 
(g) No protection from interference of any kind will be afforded to reception of encoded 
subscription programming over that afforded reception of non-encoded signals. 
(h) A licensee or permittee may make no modifications on a subscription encoding system that 
would alter the characteristics of the transmitted aural or visual signal from those specified in the 
application for advance approval. A licensee or permittee of a station replacing its encoding 
system must perform the measurements required by paragraph (c) of this section. A TV 
broadcast station licensee or permittee must also send a letter advising the FCC of the new system 
being used as required by § 73.642(b) of this chapter. 
(i) The station licensee is fully responsible for all technical operations of the station during 
transmissions of encoded subscription programming, regardless of the supplier of the encoding 
equipment or subscription program service. 
Note:
Stations transmitting encoded subscription programming prior to October 1, 1983, must comply 
with all technical and operating requirements of this Section no later than April 1, 1984. Stations 
not having the information to comply with this Section must obtain such information from the 
manufacturer of the encoding system being used, and if necessary, by measurements of the station's 
transmission system.
(j) Upon request by an authorized representative of the FCC, the licensee of a TV station 
transmitting encoded programming must make available a receiving decoder to the Commission 
to carry out its regulatory responsibilities.
27. § 73.646 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.646 Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal. 
[Reserved]
(a) Telecommunications services permitted on the vertical blanking interval (VBI) and in the 
visual signal include the transmission of data, processed information, or any other 
communication in either a digital or analog mode. 
(b) Telecommunications service on the VBI and in the visual signal is of an ancillary nature and 
as such is an elective, subsidiary activity. No service guidelines, limitations, or performance 
standards are applied to it. The kinds of service that may be provided include, but are not limited Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
83to, teletext, paging, computer software and bulk data distribution, and aural messages. Such 
services may be provided on a broadcast, point-to-point, or point to multipoint basis. 
(c) Telecommunications services that are common carrier in nature are subject to common 
carrier regulation. Licensees operating such services are required to apply to the Commission for 
the appropriate authorization and to comply with all policies and rules applicable to the 
particular service. 
(d) Television licensees are authorized to lease their VBI and visual signal telecommunications 
facilities to outside parties. In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting 
telecommunications service operation, the licensee or permittee must retain control over all 
material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's facilities, with the right to reject any 
material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable. The licensee or permittee is also responsible 
for all aspects of technical operation involving such telecommunications services. 
(e) The grant or renewal of a TV station license or permit will not be furthered or promoted by 
proposed or past VBI or visual signal telecommunications service operation; the licensee must 
establish that its broadcast operation serves the public interest wholly apart from such 
telecommunications service activities. (Violation of rules applicable to VBI and visual signal 
telecommunications services could, of course, reflect on a licensee's qualifications to hold its 
license or permit.) 
(f) TV broadcast stations are authorized to transmit VBI and visual telecommunications service 
signals during any time period, including portions of the day when normal programming is not 
broadcast. Such transmissions must be in accordance with the technical provisions of § 73.682.
28. § 73.653 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.653  Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters. [Reserved]
The aural and visual transmitters may be operated independently of each other or, if operated 
simultaneously, may be used with different and unrelated program material.
29. Section 73.664 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (b) introductory text, (b)(1), (b)(2), (c) 
introductory text, (c)(3)(ii), and (c)(3)(iii), and removing the Note to read as follows.
(a) The operating power of each TV visual transmitter shall normally be determined by the direct 
method. 
(b) Direct method, visual transmitter. The direct method of power determination for a TV visual 
transmitter uses the indications of a calibrated transmission line meter (responsive to peak power) 
located at the RF output terminals of the transmitter. The indications of the calibrated meter are used to 
observe and maintain the authorized operating power of the visual transmitter. This meter must be 
calibrated whenever any component in the metering circuit is repaired or replaced and as often as 
necessary to ensure operation in accordance with the provisions of § 73.1560 of this part. The following 
calibration procedures are to be used: 
(1) The transmission line meter is calibrated by measuring the average power at the output terminals 
of the transmitter, including any vestigial sideband and harmonic filters which may be used in 
normal operation. For this determination the average power output is measured while operating into a 
dummy load of substantially zero reactance and a resistance equal to the transmission line Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
84characteristic impedance. During this measurement the transmitter is to be modulated only by a 
standard synchronizing signal with blanking level set at 75% of peak amplitude as observed in 
an output waveform monitor, and with this blanketing level amplitude maintained throughout 
the time interval between synchronizing pulses. 
(2) If electrical devices are used to determine the output power, such devices must permit 
determination of this power to within an accuracy of ±5% of the power indicated by the full scale 
reading of the electrical indicating instrument of the device. If temperature and coolant flow 
indicating devices are used to determine the power output, such devices must permit determination of 
this power to within an accuracy of ±4% of measured average power output. The peak power output 
is the power so measured in the dummy load multiplied by the factor 1.68. During this 
measurement the input voltage and current to the final radio frequency amplifier stage and the 
transmission line meter are to be read and compared with similar readings taken with the dummy load 
replaced by the antenna. These readings must be in substantial agreement. 
(3) * * * 
(c) Indirect method, visual transmitter. The operating power is determined by the indirect method by 
applying an appropriate factor to the input power to the final radio-frequency amplifier stage of the 
transmitter using the following formula: 
Transmitter output power = Ep × Ip × F 
Where: 
Ep = DC input voltage of the final radio-frequency amplifier stage. 
Ip = DC input current of the final radio-frequency amplifier stage. 
F = Efficiency factor.
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(i) * * * 
(ii) Using measurement data shown on the transmitter manufacturer's test data supplied to the 
licensee, provided that measurements were made at the authorized carrier frequency channel and 
transmitter output power. 
(iii) Using the transmitter manufacturer's measurement data submitted to the FCC for type 
acceptance as shown in the instruction book supplied to the licensee.
Note:
Refer to § 73.1560 for aural transmitter output power levels.
30. § 73.665 [Removed and Reserved]Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
85§ 73.665 Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers. [Reserved]
Licensees of TV broadcast stations may transmit, without further authorization from the FCC, 
subcarriers and signals within the composite baseband for the following purposes: 
(a) Stereophonic (biphonic, quadraphonic, etc.) sound programs under the provisions of §§ 73.667 
and 73.669. 
(b) Transmission of signals relating to the operation of TV stations, such as relaying broadcast 
materials to other stations, remote cueing and order messages, and control and telemetry signals 
for the transmitting system. 
(c) Transmission of pilot or control signals to enhance the station's program service such as (but 
not restricted to) activation of noise reduction decoders in receivers, for any other receiver 
control purpose, or for program alerting and program identification. 
(d) Subsidiary communications services.
31. § 73.667 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.667 TV subsidiary communications services.  [Reserved]
(a) Subsidiary communications services are those transmitted within the TV aural baseband 
signal, but do not include services which enhance the main program broadcast service or 
exclusively relate to station operations (see § 73.665(a), (b), and (c)). Subsidiary communications 
include, but are not limited to, services such as functional music, specialized foreign language 
programs, radio reading services, utility load management, market and financial data and news, 
paging and calling, traffic control signal switching, and point-to-point or multipoint messages. 
(b) TV subsidiary communications services that are common carrier or private radio in nature 
are subject to common carrier or private radio regulation. Licensees operating such services are 
required to apply to the FCC for the appropriate authorization and to comply with all policies 
and rules applicable to the service. Responsibility for making the initial determinations of 
whether a particular activity requires separate authority rests with the TV station licensee or 
permittee. Initial determinations by licensees or permittees are subject to FCC examination and 
may be reviewed at the FCC's discretion. 
(c) Subsidiary communications services are of a secondary nature under the authority of the TV 
station authorization, and the authority to provide such communications services may not be 
retained or transferred in any manner separate from the station's authorization. The grant or 
renewal of a TV station permit or license is not furthered or promoted by proposed or past 
subsidiary communications services. The permittee or licensee must establish that the broadcast 
operation is in the public interest wholly apart from the subsidiary communications services 
provided. 
(d) The station identification, delayed recording, and sponsor identification announcement 
required by §§ 73.1201, 73.1208, and 73.1212 are not applicable to leased communications 
services transmitted via services that are not of a general broadcast nature. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
86(e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast 
mode via the station's facilities, with the right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate 
or undesirable.
32. § 73.669 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.669 TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation. [Reserved]
(a) A TV broadcast station may without specific authority from the FCC, transmit multichannel 
aural programs upon installation of multichannel sound equipment. Prior to commencement of 
multichannel broadcasting, the equipment shall be measured in accordance with § 73.1690(e). 
(b) Multiplex subcarriers may be used by a TV station pursuant to the provisions of § 73.665 and 
may be transmitted on a secondary, non-interference basis to broadcast programming without 
specific authority from the FCC. Transmissions must be conducted in accordance with the 
technical standards given in § 73.682(c). 
(c) In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting non-common carrier subcarrier 
operation, the licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted over the 
station's facilities, with the right to reject any material which is deemed inappropriate or 
undesirable. Subchannel leasing arrangements must be kept in writing at the station and made 
available to the FCC upon request.
33. Revise section 73.681 to read as follows:
Amplitude modulation (AM). A system of modulation in which the envelope of the transmitted 
wave contains a component similar to the wave form of the signal to be transmitted. 
Antenna electrical beam tilt. The shaping of the radiation pattern in the vertical plane of a transmitting 
antenna by electrical means so that maximum radiation occurs at an angle below the horizontal plane. 
Antenna height above average terrain. The average of the antenna heights above the terrain from 
approximately 3.2 (2 miles) to 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) from the antenna for the eight directions 
spaced evenly for each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with True North. (In general, a different antenna 
height will be determined in each direction from the antenna. The average of these various heights is 
considered the antenna height above the average terrain. In some cases less than 8 directions may be 
used. See § 73.684(d)). Where circular or elliptical polarization is employed, the antenna height above 
average terrain shall be based upon the height of the radiation center of the antenna which transmits the 
horizontal component of radiation. 
Antenna mechanical beam tilt. The intentional installation of a transmitting antenna so that its axis is 
not vertical, in order to change the normal angle of maximum radiation in the vertical plane. 
Antenna power gain. The square of the ratio of the root-mean-square free space field strength produced 
at 1 kilometer in the horizontal plane, in millivolts per meter for one kW antenna input power to 221.4 
mV/m. This ratio should be expressed in decibels (dB). (If specified for a particular direction, antenna 
power gain is based on the field strength in that direction only.) 
Aspect ratio. The ratio of picture width to picture height as transmitted. 
Aural center frequency. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
87(1) The average frequency of the emitted wave when modulated by a sinusoidal signal; 
(2) the frequency of the emitted wave without modulation. 
Aural transmitter. The radio equipment for the transmission of the aural signal only. 
Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an antenna separate a from the main facility's antenna, 
permanently installed on the same tower or at a different location, from which a station may broadcast 
for short periods without prior Commission authorization or notice to the Commission while the main 
facility is not in operation (e.g., where tower work necessitates turning off the main antenna or where 
lightning has caused damage to the main antenna or transmission system) (See § 73.1675). 
BTSC. Broadcast Television systems committee recommendation for multichannel television 
sound transmission and audio processing as defined in FCC Bulletin OET 60. 
Baseband. Aural transmitter input signals between 0 and 120 kHz. 
Blanking level. The level of the signal during the blanking interval, except the interval during the 
scanning synchronizing pulse and the chrominance subcarrier synchronizing burst. 
Chrominance. The colorimetric difference between any color and a reference color of equal 
luminance, the reference color having a specific chromaticity. 
Chrominance subcarrier. The carrier which is modulated by the chrominance information. 
Color transmission. The transmission of color television signals which can be reproduced with 
different values of hue, saturation, and luminance. 
Effective radiated power. The product of the antenna input power and the antenna power gain. This 
product should be expressed in kW and in dB above 1 kW (dBk). (If specified for a particular direction, 
effective radiated power is based on the antenna power gain in that direction only. The licensed 
effective radiated power is based on the maximum antenna power gain. When a station is authorized to 
use a directional antenna or an antenna beam tilt, the direction of the maximum effective radiated power 
will be specified.) Where circular or elliptical polarization is employed, the term effective radiated 
power is applied separately to the horizontally and vertically polarized components of radiation. For 
assignment purposes, only the effective radiated power authorized for the horizontally polarized 
component will be considered. 
Equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP). The term “equivalent isotropically radiated power” 
(also known as “effective radiated power above isotropic”) means the product of the antenna input 
power and the antenna gain in a given direction relative to an isotropic antenna. 
Field. Scanning through the picture area once in the chosen scanning pattern. In the line 
interlaced scanning pattern of two to one, the scanning of the alternate lines of the picture area 
once. 
Frame. Scanning all of the picture area once. In the line interlaced scanning pattern of two to one, 
a frame consists of two fields. 
Free space field strength. The field strength that would exist at a point in the absence of waves reflected 
from the earth or other reflecting objects. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
88Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency or center frequency from its 
assigned value. 
Frequency deviation. The peak difference between the instantaneous frequency of the modulated 
wave and the carrier frequency. 
Frequency modulation (FM). A system of modulation where the instantaneous radio frequency 
varies in proportion to the instantaneous amplitude of the modulating signal (amplitude of 
modulating signal to be measured after pre-emphasis, if used) and the instantaneous radio 
frequency is independent of the frequency of the modulating signal. 
Frequency swing. The peak difference between the maximum and the minimum values of the 
instantaneous frequency of the carrier wave during modulation. 
Interlaced scanning. A scanning process in which successively scanned lines are spaced an integral 
number of line widths, and in which the adjacent lines are scanned during successive cycles of the field 
frequency. 
IRE standard scale. A linear scale for measuring, in IRE units, the relative amplitudes of the 
components of a television signal from a zero reference at blanking level, with picture 
information falling in the positive, and synchronizing information in the negative domain. 
Note:
When a carrier is amplitude modulated by a television signal in accordance with § 73.682, the 
relationship of the IRE standard scale to the conventional measure of modulation is as follows:
Level IRE standard scale (units) Modulation percentage 
Zero carrier 120 0 
Reference white 100 12.5 
Blanking 0 75 
Synchronizing peaks (maximum carrier level) −40 100
Luminance. Luminous flux emitted, reflected, or transmitted per unit solid angle per unit 
projected area of the source. 
Main channel. The band of frequencies from 50 to 15,000 Hertz which frequency modulate the 
main aural carrier. 
Monochrome transmission. The transmission of television signals which can be reproduced in 
gradations of a single color only. 
Multichannel Television Sound (MTS). Any system of aural transmission that utilizes aural 
baseband operation between 15 kHz and 120 kHz to convey information or that encodes digital 
information in the video portion of the television signal that is intended to be decoded as audio 
information. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
89Multiplex Transmission (Aural). A subchannel added to the regular aural carrier of a television 
broadcast station by means of frequency modulated subcarriers. 
Negative transmission. Where a decrease in initial light intensity causes an increase in the 
transmitted power. 
Peak power. The power over a radio frequency cycle corresponding in amplitude to synchronizing 
peaks. 
Percentage modulation. As applied to frequency modulation, the ratio of the actual frequency 
deviation to the frequency deviation defined as 100% modulation expressed in percentage. For 
the aural transmitter of TV broadcast stations, a frequency deviation of ±25 kHz is defined as 
100% modulation. 
Pilot subcarrier. A subcarrier used in the reception of TV stereophonic aural or other subchannel 
broadcasts. 
Polarization. The direction of the electric field as radiated from the transmitting antenna. 
Program related data signal. A signal, consisting of a series of pulses representing data, which is 
transmitted simultaneously with and directly related to the accompanying television program. 
Reference black level. The level corresponding to the specified maximum excursion of the 
luminance signal in the black direction. 
Reference white level of the luminance signal. The level corresponding to the specified maximum 
excursion of the luminance signal in the white direction. 
Scanning. The process of analyzing successively, according to a predetermined method, the light 
values of picture elements constituting the total picture area. 
Scanning line. A single continuous narrow strip of the picture area containing highlights, 
shadows, and half-tones, determined by the process of scanning. 
Standard television signal. A signal which conforms to the television transmission standards. 
Synchronization. The maintenance of one operation in step with another. 
Television broadcast band. The frequencies in the band extending from 54 to 608 megahertz which are 
assignable to television broadcast stations. These frequencies are 54 to 72 megahertz (channels 2 
through 4), 76 to 88 megahertz (channels 5 and 6), 174 to 216 megahertz (channels 7 through 13), and 
470 to 608 megahertz (channels 14 through 36). 
Television broadcast station. A station in the television broadcast band transmitting simultaneous visual 
and aural signals intended to be received by the general public. 
Television channel. A band of frequencies 6 MHz wide in the television broadcast band and designated 
either by number or by the extreme lower and upper frequencies. 
Television transmission standards. The standards which determine the characteristics of a television 
signal as radiated by a television broadcast station. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
90Television transmitter. The radio transmitter or transmitters for the transmission of both visual and aural 
signals. 
Vestigial sideband transmission. A system of transmission wherein one of the generated sidebands is 
partially attenuated at the transmitter and radiated only in part. 
Visual carrier frequency. The frequency of the carrier which is modulated by the picture 
information. 
Visual transmitter. The radio equipment for the transmission of the visual signal only. 
Visual transmitter power. The peak power output when transmitting a standard television signal.
34. Section 73.682 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(14) and (d), adding paragraph (e)(7), 
removing paragraphs (a)(15) through (a)(24) and the Note to 73.682, and removing and reserving 
paragraphs (a) introductory text, (a)(1) through (a)(13), (b), (c)
(a) Transmission standards. [Reserved] 
(1) The width of the television broadcast channel shall be 6 MHz. [Reserved]
(2) The visual carrier frequency shall be nominally 1.25 MHz above the lower boundary of the 
channel. [Reserved]
(3) The aural center frequency shall be 4.5 MHz higher than the visual carrier frequency. 
[Reserved]
(4) The visual transmission amplitude characteristic shall be in accordance with the chart 
designated as Figure 5 of § 73.699: Provided, however, That for stations operating on Channel 
15 through 69 and employing a transmitter with maximum peak visual power output of 1 kW 
or less the visual transmission amplitude characteristic may be in accordance with the chart 
designated as Figure 5a of § 73.699. [Reserved]
(5) The chrominance subcarrier frequency is 63/88 times precisely 5 MHz (3.57954545 . . . 
MHz). The tolerance is ±10 Hz and the rate of frequency drift must not exceed 0.1 Hz per 
second (cycles per second squared). [Reserved]
(6) For monochrome and color transmissions the number of scanning lines per frame shall be 
525, interlaced two to one in successive fields. The horizontal scanning frequency shall be 2/455 
times the chrominance subcarrier frequency; this corresponds nominally to 15,750 Hz with an 
actual value of 15,734.264 ±0.044 Hz). The vertical scanning frequency is 2/525 times the 
horizontal scanning frequency; this corresponds nominally to 60 Hz (the actual value is 59.94 
Hz). For monochrome transmissions only, the nominal values of line and field frequencies may 
be used. [Reserved]
(7) The aspect ratio of the transmitted television picture shall be 4 units horizontally to 3 units 
vertically. [Reserved]
(8) During active scanning intervals, the scene shall be scanned from left to right horizontally 
and from top to bottom vertically, at uniform velocities. [Reserved]Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
91(9) A carrier shall be modulated within a single television channel for both picture and 
synchronizing signals. The two signals comprise different modulation ranges in amplitude in 
accordance with the following: [Reserved]
(i) Monochrome transmissions shall comply with synchronizing waveform specifications in 
Figure 7 of § 73.699. [Reserved]
(ii) Color transmissions shall comply with the synchronizing waveform specifications in 
Figure 6 of § 73.699.  [Reserved]
(iii) All stations operating on Channels 2 through 14 and those stations operating on Channels 
15 through 69 licensed for a peak visual transmitter output power greater than one kW shall 
comply with the picture transmission amplitude characteristics shown in Figure 5 of § 73.699. 
[Reserved]
(iv) Stations operating on Channels 15 through 69 licensed for a peak visual transmitter 
output power of one kW or less shall comply with the picture transmission amplitude 
characteristic shown in Figure 5 or 5a of § 73.699. [Reserved]
(10) A decrease in initial light intensity shall cause an increase in radiated power (negative 
transmission). [Reserved]
(11) The reference black level shall be represented by a definite carrier level, independent of 
light and shade in the picture. [Reserved]
(12) The blanking level shall be transmitted at 75±2.5 percent of the peak carrier level. 
[Reserved]
(13) The reference white level of the luminance signal shall be 12.5±2.5 percent of the peak 
carrier level. [Reserved]
(14) It shall be standard to employ horizontal polarization. However, circular or elliptical 
polarization may be employed if desired, in which case clockwise (right hand) rotation, as 
defined in the IEEE Standard Definition 42A65-3E2, and transmission of the horizontal and 
vertical components in time and space quadrature shall be used. For either omnidirectional or 
directional antennas the licensed effective radiated power of the vertically polarized component 
may not exceed the licensed effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized component. 
For directional antennas, the maximum effective radiated power of the vertically polarized 
component shall not exceed the maximum effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized 
component in any specified horizontal or vertical direction. See § 73.625(d).
(15) The effective radiated power of the aural transmitter must not exceed 22% of the peak 
radiated power of the visual transmitter. 
(16) The peak-to-peak variation of transmitter output within one frame of video signal due to 
all causes, including hum, noise, and low-frequency response, measured at both scanning 
synchronizing peak and blanking level, shall not exceed 5 percent of the average scanning 
synchronizing peak signal amplitude. This provision is subject to change but is considered the 
best practice under the present state of the art. It will not be enforced pending a further 
determination thereof. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
92(17) The reference black level shall be separated from the blanking level by the setup interval, 
which shall be 7.5±2.5 percent of the video range from blanking level to the reference white 
level. 
(18) For monochrome transmission, the transmitter output shall vary in substantially inverse 
logarithmic relation to the brightness of the subject. No tolerances are set at this time. This 
provision is subject to change but is considered the best practice under the present state of the 
art. It will not be enforced pending a further determination thereof. 
(19) The color picture signal shall correspond to a luminance component transmitted as 
amplitude modulation of the picture carrier and a simultaneous pair of chrominance 
components transmitted as the amplitude modulation sidebands of a pair of suppressed 
subcarriers in quadrature. 
(20) Equation of complete color signal. 
(i) The color picture signal has the following composition: 
EM =E Y′ + [E Q′ sin (ωt + 33°) + E I′ cos (ωt + 33°)] 
Where: 
EQ′ = 0.41(E B′−E Y′) + 0.48(E R′−E Y′). 
EI′=−0.27(E B′−E Y′) + 0.74(E R′−E Y′). 
EY′ = 0.30E R′ + 0.59E G′ + 0.−1E B′.
For color-difference frequencies below 500 kHz (see (iii) below), the signal can be 
represented by: 
EM =E Y′ + [(1/1.14)[(1/1.78)(E B′−E Y′) sinωt + (E R′−E Y′) cosωt]] 
(ii) The symbols in paragraph (a)(20)(i) of this section have the following significance: 
EM is the total video voltage, corresponding to the scanning of a particular picture element, applied 
to the modulator of the picture transmitter. 
EY′ is the gamma-corrected voltage of the monochrome (black-and-white) portion of the color 
picture signal, corresponding to the given picture element.
Note:
Forming of the high frequency portion of the monochrome signal in a different manner is 
permissible and may in fact be desirable in order to improve the sharpness on saturated colors.
EQ′ and E I′ are the amplitudes of two orthogonal components of the chrominance signal 
corresponding respectively to narrow-band and wide-band axes. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
93ER′, E G′, and E B′ are the gamma-corrected voltages corresponding to red, green, and blue signals 
during the scanning of the given picture element. 
ω is the angular frequency and is 2 times the frequency of the chrominance subcarrier. 
The portion of each expression between brackets in (i) represents the chrominance subcarrier 
signal which carries the chrominance information. 
The phase reference in the E M equation in (i) is the phase of the burst + 180°, as shown in Figure 8 
of § 73.699. The burst corresponds to amplitude modulation of a continuous sine wave.
(iii) The equivalent bandwidth assigned prior to modulation to the color difference signals E Q′ 
and E I′ are as follows: 
Q-channel bandwidth: 
At 400 kHz less than 2 dB down. 
At 500 kHz less than 6 dB down. 
At 600 kHz at least 6 dB down. 
I-channel bandwidth: 
At 1.3 MHz less than 2 dB down. 
At 3.6 MHz at least 20 dB down.
(iv) The gamma corrected voltages E R′, E G′, and E B′ are suitable for a color picture tube 
having primary colors with the following chromaticities in the CIE system of specification: 
x y 
Red (R) 0.67 0.33 
Green (G) 0.21 0.71 
Blue (B) 0.14 0.08
and having a transfer gradient (gamma exponent) of 2.2 associated with each primary color. 
The voltages E R′, E G′, and E B′ may be respectively of the form E R1/γ, E G1/γ, and E B1/γ although 
other forms may be used with advances in the state of the art. 
Note:
At the present state of the art it is considered inadvisable to set a tolerance on the value of gamma 
and correspondingly this portion of the specification will not be enforced.
(v) The radiated chrominance subcarrier shall vanish on the reference white of the scene. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
94Note:
The numerical values of the signal specification assume that this condition will be reproduced as 
CIE Illuminant C (x = 0.310, y = 0.316).
(vi) E Y ′, E Q′, E I′, and the components of these signals shall match each other in time to 0.05 
µsecs. 
(vii) The angles of the subcarrier measured with respect to the burst phase, when reproducing 
saturated primaries and their complements at 75 percent of full amplitude, shall be within 
±10° and their amplitudes shall be within ±20 percent of the values specified above. The ratios 
of the measured amplitudes of the subcarrier to the luminance signal for the same saturated 
primaries and their complements shall fall between the limits of 0.8 and 1.2 of the values 
specified for their ratios. Closer tolerances may prove to be practicable and desirable with 
advance in the art. 
(21) The interval beginning with line 17 and continuing through line 20 of the vertical blanking 
interval of each field may be used for the transmission of test signals, cue and control signals, 
and identification signals, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth below. Test signals 
may include signals designed to check the performance of the overall transmission system or its 
individual components. Cue and control signals shall be related to the operation of the TV 
broadcast station. Identification signals may be transmitted to identify the broadcast material 
or its source, and the date and time of its origination. Figures 6 and 7 of § 73.699 identify the 
numbered lines referred to in this paragraph. 
(i) Modulation of the television transmitter by such signals shall be confined to the area 
between the reference white level and the blanking level, except where test signals include 
chrominance subcarrier frequencies, in which case positive excursions of chrominance 
components may exceed reference white, and negative excursions may extend into the 
synchronizing area. In no case may the modulation excursions produced by test signals extend 
beyond peak-of-sync, or to zero carrier level. 
(ii) The use of such signals shall not result in significant degradation of the program 
transmission of the television broadcast station, nor produce emission outside of the 
frequency band occupied for normal program transmissions. 
(iii) Such signals may not be transmitted during that portion of each line devoted to 
horizontal blanking. 
(iv) Regardless of other provisions of this paragraph, after June 30, 1994, Line 19, in each 
field, may be used only for the transmission of the ghost-canceling reference signal described 
in OET Bulletin No. 68, which is available from the FCC Warehouse, 9300 East Hampton 
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743. Notwithstanding the modulation limits contained in 
paragraph (a)(23)(i) of this section, the vertical interval reference signal formerly permitted 
on Line 19 and described in Figure 16 of § 73.699, may be transmitted on any of lines 10 
through 16 without specific Commission authorization, subject to the conditions contained in 
paragraphs (a)(21)(ii) and (a)(22)(ii) of this section. 
(22) Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
95(i) Line 21, in each field, may be used for the transmission of a program-related data signal 
which, when decoded, provides a visual depiction of information simultaneously being 
presented on the aural channel (captions). Line 21, field 2 may be used for transmission of a 
program-related data signal which, when decoded, identifies a rating level associated with the 
current program. Such data signals shall conform to the format described in figure 17 of § 
73.699 of this chapter, and may be transmitted during all periods of regular operation. On a 
space available basis, line 21 field 2 may also be used for text-mode data and extended data 
service information. 
Note:
The signals on Fields 1 and 2 shall be distinct data streams, for example, to supply captions in 
different languages or at different reading levels.
(ii) At times when Line 21 is not being used to transmit a program related data signal, data 
signals which are not program related may be transmitted, Provided: the same data format is 
used and the information to be displayed is of a broadcast nature. 
(iii) The use of Line 21 for transmission of other data signals conforming to other formats 
may be used subject to prior authorization by the Commission. 
(iv) The data signal shall cause no significant degradation to any portion of the visual signal 
nor produce emissions outside the authorized television channel. 
(v) Transmission of visual emergency messages pursuant to § 73.1250 shall take precedence 
and shall be cause for interrupting transmission of data signals permitted under this 
paragraph. 
(23) Specific scanning lines in the vertical blanking interval may be used for the purpose of 
transmitting telecommunications signals in accordance with § 73.646, subject to certain 
conditions: 
(i) Telecommunications may be transmitted on Lines 10-18 and 20, all of Field 2 and Field 1. 
Modulation level shall not exceed 70 IRE on lines 10, 11, and 12; and, 80 IRE on lines 13-18 
and 20. 
(ii) No observable degradation may be caused to any portion of the visual or aural signals. 
(iii) Telecommunications signals must not produce emissions outside the authorized television 
channel bandwidth. Digital data pulses must be shaped to limit spectral energy to the nominal 
video baseband. 
(iv) Transmission of emergency visual messages pursuant to § 73.1250 must take precedence 
over, and shall be cause for interrupting, a service such as teletext that provides a visual 
depiction of information simultaneously transmitted on the aural channel. 
(v) A reference pulse for a decoder associated adaptive equalizer filter designed to improve 
the decoding of telecommunications signals may be inserted on any portion of the vertical 
blanking interval authorized for data service, in accordance with the signal levels set forth in 
paragraph (a)(23)(i) of this section. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
96(vi) All lines authorized for telecommunications transmissions may be used for other purposes 
upon prior approval by the Commission. 
(24) Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast and low power TV stations may insert non-video 
data into the active video portion of their TV transmission, subject to certain conditions: 
(i) The active video portion of the visual signal begins with line 22 and continues through the 
end of each field, except it does not include that portion of each line devoted to horizontal 
blanking. Figures 6 and 7 of § 73.699 identify the numbered line referred to in this 
paragraph; 
(ii) Inserted non-video data may be used for the purpose of transmitting a 
telecommunications service in accordance with § 73.646. In addition to a telecommunications 
service, non-video data can be used to enhance the station's broadcast program service or for 
purposes related to station operations. Signals relating to the operation of TV stations include, 
but are not limited to program or source identification, relay of broadcast materials to other 
stations, remote cueing and order messages, and control and telemetry signals for the 
transmitting system; and 
(iii) A station may only use systems for inserting non-video information that have been 
approved in advance by the Commission. The criteria for advance approval of systems are as 
follows: 
(A) The use of such signals shall not result in significant degradation to any portion of the 
visual, aural, or program-related data signals of the television broadcast station; 
(B) No increase in width of the television broadcast channel (6 MHz) is permitted. 
Emissions outside the authorized television channel must not exceed the limitations given in 
§ 73.687(e). Interference to reception of television service either of co-channel or adjacent 
channel stations must not increase over that resulting from the transmission of 
programming without inserted data; and 
(C) Where required, system receiving or decoding devices must meet the TV interface 
device provisions of Part 15, Subpart H of this chapter. 
(iv) No protection from interference of any kind will be afforded to reception of inserted non-
video data. 
(v) Upon request by an authorized representative of the Commission, the licensee of a TV 
station transmitting encoded programming must make available a receiving decoder to the 
Commission to carry out its regulatory responsibilities. 
(b) Subscription TV technical systems. The FCC may specify, as part of the advance approval of 
the technical system for transmitting encoded subscription programming, deviations from the 
power determination procedures, operating power levels, aural or video baseband signals, 
modulation levels or other characteristics of the transmitted signal as otherwise specified in this 
Subpart. Any decision to approve such operating deviations shall be solely at the discretion of the 
FCC. [Reserved]
(c) TV multiplex subcarrier/stereophonic aural transmission standards. [Reserved]Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
97(1) The modulating signal for the main channel shall consist of the sum of the stereophonic 
(biphonic, quadraphonic, etc.) input signals. 
(2) The instantaneous frequency of the baseband stereophonic subcarrier must at all times be 
within the range 15 kHz to 120 kHz. Either amplitude or frequency modulation of the 
stereophonic subcarrier may be used. 
(3) One or more pilot subcarriers between 16 kHz and 120 kHz may be used to switch a TV 
receiver between the stereophonic and monophonic reception modes or to activate a 
stereophonic audio indicator light, and one or more subcarriers between 15 kHz and 120 kHz 
may be used for any other authorized purpose; except that stations employing the BTSC system 
of stereophonic sound transmission and audio processing may transmit a pilot subcarrier at 
15,734 Hz, ±2 Hz. Other methods of multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural transmission 
systems must limit energy at 15,734 Hz, ±20 Hz, to no more than ±0.125 kHz aural carrier 
deviation. 
(4) Aural baseband information above 120 kHz must be attenuated 40 dB referenced to 25 kHz 
main channel deviation of the aural carrier. 
(5) For required transmitter performance, all of the requirements of § 73.687(b) shall apply to 
the main channel, with the transmitter in the multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural mode. 
(6) For electrical performance standards of the transmitter, the requirements of § 73.687(b) 
apply to the main channel. 
(7) Multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural transmission systems must be capable of 
producing and must not exceed ±25 kHz main channel deviation of the aural carrier. 
(8) The arithmetic sum of non-multiphonic baseband signals between 15 kHz and 120 kHz must 
not exceed ±50 kHz deviation of the aural carrier. 
(9) Total modulation of the aural carrier must not exceed ±75 kHz. 
(d) Digital bBroadcast television transmission standards. 
(1) Effective October 11, 2011 tTransmission of digital broadcast television (DTV) signals shall 
comply with the standards for such transmissions set forth in: 
(i) ATSC A/52: “ATSC Standard Digital Audio Compression (AC-3)”, 
(ii) ATSC A/53, Parts 1-4 and 6: 2007 “ATSC Digital Television Standard,” (January 3, 2007), and 
ATSC A/53 Part 5:2010 “ATSC Digital Television Standard: Part 5 - AC-3 Audio System 
Characteristic,” (July 6, 2010), except for section 6.1.2 (“Compression Format Constraints”) of 
A/53 Part 4: 2007 (“MPEG-2 Video Systems Characteristics”) and the phrase “see Table 6.2” in 
section 6.1.1 Table 6.1 and section 6.1.3 Table 6.3, and 
(iii) ATSC A/65C: “ATSC Program and System Information Protocol for Terrestrial Broadcast and 
Cable, Revision C With Amendment No. 1 dated May 9, 2006,” (January 2, 2006) (all standards 
incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000). 
(2) All standards are incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
98(3) Although not incorporated by reference, licensees may also consult: 
(i) ATSC A/54A: “Recommended Practice: Guide to Use of the ATSC Digital Television Standard, 
including Corrigendum No. 1,” (December 4, 2003, Corrigendum No. 1 dated December 20, 2006, 
and 
(ii) ATSC A/69: “Recommended Practice PSIP Implementation Guidelines for Broadcasters,” (June 
25, 2002) (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)).
(4) ATSC A/54A and ATSC A/69 The documents listed in paragraph (d) are available from the 
Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC), 1750 K Street, NW., Suite 1200, Washington, 
DC 20006, or at the ATSC Web site: http://www.atsc.org/standards.html 
https://www.atsc.org/documents/atsc-1-0-standards/. 
(e) * * * 
(1) * * *
(2) * * * 
(i) * * * 
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(B) * * *
(C) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *
(A) * * *
(B) * * *
(C) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
99(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(3) * * *
(4) * * *
(5) * * *
(D) * * *
(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(E) * * *
(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(6) * * *
(7) For additional information regarding this requirement, see Implementation of the 
Commercial Advertisement Loudness Mitigation (CALM) Act, FCC 11-182.
* * * * *
Note to § 73.682:
For additional information regarding this requirement, see Implementation of the Commercial 
Advertisement Loudness Mitigation (CALM) Act, FCC 11-182.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
10035. Section 73.683 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraphs (a), (c), and (d), 
removing and reserving paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 73.683 Field strength contours and p Presumptive determination of field strength at individual 
locations.
(a) In the authorization of TV stations, two field strength contours are considered. These are 
specified as Grade A and Grade B and indicate the approximate extent of coverage over average 
terrain in the absence of interference from other television stations. Under actual conditions, the 
true coverage may vary greatly from these estimates because the terrain over any specific path is 
expected to be different from the average terrain on which the field strength charts were based. 
The required field strength, F (50,50), in dB above one micro-volt per meter (dBu) for the Grade 
A and Grade B contours are as follows: See 73.619(c).  For purposes of the cross-reference from 
90.307(b), the Grade B contour is defined as the F(50,50) contour at 64 dBu.
Grade A (dBu) Grade B (dBu) 
Channels 2-6 6847 
Channels 7-13 7156 
Channels 14-69 7464
(b) It should be realized that the F (50,50) curves when used for Channels 14-69 are not based on 
measured data at distances beyond about 48.3 kilometers (30 miles). Theory would indicate that 
the field strengths for Channels 14-69 should decrease more rapidly with distance beyond the 
horizon than for Channels 2-6, and modification of the curves for Channels 14-69 may be 
expected as a result of measurements to be made at a later date. For these reasons, the curves 
should be used with appreciation of their limitations in estimating levels of field strength. 
Further, the actual extent of service will usually be less than indicated by these estimates due to 
interference from other stations. Because of these factors, the predicted field strength contours 
give no assurance of service to any specific percentage of receiver locations within the distances 
indicated. In licensing proceedings these variations will not be considered. [Reserved]
(c) The field strength contours will be considered for the following purposes only: 
(1) In the estimation of coverage resulting from the selection of a particular transmitter site by 
an applicant for a TV station. 
(2) In connection with problems of coverage arising out of application of § 73.3555. 
(3) In determining compliance with § 73.685(a) concerning the minimum field strength to be 
provided over the principal community to be served. See § 73.619(a).
(d) For purposes of determining the eligibility of individual households for satellite retransmission of 
distant network signals under the copyright law provisions of 17 U.S.C. 119(d)(10)(A), field strength 
shall be determined by the Individual Location Longley-Rice (ILLR) propagation prediction model. 
Such eligibility determinations shall consider only the signals of network stations located in the 
subscriber's Designated Market Area. Guidance for use of the ILLR model in predicting the field 
strength of analog television signals for such determinations is provided in OET Bulletin No. 72 
(stations operating with analog signals include some Class A stations licensed under part 73 of Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
101this chapter and some licensed low power TV and TV translator stations that operate under part 
74 of this chapter). Guidance for use of the ILLR model in predicting the field strength of digital 
television signals for such determinations is provided in OET Bulletin No. 73 (stations operating with 
digital signals include all full service stations and some Class A stations that operate under part 
73 of this chapter and some low power TV and TV translator stations that operate under Part 74 
of this chapter). OET Bulletin No. 72 and OET Bulletin No. 73 are is available at the Federal 
Communications Commission's Reference Information Center, located at the address of the FCC's main 
office indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a), or at the FCC's Office of Engineering and Technology (OET) 
website: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/. 
* * * * * 
36. § 73.684 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.684 Prediction of coverage. [Reserved]
(a) All predictions of coverage made pursuant to this section shall be made without regard to 
interference and shall be made only on the basis of estimated field strengths. The peak power of 
the visual signal is used in making predictions of coverage. 
(b) Predictions of coverage shall be made only for the same purposes as relate to the use of field 
strength contours as specified in § 73.683(c). 
(c) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F (50,50) field strength charts 
(Figures 9 and 10 of § 73.699) shall be used. If the 50% field strength is defined as that value 
exceeded for 50% of the time, these F (50,50) charts give the estimated 50% field strengths 
exceeded at 50% of the locations in dB above 1 uV/m. The charts are based on an effective power 
of 1 kW radiated form a half-wave dipole in free space, which produces an unattenuated field 
strength at 1.61 kilometers (1 mile) of about 103 dB above 1 uV/m. To use the charts to predict 
the distance to a given contour, the following procedure is used: Convert the effective radiated 
power in kilowatts for the appropriate azimuth into decibel value referenced to 1 kW (dBu). If 
necessary, convert the selected contour to the decibel value (dBu) above 1 microvolt per meter (1 
uV/m). Subtract the power value in dBk from the contour value in dBu. Note that for power less 
than 1 kW, the difference value will be greater than the contour value because the power in dBk 
is negative. Locate the difference value obtained on the vertical scale at the left edge of the chart. 
Follow the horizontal line for that value into the chart to the point of intersection with the vertical 
line above the height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on 
the scale at the bottom of the chart. If the point of intersection does not fall exactly on a distance 
curve, interpolate between the distance curves below and above the intersection point. The 
distance values for the curves are located along the right edge of the chart. 
(1) In predicting the distance to the Grade A and Grade B field strength contours, the effective 
radiated power to be used is that radiated at the vertical angle corresponding to the depression 
angle between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio horizon as determined 
individually for each azimuthal direction concerned. The depression angle is based on the 
difference in elevation of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain and the 
radio horizon, assuming a smooth sperical earth with a radius of 8,495.5 kilometers (5,280 
miles) and shall be determined by the following equation: 
A = 0.0277√ H Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
102Where: 
A is the depression angle in degrees. 
H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center above average terrain of the 
3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) sector of the pertinent radial.
This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified here. Its use for any other 
purpose may be inappropriate. 
(2) In case where the relative field strength at the depression angle determined by the above 
formula is 90% or more of the maximum field strength developed in the vertical plane 
containing the pertaining radial, the maximum radiation shall be used. 
(3) In predicting field strengths for other than the Grade A and Grade B contours, the effective 
radiated power to be used is to be based on the appropriate antenna vertical plane radiation 
pattern for the azimuthal direction concerned. 
(4) Applicants for new TV stations or changes in the facilities of existing TV stations must 
submit to the FCC a showing as to the location of their stations' or proposed stations' predicted 
Grade A and Grade B contours, determined in accordance with § 73.684. This showing is to 
include maps showing these contours, except where applicants have previously submitted 
material to the FCC containing such information and it is found upon careful examination that 
the contour locations indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when the locations are 
determined under this Section. In the latter cases, a statement by a qualified engineer to this 
effect will satisfy this requirement and no contour maps need be submitted. 
(d) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of the radiation center of the 
antenna above the average terrain along the radial in question. In determining the average 
elevation of the terrain, the elevations between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna 
site are employed. Profile graphs shall be drawn for 8 radials beginning at the antenna site and 
extending 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) therefrom. The radials should be drawn for each 45 degrees 
of azimuth starting with the True North. At least one radial must include the principal 
community to be served even though such community may be more than 16.1 kilometers (10 
miles) from the antenna site. However, in the event none of the evenly spaced radials include the 
principal community to be served and one or more such radials are drawn in addition to the 8 
evenly spaced radials, such additional radials shall not be employed in computing the antenna 
height above average terrain. Where the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of a radial 
extends in whole or in part over large bodies of water as specified in paragraph (e) of this section 
or extends over foreign territory but the Grade B strength contour encompasses land area within 
the United States beyond the 16.1 kilometers (10 mile) portion of the radial, the entire 3.2-16.1 
kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of the radial shall be included in the computation of antenna height 
above average terrian. However, where the Grade B contour does not so encompass United States 
land area and 
(1) the entire 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of the radial extends over large bodies of 
water of foreign territory, such radial shall be completely omitted from the computation of 
antenna height above average terrain, and 
(2) where a part of the 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 mile) portion of a radial extends over large 
bodies of water or over foreign territory, only that part of the radial extending from the 3.2 Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
103kilometer (2 mile) sector to the outermost portion of land area within the United States covered 
by the radial shall be employed in the computation of antenna height above average terrian. 
The profile graph for each radial should be plotted by contour intervals of from 12.2-30.5 
meters (40-100 feet) and, where the data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally 
uniformly spaced) should be used for each radial. In instances of very rugged terrain where the 
use of contour intervals of 30.5 meters (100 feet) would result in several points in a short 
distance, 61.0-122.0 meter (200-400 foot) contour intervals may be used for such distances. On 
the other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently sloping the smallest contour interval 
indicated on the topograhic may (see paragraph (g) of this section) should be used, although 
only relatively few points may be available. The profile graphs should indicate the topography 
accurately for each radial, and the graphs should be plotted with the distance in kilometers as 
the abscissa and the elevation in meters above mean sea level as the ordinate. The profile 
graphs should indicate the source of the topographical data employed. The graph should also 
show the elevation of the center of the radiating system. The graph may be plotted either on 
rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper which shows the curvature of the earth. It is 
not necessary to take the curvature of the earth into consideration in this procedure, as this 
factor is taken care of in the charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 12.9 
kilometer (8 miles) distance between 3.2-16.1 kilometers (2-10 miles) from the antenna site 
should then be determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained by 
averaging a large number of equally spaced points, by using a planimeter, or by obtaining the 
median elevation (that exceeded for 50% of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values. 
Note:
The Commission will, upon a proper showing by an existing station that the application of this rule 
will result in an unreasonable power reduction in relation to other stations in close proximity, 
consider requests for adjustment in power on the basis of a common average terrain figure for the 
stations in question as determined by the FCC.
(e) In instance where it is desired to determine the area in square kilometers within the Grade A 
and Grade B field strength contours, the area may be determined from the coverage map by 
planimeter or other approximate means; in computing such areas, exclued 
(1) areas beyond the borders of the United States, and 
(2) large bodies of water, such as ocean areas, gulfs sounds, bays, large lakes, etc., but not 
rivers. 
(f) In cases where terrain in one or more directions from the antenna site departs widely from the 
average elevation of the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector, the prediction method may 
indicate contour distances that are different from what may be expected in practice. For example, 
a mountain ridge may indicate the practical limit of service although the prediction method may 
indicate otherwise. In such case the prediction method should be followed, but a supplemental 
showing may be made concerning the contour distances as determined by other means. Such 
supplemental showing should describe the procedure employed and should include sample 
calculations. Maps of predicted coverage should include both the coverage as predicted by the 
regular method and as predicted by a supplemental method. When measurements of area are 
required, these should include the area obtained by the regular predicted method and the area 
obtained by the supplemental method. In directions where the terrain is such that negative 
antenna heights or heights below 30.5 meters (100 feet) for the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) 
sector are obtained, an assumed height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the prediction of 
coverage. However, where the actual contour distances are critical factors, a supplemental Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
104showing of expected coverage must be included together with a description of the method 
employed in predicting such coverage. In special cases, the Commission may require additional 
information as to terrain and coverage. 
(g) In the preparation of the profile graph previously described, and in determining the location 
and height above sea level of the antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken 
from the United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United States Army 
Corps of Engineers' maps or Tennessee Valley Authority maps, whichever is the latest, for all 
areas for which such maps are available. If such maps are not published for the area in question, 
the next best topographic information should be used. Topographic data may sometimes be 
obtained from State and Municipal agencies. Data from Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including 
bench marks) or railroad depot elevations and highway elevations from road maps may be used 
where no better information is available. In cases where limited topographic data is available, use 
may be made of an altimeter in a car driven along roads extending generally radially from the 
transmitter site. Ordinarily the Commission will not require the submission of topographical 
maps for areas beyond 24.1 kilometers (15 miles) from the antenna site, but the maps must 
include the principal community to be served. If it appears necessary, additional data may be 
requested. United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps may be obtained 
from the United States Geological Survey, Department of the Interior, Washington, DC 20240. 
Sectional Aeronautical Charts are available from the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 
Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 20235. In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation 
may be computer generated, except in the cases of dispute, using elevations from a 30 second 
point or better topographic data file. The file must be identified and the data processed for 
intermediate points along each radial using linear interpolation techniques. The height above 
mean sea level of the antenna site must be obtained manually using appropriate topographic 
maps. 
(h) The effect of terrain roughness on the predicted field strength of a signal at points distant 
from a television broadcast station is assumed to depend on the magnitude of a terrain roughness 
factor (Δ h) which, for a specific propagation path, is determined by the characteristics of a 
segment of the terrain profile for that path 40.2 kilometers (25 miles) in length, located between 
9.7 and 49.9 kilometers (6 and 31 miles) from the transmitter. The terrain roughness factor has a 
value equal to the difference, in meters, between elevations exceeded by all points on the profile 
for 10 percent and 90 percent, respectively, of the length of the profile segment (see § 73.699, Fig. 
10d). 
(i) If the lowest field strength value of interest is initially predicted to occur over a particular 
propagation path at a distance which is less than 49.9 kilometers (31 miles) from the transmitter, 
the terrain profile segment used in the determination of the terrain roughness factor over that 
path shall be that included between points 9.7 kilometers (6 miles) from the transmitter and such 
lesser distance. No terrain roughness correction need be applied when all field strength values of 
interest are predicted to occur 9.7 kilometers (6 miles) or less from the transmitter. 
(j) Profile segments prepared for terrain roughness factor determinations should be plotted in 
rectangular coordinates, with no less than 50 points evenly spaced within the segment, using data 
obtained from topographic maps, if available, with contour intervals of 15.2 meters (50 feet), or 
less. 
(k) The field strength charts (§ 73.699, Figs. 9-10c) were developed assuming a terrain roughness 
factor of 50 meters, which is considered to be representative of average terrain in the United 
States. Where the roughness factor for a particular propagation path is found to depart 
appreciably from this value, a terrain roughness correction (ΔF) should be applied to field Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
105strength values along this path as predicted with the use of these charts. The magnitude and sign 
of this correction, for any value of Δh, may be determined from a chart included in § 73.699 as 
Figure 10e, with linear interpolation as necessary, for the frequency of the UHF signal under 
consideration. 
(l) Alternatively, the terrain roughness correction may be computed using the following formula: 
ΔF=C−0.03(Δh)(1 + f/300) 
Where: 
ΔF = terrain roughness correction in dB 
C = a constant having a specific value for use with each set of field strength charts: 
1.9 for TV Channels 2-6 
2.5 for TV Channels 7-13 
4.8 for TV Channels 14-69 
Δh = terrain roughness factor in meters 
f = frequency of signal in megahertz (MHz)
37. Section 73.685 is amended by revising paragraphs (b), (d), (f) introductory text, and (h), 
removing paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(6), and removing and reserving paragraphs (a), (c), (e), and (g) to 
read as follows:
(a) The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated power 
and antenna height above average terrain employed, the following minimum field strength in dB 
above one uV/m will be provided over the entire principal community to be served: [Reserved]
Channels 2-6 Channels 7-13 Channels 14-69 
74 dBu 77 dBu 80 dBu
(b) Location of the antenna at a point of high elevation is necessary to reduce to a minimum the 
shadow effect on propagation due to hills and buildings which may reduce materially the strength 
of the station's signals. In general, the transmitting antenna of a station should be located at the 
most central point at the highest elevation available. To provide the best degree of service to an 
area, it is usually preferable to use a high antenna rather than a low antenna with increased 
transmitter power. The location should be so chosen that line-of-sight can be obtained from the 
antenna over the principal community to be served; in no event should there be a major 
obstruction in this path. The antenna must be constructed so that it is as clear as possible of 
surrounding buildings or objects that would cause shadow problems. It is recognized that 
topography, shape of the desired service area, and population distribution may make the choice 
of a transmitter location difficult. In such cases, consideration may be given to the use of a 
directional antenna system, although it is generally preferable to choose a site where a 
nondirectional antenna may be employed. See § 73.618.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
106(c) In cases of questionable antenna locations it is desirable to conduct propagation tests to 
indicate the field strength expected in the principal community to be served and in other areas, 
particularly where severe shadow problems may be expected. In considering applications 
proposing the use of such locations, the Commission may require site tests to be made. Such tests 
should be made in accordance with the measurement procedure in § 73.686, and full data thereon 
must be supplied to the Commission. Test transmitters should employ an antenna having a height 
as close as possible to the proposed antenna height, using a balloon or other support if necessary 
and feasible. Information concerning the authorization of site tests may be obtained from the 
Commission upon request. [Reserved]
(d) Present information is not sufficiently complete to establish “blanket areas” of television 
broadcast stations. A “blanket area” is that area adjacent to a transmitter in which the reception 
of other stations is subject to interference due to the strong signal from this station. The 
authorization of station construction in areas where blanketing is found to be excessive will be on 
the basis that the applicant will assume full responsibility for the adjustment of reasonable 
complaints arising from excessively strong signals of the applicant's station or take other 
corrective action. See § 73.617(d).
(e) An antenna designed or altered to produce a noncircular radiation pattern in the horizontal 
plane is considered to be a directional antenna. Antennas purposely installed in such a manner as 
to result in the mechanical beam tilting of the major vertical radiation lobe are included in this 
category. Directional antennas may be employed for the purpose of improving service upon an 
appropriate showing of need. Stations operating on Channels 2-13 will not be permitted to 
employ a directional antenna having a ratio of maximum to minimum radiation in the horizontal 
plane in excess of 10 dB. Stations operating on Channels 14-69 with transmitters delivering a 
peak visual power output of more than 1 kW may employ directive transmitting antennas with a 
maximum to minimum radiation in the horizontal plane of not more than 15 dB. Stations 
operating on Channels 14-69 and employing transmitters delivering a peak visual power output 
of 1 kW or less are not limited as to the ratio of maximum to minimum radiation. [Reserved]
(f) Applications proposing the use of directional antenna systems must be accompanied by the 
following:  See § 73.625(c).
(1) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and 
model number of the proposed directional antenna. 
(2) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal polarization only) of the proposed 
directional antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation. The plot of the 
pattern should be oriented so that 0° corresponds to true North. Where mechanical beam tilt is 
intended, the amount of tilt in degrees of the antenna vertical axis and the orientation of the 
downward tilt with respect to true North must be specified, and the horizontal plane pattern 
must reflect the use of mechanical beam tilt. 
(3) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph (b)(2), of this section. The 
tabulation should use the same zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at 
least every 10°. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and minima, with their 
corresponding azimuths, should be submitted. 
(4) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the effective radiated power, in 
dBk, for each direction. Sufficient vertical plane patterns must be included to indicate clearly 
the radiation characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal plane. In cases Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
107where the angles at which the maximum vertical radiation varies with azimuth, a separate 
vertical radiation pattern must be provided for each pertinent radial direction. 
(5) All horizontal plane patterns must be plotted to the largest scale possible on unglazed letter-
size polar coordinate paper (main engraving approximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 
inches)) using only scale divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10-nth. All vertical 
plane patterns must be plotted on unglazed letter-size rectangular coordinate paper. Values of 
field strength on any pattern less than 10% of the maximum field strength plotted on that 
pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale. 
(6) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required are the patterns for the 
complete directional antenna system. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or 
more individual antennas, this means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the 
patterns for each of the individual antennas, must be submitted. 
(g) Applications proposing the use of television broadcast antennas within 61.0 meters (200 feet) 
of other television broadcast antennas operating on a channel within 20 percent in frequency of 
the proposed channel, or proposing the use of television broadcast antennas on Channels 5 or 6 
within 61.0 meters (200 feet) of FM broadcast antennas, must include a showing as to the 
expected effect, if any, of such proximate operation. [Reserved]
(h) Where the TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna on or near an AM tower, as 
defined in § 1.30002, the TV licensee or permittee must comply with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002. See § 
73.625(c)(4).
38. Section 73.686 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (e) introductory text, and 
removing and reserving paragraph (d) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(c) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(i) The population (P) of the community, and its suburbs, if any, is determined by reference to the 
most recent official decennial U.S. Census population data as identified by the Media Bureau 
in a Public Notice an appropriate source, e.g., the 1970 U.S. Census tables of population of 
cities and urbanized areas. See § 73.620(b).
(d) NTSC - Collection of field strength data to determine NTSC television signal intensity at an 
individual location - cluster measurements  [Reserved]
(1) Preparation for measurements - 
(i) Testing antenna. The test antenna shall be either a standard half-wave dipole tuned to the 
visual carrier frequency of the channel being measured or a gain antenna, provided its 
antenna factor for the channel(s) under test has been determined. Use the antenna factor 
supplied by the antenna manufacturer as determined on an antenna range. 
(ii) Testing locations. At the location, choose a minimum of five locations as close as possible to 
the specific site where the site's receiving antenna is located. If there is no receiving antenna Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
108at the site, choose the minimum of five locations as close as possible to a reasonable and likely 
spot for the antenna. The locations shall be at least three meters apart, enough so that the 
testing is practical. If possible, the first testing point should be chosen as the center point of a 
square whose corners are the four other locations. Calculate the median of the five 
measurements (in units of dBu) and report it as the measurement result. 
(iii) Multiple signals. If more than one signal is being measured (i.e., signals from different 
transmitters), use the same locations to measure each signal. 
(2) Measurement procedure. Measurements shall be made in accordance with good engineering 
practice and in accordance with this section of the Rules. At each measuring location, the 
following procedure shall be employed: 
(i) Testing equipment. Measure the field strength of the visual carrier with a calibrated 
instrument with an i.f. bandwidth of at least 200 kHz, but no greater than one megahertz 
(1,000 kHz). Perform an on-site calibration of the instrument in accordance with the 
manufacturer's specifications. The instrument must accurately indicate the peak amplitude of 
the synchronizing signal. Take all measurements with a horizontally polarized antenna. Use a 
shielded transmission line between the testing antenna and the field strength meter. Match 
the antenna impedance to the transmission line at all frequencies measured, and, if using an 
unbalanced line, employ a suitable balun. Take account of the transmission line loss for each 
frequency being measured. 
(ii) Weather. Do not take measurements in inclement weather or when major weather fronts 
are moving through the measurement area. 
(iii) Antenna elevation. When field strength is being measured for a one-story building, elevate 
the testing antenna to 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground. In situations where the field 
strength is being measured for a building taller than one-story, elevate the testing antenna 9.1 
meters (30 feet) above the ground. 
(iv) Antenna orientation. Orient the testing antenna in the direction which maximizes the 
value of field strength for the signal being measured. If more than one station's signal is being 
measured, orient the testing antenna separately for each station. 
(3) Written record shall be made and shall include at least the following: 
(i) A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength survey, which for each instrument, 
specifies the manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of the most 
recent calibration by the manufacturer or by a laboratory. Include complete details of any 
instrument not of standard manufacture. 
(ii) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring equipment, including field 
strength meters, measuring antenna, and connecting cable. 
(iii) For each spot at the measuring site, all factors which may affect the recorded field, such 
as topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, weather, and other local 
features. 
(iv) A description of where the cluster measurements were made. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
109(v) Time and date of the measurements and signature of the person making the 
measurements. 
(vi) For each channel being measured, a list of the measured value of field strength (in units of 
dBu and after adjustment for line loss and antenna factor) of the five readings made during 
the cluster measurement process, with the median value highlighted. 
(e) DTV - Collection of field strength data to determine digital television signal intensity at an 
individual location - cluster measurements - 
(1) * * * 
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(A) * * *  
(B) * * *
(2) * * *  
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *  
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *
(v) * * *
(vi) * * *
39. Section 73.687 is amended by revising paragraph (c) introductory text and (e) introductory text, 
removing paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4), and removing and reserving paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)(1) to 
read as follows:Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
110(a) Visual transmitter. [Reserved]
(1) The field strength or voltage of the lower sideband, as radiated or dissipated and measured 
as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall not be greater than −20 dB for a 
modulating frequency of 1.25 MHz or greater and in addition, for color, shall not be greater 
than −42 dB for a modulating frequency of 3.579545 MHz (the color subcarrier frequency). For 
both monochrome and color, the field strength or voltage of the upper sideband as radiated or 
dissipated and measured as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not be greater 
than −20 dB for a modulating frequency of 4.75 MHz or greater. For stations operating on 
Channels 15-36 and employing a transmitter delivering maximum peak visual power output of 
1 kW or less, the field strength or voltage of the upper and lower sidebands, as radiated or 
dissipated and measured as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall depart from the 
visual amplitude characteristic (Figure 5a of § 73.699) by no more than the following amounts: 
(2) The attenuation characteristics of a visual transmitter shall be measured by application of a 
modulating signal to the transmitter input terminals in place of the normal composite television 
video signal. The signal applied shall be a composite signal composed of a synchronizing signal 
to establish peak output voltage plus a variable frequency sine wave voltage occupying the 
interval between synchronizing pulses. (The “synchronizing signal” referred to in this section 
means either a standard synchronizing wave form or any pulse that will properly set the peak.) 
The axis of the sine wave in the composite signal observed in the output monitor shall be 
maintained at an amplitude 0.5 of the voltage at synchronizing peaks. The amplitude of the sine 
wave input shall be held at a constant value. This constant value should be such that at no 
modulating frequency does the maximum excursion of the sine wave, observed in the composite 
output signal monitor, exceed the value 0.75 of peak output voltage. The amplitude of the 200 
kHz sideband shall be measured and designated zero dB as a basis for comparison. The 
modulation signal frequency shall then be varied over the desired range and the field strength 
or signal voltage of the corresponding sidebands measured. As an alternate method of 
measuring, in those cases in which the automatic d-c insertion can be replaced by manual 
control, the above characteristic may be taken by the use of a video sweep generator and 
without the use of pedestal synchronizing pulses. The d-c level shall be set for midcharacteristic 
operation. 
(3) A sine wave, introduced at those terminals of the transmitter which are normally fed the 
composite color picture signal, shall produce a radiated signal having an envelope delay, 
relative to the average envelope delay between 0.05 and 0.20 MHz, of zero microseconds up to a 
frequency of 3.0 MHz; and then linearly decreasing to 4.18 MHz so as to be equal to −0.17 µsecs 
at 3.58 MHz. The tolerance on the envelope delay shall be ±0.05 µsecs at 3.58 MHz. The 
tolerance shall increase linearly to ±0.1 µsec down to 2.1 MHz, and remain at ±0.1 µsec down to 
0.2 MHz. (Tolerances for the interval of 0.0 to 0.2 MHz are not specified at the present time.) 
The tolerance shall also increase linearly to ±0.1 µsec at 4.18 MHz. 
(4) The radio frequency signal, as radiated, shall have an envelope as would be produced by a 
modulating signal in conformity with § 73.682 and Figure 6 or 7 of § 73.699, as modified by 
vestigial sideband operation specified in Figure 5 of § 73.699. For stations operating on 
Channels 15-36 the radio frequency signal as radiated, shall have an envelope as would be 
produced by a modulating signal in conformity with § 73.682 and Figure 6 or 7 of § 73.699. 
(5) The time interval between the leading edges of successive horizontal pulses shall vary less 
than one half of one percent of the average interval. However, for color transmissions, § 
73.682(a) (5) and (6) shall be controlling. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
111(6) The rate of change of the frequency of recurrence of the leading edges of the horizontal 
synchronizing signals shall be not greater than 0.15 percent per second, the frequency to be 
determined by an averaging process carried out over a period of not less than 20, nor more than 
100 lines, such lines not to include any portion of the blanking interval. However, for color 
transmissions, § 73.682(a) (5) and (6) shall be controlling. 
(b) Aural transmitter. [Reserved]
(1) Pre-emphasis shall be employed as closely as practicable in accordance with the impedance-
frequency characteristic of a series inductance-resistance network having a time constant of 75 
microseconds. (See upper curve of Figure 12 § 73.699.) 
(2) If a limiting or compression amplifier is employed, precaution should be maintained in its 
connection in the circuit due to the use of pre-emphasis in the transmitting system. 
(3) Aural modulation levels are specified in § 73.1570. 
(c) Requirements applicable to both visual and aural transmitters. 
(1) Automatic means shall be provided in the visual transmitter to maintain the carrier 
frequency within ±1 kHz of the authorized frequency; automatic means shall be provided in the 
aural transmitter to maintain the carrier frequency 4.5 MHz above the actual visual carrier 
frequency within ±1 kHz. [Reserved]
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(4) * * * 
* * * * *
(e) Operation See § 73.617(b).
(1) Spurious emissions, including radio frequency harmonics, shall be maintained at as low a 
level as the state of the art permits. As measured at the output terminals of the transmitter 
(including harmonic filters, if required) all emissions removed in frequency in excess of 3 MHz 
above or below the respective channel edge shall be attenuated no less than 60 dB. below the 
visual transmitted power. (The 60 dB. value for television transmitters specified in this rule 
should be considered as a temporary requirement which may be increased at a later date, 
especially when more higher-powered equipment is utilized. Stations should, therefore, give 
consideration to the installation of equipment with greater attenuation than 60 dB.) In the event 
of interference caused to any service greater attenuation will be required.  
(2) If a limiting or compression amplifier is used in conjunction with the aural transmitter, due 
operating precautions should be maintained because of pre-emphasis in the transmitting 
system. 
(3) TV broadcast stations operating on Channel 14 must take special precautions to avoid 
interference to adjacent spectrum land mobile radio service facilities. Where a TV station is 
authorized and operating prior to the authorization and operation of the land mobile facility, a Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
112Channel 14 station must attenuate its emissions within the frequency range 467 to 470 MHz if 
necessary to permit reasonable use of the adjacent frequencies by land mobile licensees. 
(4) The requirements listed below apply to permittees authorized to construct a new station on 
TV Channel 14, and to licensees authorized to change the channel of an existing station to 
Channel 14, to increase effective radiated power (ERP) (including any change in directional 
antenna characteristics that results in an increase in ERP in any direction), or to change the 
transmitting location of an existing station. 
(i) For the purposes of this paragraph (e), a protected land mobile facility is a receiver that is 
intended to receive transmissions from licensed land mobile stations within the frequency 
band below 470 MHz, and is associated with one or more land mobile stations for which a 
license has been issued by the Commission, or a proper application has been received by the 
Commission prior to the date of the filing of the TV construction permit application. 
However, a land mobile facility will not be protected if it is proposed in an application that is 
denied or dismissed and that action is no longer subject to Commission review. Further, if the 
land mobile station is not operating when the TV facility commences operation and it does not 
commence operation within the time permitted by its authorization in accordance with part 
90 of this chapter, it will not be protected. 
(ii) A TV permittee must take steps before construction to identify potential interference to 
normal land mobile operation that could be caused by TV emissions outside the authorized 
channel, land mobile receiver desensitization or intermodulation. It must install filters and 
take other precautions as necessary, and submit evidence that no interference is being caused 
before it will be permitted to transmit programming on the new facilities pursuant to the 
provisions of § 73.1615 or § 73.1620 of this part. A TV permittee must reduce its emissions 
within the land mobile channel of a protected land mobile facility that is receiving 
interference caused by the TV emission producing a vertically polarized signal and a field 
strength in excess of 17 dBu at the land mobile receiver site on the land mobile frequency. The 
TV emission should be measured with equipment set to a 30 kHz measurement bandwidth 
including the entire applicable land mobile channel. A TV permittee must correct a 
desensitization problem if its occurrence can be directly linked to the start of the TV 
operation and the land mobile station is using facilities with typical desensitization rejection 
characteristics. A TV permittee must identify the source of an intermodulation product that is 
generated when the TV operation commences. If the intermodulation source is under its 
control, the TV permittee must correct the problem. If the intermodulation source is beyond 
the TV permittee's control, it must cooperate in the resolution of the problem and should 
provide whatever technical assistance it can.
40. Section 73.688 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
(a) Each TV broadcast station shall be equipped with indicating instruments which conform with the 
specifications described in § 73.1215 for measuring the operating parameters of the last radio stage of 
the visual transmitter, and with such other instruments as are necessary for the proper adjustment, 
operation, and maintenance of the visual transmitting system. 
* * * * *
41. § 73.691 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.691 Visual modulation monitoring. [Reserved]Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
113(a) Each TV station must have measuring equipment for determining that the transmitted visual 
signal conforms to the provisions of this subpart. The licensee shall decide the monitoring and 
measurement methods or procedures for indicating and controlling the visual signal. 
(b) In the event technical problems make it impossible to operate in accordance with the timing 
and carrier level tolerance requirements of § 73.682 (a)(9)(i), (a)(9)(ii), (a)(12), (a)(13), and 
(a)(17), a TV broadcast station may operate at variance for a period of not more than 30 days 
without specific authority from the FCC: provided that, the date and time of the initial out-of-
tolerance condition has been entered in the station log. If the operation at variance will exceed 10 
consecutive days, a notification must be sent to the FCC in Washington, D.C., not later than the 
10th day of such operation. In the event normal operation is resumed prior to the end of the 30 
day period, the licensee must notify the FCC upon restoration of normal operation. If causes 
beyond the control of the licensee prevent restoration of normal operation within 30 days, a 
written request must be made to the FCC in Washington, D.C., no later than the 30th day for 
such additional time as may be necessary. 
42. § 73.698 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.698 Tables. [Reserved]
Table I [Reserved]
Table II 
(1) - 
Channel (2) - 31.4 
kilometers 
(19.5 miles) 
If beat (3) - 31.4 
kilometers (19.5 
miles) 
intermodulation (4) - 87.7 
kilometers 
(54.5 miles) 
adjacent 
channel (5) - 95.7 
kilometers 
(59.5 miles) 
oscillator (6) - 95.7 
kilometers 
(59.5 miles) 
sound image (7) - 119.9 
kilometers 
(74.5 miles) 
picture image 
14 22 16-19 15 21 28 29 
15 23 17-20 14, 16 22 29 30 
16 24 14, 18-21 15, 17 23 30 31 
17 25 14-15, 19-22 16, 18 24 31 32 
18 26 14-16, 20-23 17, 19 25 32 33 
19 27 14-17, 21-24 18, 20 26 33 34 
20 28 15-18, 22-25 19, 21 27 34 35 
21 29 16-19, 23-26 20, 22 28, 14 35 36 
22 30, 14 17-20, 24-27 21, 23 29, 15 36 37 
23 31, 15 18-21, 25-28 22, 24 30, 16 37 38 
24 32, 16 19-22, 26-29 23, 25 31, 17 38 39 
25 33, 17 20-23, 27-30 24, 26 32, 18 39 40 Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
114(1) - 
Channel (2) - 31.4 
kilometers 
(19.5 miles) 
If beat (3) - 31.4 
kilometers (19.5 
miles) 
intermodulation (4) - 87.7 
kilometers 
(54.5 miles) 
adjacent 
channel (5) - 95.7 
kilometers 
(59.5 miles) 
oscillator (6) - 95.7 
kilometers 
(59.5 miles) 
sound image (7) - 119.9 
kilometers 
(74.5 miles) 
picture image 
26 34, 18 21-24, 28-31 25, 27 33, 19 40 41 
27 35, 19 22-25, 29-32 26, 28 34, 20 41 42 
28 36, 20 23-26, 30-33 27, 29 35, 21 42, 14 43 
29 37, 21 24-27, 31-34 28, 30 36, 22 43, 15 44, 14 
30 38, 22 25-28, 32-35 29, 31 37, 23 44, 16 45, 15 
31 39, 23 26-29, 33-36 30, 32 38, 24 45, 17 46, 16 
32 40, 24 27-30, 34-37 31, 33 39, 25 46, 18 47, 17 
33 41, 25 28-31, 35-38 32, 34 40, 26 47, 19 48, 18 
34 42, 26 29-32, 36-39 33, 35 41, 27 48, 20 49, 19 
35 43, 27 30-33, 37-40 34, 36 42, 28 49, 21 50, 20 
36 44, 28 31-34, 38-41 35, 37 43, 29 50, 22 51, 21 
37 45, 29 32-35, 39-42 36, 38 44, 30 51, 23 52, 22 
38 46, 30 33-36, 40-43 37, 39 45, 31 52, 24 53, 23 
39 47, 31 34-37, 41-44 38, 40 46, 32 53, 25 54, 24 
40 48, 32 35-38, 42-45 39, 41 47, 33 54, 26 55, 25 
41 49, 33 36-39, 43-46 40, 42 48, 34 55, 27 56, 26 
42 50, 34 37-40, 44-47 41, 43 49, 35 56, 28 57, 27 
43 51, 35 38-41, 45-48 42, 44 50, 36 57, 29 58, 28 
44 52, 36 39-42, 46-49 43, 45 51, 37 58, 30 59, 29 
45 53, 37 40-43, 47-50 44, 46 52, 38 59, 31 60, 30 
46 54, 38 41-44, 48-51 45, 47 53, 39 60, 32 61, 31 
47 55, 39 42-45, 49-52 46, 48 54, 40 61, 33 62, 32 
48 56, 40 43-46, 50-53 47, 49 55, 41 62, 34 63, 33 
49 57, 41 44-47, 51-54 48, 50 56, 42 63, 35 64, 34 
50 58, 42 45-48, 52-55 49, 51 57, 43 64, 36 65, 35 Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
115(1) - 
Channel (2) - 31.4 
kilometers 
(19.5 miles) 
If beat (3) - 31.4 
kilometers (19.5 
miles) 
intermodulation (4) - 87.7 
kilometers 
(54.5 miles) 
adjacent 
channel (5) - 95.7 
kilometers 
(59.5 miles) 
oscillator (6) - 95.7 
kilometers 
(59.5 miles) 
sound image (7) - 119.9 
kilometers 
(74.5 miles) 
picture image 
51 59, 43 46-49, 53-56 50, 52 58, 44 65, 37 66, 36 
52 60, 44 47-50, 54-57 51, 53 59, 45 66, 38 67, 37 
53 61, 45 48-51, 55-58 52, 54 60, 46 67, 39 68, 38 
54 62, 46 49-52, 56-59 53, 55 61, 47 68, 40 69, 39 
55 63, 47 50-53, 57-60 54, 56 62, 48 69, 41 70, 40 
56 64, 48 51-54, 58-61 55, 57 63, 49 70, 42 71, 41 
57 65, 49 52-55, 59-62 56, 58 64, 50 71, 43 72, 42 
58 66, 50 53-56, 60-63 57, 59 65, 51 72, 44 73, 43 
59 67, 51 54-57, 61-64 58, 60 66, 52 73, 45 74, 44 
60 68, 52 55-58, 62-65 59, 61 67, 53 74, 46 75, 45 
61 69, 53 56-59, 63-66 60, 62 68, 54 75, 47 76, 46 
62 70, 54 57-60, 64-67 61, 63 69, 55 76, 48 77, 47 
63 71, 55 58-61, 65-68 62, 64 70, 56 77, 49 78, 48 
64 72, 56 59-62, 66-69 63, 65 71, 57 78, 50 79, 49 
65 73, 57 60-63, 67-70 64, 66 72, 58 79, 51 80, 50 
66 74, 58 61-64, 68-71 65, 67 73, 59 80, 52 81, 51 
67 75, 59 62-65, 69-72 66, 68 74, 60 81, 53 82, 52 
68 76, 60 63-66, 70-73 67, 69 75, 61 82, 54 83, 53 
69 77, 61 64-67, 71-74 68, 70 76, 62 83, 55 54 
Note: The parenthetical reference beneath the mileage figures in columns 2 through 7, inclusive, 
indicate, in abbreviated form, the bases for the required mileage separations. For a discussion of 
these bases, see the “Sixth Report and Order” of the Commission (FCC 52-294; 17 FR 3905, May 2, 
1952). The hyphenated numbers listed in column (3) are both inclusive.
43. Section 73.699 is amended to delete Figures 5, 5(a), 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
44. Section 73.1001 is amended to revise paragraph (c) to read as follows:
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
116(c)  Certain provisions of this subpart apply to International Broadcast Stations (subpart F, part 73), 
LPFM (subpart G, part 73), and Low Power TV, and TV Translator and TV Booster Stations (subpart 
G, part 74) where the rules for those services so provide. 
* * * * *
45. Revise section 73.1015 to read as follows:
The Commission or its representatives may, in writing, require from any applicant, permittee, or licensee 
written statements of fact relevant to a determination whether an application should be granted or denied, 
or to a determination whether a license should be revoked, or to any other matter within the jurisdiction of 
the Commission, or, in the case of a proceeding to amend the Table of FM Allotments or Television 
Table of TV Allotments, require from any person filing an expression of interest, written statements of 
fact relevant to that allotment proceeding. Any such statements of fact are subject to the provisions of § 
1.17 of this chapter.
46. Section 73.1020 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) * * *
(i) Radio stations, October 1, 201127. 
(ii) Television stations, October 1, 201228. 
(2) * * *
(i) Radio stations, December 1, 201127. 
(ii) Television stations, December 1, 201228. 
(3) * * *
(i) Radio stations, February 1, 201228. 
(ii) Television stations, February 1, 201329. 
(4) * * *
(i) Radio stations, April 1, 201228. 
(ii) Television stations, April 1, 201329. 
(5) * * *
(i) Radio stations, June 1, 201228. 
(ii) Television stations, June 1, 201329. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
117(6) * * *
(i) Radio stations, August 1, 201228. 
(ii) Television stations, August 1, 201329. 
(7) * * *
(i) Radio stations, October 1, 201228. 
(ii) Television stations, October 1, 201329. 
(8) * * *
(i) Radio stations, December 1, 201228. 
(ii) Television stations, December 1, 201329. 
(9) * * *
(i) Radio stations, February 1, 201329. 
(ii) Television stations, February 1, 201430. 
(10) * * *
(i) Radio stations, April 1, 201329. 
(ii) Television stations, April 1, 201430. 
(11) * * *
(i) Radio stations, June 1, 201329. 
(ii) Television stations, June 1, 201430. 
(12) * * *
(i) Radio stations, August 1, 201329. 
(ii) Television stations, August 1, 201430. 
(13) * * *
(i) Radio stations, October 1, 201329. 
(ii) Television stations, October 1, 201422. 
(14) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
118(i) Radio stations, December 1, 201329. 
(ii) Television stations, December 1, 201422. 
(15) * * *
(i) Radio stations, February 1, 201430. 
(ii) Television stations, February 1, 201523. 
(16) * * *
(i) Radio stations, April 1, 201430. 
(ii) Television stations, April 1, 201523. 
(17) * * *
(i) Radio stations, June 1, 201430. 
(ii) Television stations, June 1, 201523. 
(18) * * *
(i) Radio stations, August 1, 201430. 
(ii) Television stations, August 1, 201523. 
(b) For the cutoff date for the filing of applications mutually exclusive with renewal applications 
that are filed on or before May 1, 1995 and fFor the deadline for filing petitions to deny renewal 
applications, see § 73.3516(e). 
* * * * *
47. Section 73.1030 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(2) to read as follows:
(a) 
(1) Radio astronomy and radio research installations. In order to minimize harmful interference at 
the National Radio Astronomy Observatory site located at Green, Pocahontas County, West Virginia, 
and at the Naval Radio Research Observatory at Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, West Virginia, a 
licensee proposing to operate a short-term broadcast auxiliary station pursuant to § 74.24, and any 
applicant for authority to construct a new broadcast station, or for authority to make changes in the 
frequency, power, antenna height, or antenna directivity of an existing station within the area bounded 
by 39°15′ N on the north, 78°30′ W on the east, 37°30′ N on the south, and 80°30′ W on the west, 
shall notify the Interference Office, National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P.O. Box 2, Green Bank, 
West Virginia 24944. Telephone: (304) 456-2011; E-mail: nrqz@nrao.edu. * * * 
(2) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
119(i) * * * 
* * *
(ii) * * * 
(b) * * * 
(2) Applicants concerned are urged to communicate with the Radio Frequency Management 
Coordinator, Institute for Telecommunication Sciences, 325 Broadway, Department of 
Commerce, Research Support Services, NOAA R/E5X2, Boulder Laboratories, Boulder, CO 
803053; telephone (303) 497-65484220, e-mail frequencymanager@ntia.gov, in advance of filing 
their applications with the Commission.
48. Section 73.1201 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows, adding paragraph (e), 
and removing and reserving paragraph (d) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) Official station identification shall consist of the station's call letters immediately followed by the 
community or communities specified in its license as the station's location; Provided, That the name 
of the licensee, the station's frequency, the station's channel number, as stated on the station's license, 
and/or the station's network affiliation may be inserted between the call letters and station location. 
DTV stations, or DAB Stations, choosing to include the station's channel number in the station 
identification must use the station's major channel number and may distinguish multicast program 
streams. For example, a DTV station with major channel number 26 may use 26.1 to identify an 
HDTV program service and 26.2 to identify an SDTV program service. A DTV station that is 
devoting one of its multicast streams to transmit the programming of another television licensee must 
identify itself and may also identify the licensee that it is transmitting. If a DTV station in this 
situation chooses to identify the station that is the source of the programming it is transmitting, it 
must use the following format: Station WYYY-DT, community of license (call sign and community 
of license of the station whose multicast stream is transmitting the programming), bringing you 
WXXX, community of license (call sign and community of license of the licensee providing the 
programming). The transmitting station may insert between its call letters and its community of 
license the following information: the frequency of the transmitting station, the channel number of the 
transmitting station, the name of the licensee of the transmitting station and the licensee providing the 
programming, and/or the name of the network of either station. Where a multicast station is carrying 
the programming of another station and is identifying that station as the source of the programming, 
using the format described above, the identification may not include the frequency or channel number 
of the program source. A radio station operating in DAB hybrid mode or extended hybrid mode shall 
identify its digital signal, including any free multicast audio programming streams, in a manner that 
appropriately alerts its audience to the fact that it is listening to a digital audio broadcast. No other 
insertion between the station's call letters and the community or communities specified in its license 
is permissible.
(2) * * *
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
120(d) Subscription television stations (STV). The requirements for official station identification 
applicable to TV stations will apply to Subscription TV stations except, during STV-encoded 
programming such station identification is not required. However, a station identification 
announcement will be made immediately prior to and following the encoded Subscription TV 
program period. [Reserved]
(e) Transport Stream ID (TSID) values are identification numbers assigned to stations by the 
FCC and stored in the Commission’s online database.  Two sequential values are assigned to each 
station.
(1) All TV and Class A TV stations shall transmit their assigned odd-numbered TSID.
(2) In ATSC 3.0, a similar value is used called a Bit Stream ID (BSID).  Stations operating in 
ATSC 3.0 mode shall utilize their assigned even-numbered TSID as their BSID, consistent with 
paragraph (1) of this section.
49. Section 73.1207 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) Permission must be obtained from the originating station to rebroadcast any subsidiary 
communications transmitted by means of a multiplex subcarrier or telecommunications service on 
the vertical blanking interval or in the visual signal of a television signal. 
(3) * * * 
(4) * * * 
* * * * *
50. Section 73.1216 is amended by adding paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) and (d), removing the 
Notes to read as follows:
(a) * * *
(1) A contest is a scheme in which a prize is offered or awarded, based upon chance, diligence, 
knowledge or skill, to members of the public; 
(2) Material terms include those factors which define the operation of the contest and which 
affect participation therein. Although the material terms may vary widely depending upon the 
exact nature of the contest, they will generally include: How to enter or participate; eligibility 
restrictions; entry deadline dates; whether prizes can be won; when prizes can be won; the 
extent, nature and value of prizes; basis for valuation of prizes; time and means of selection of 
winners; and/or tie-breaking procedures.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
121(3) In general, the time and manner of disclosure of the material terms of a contest are within 
the licensee's discretion. However, the obligation to disclose the material terms arises at the 
time the audience is first told how to enter or participate and continues thereafter.
* * * * *
(d) This section is not applicable to licensee-conducted contests not broadcast or advertised to the 
general public or to a substantial segment thereof, to contests in which the general public is not 
requested or permitted to participate, to the commercial advertisement of non-licensee-conducted 
contests, or to a contest conducted by a non-broadcast division of the licensee or by a non-broadcast 
company related to the licensee.
Note 1 to § 73.1216:
For the purposes of this section: 
(a) A contest is a scheme in which a prize is offered or awarded, based upon chance, diligence, 
knowledge or skill, to members of the public. 
(b) Material terms include those factors which define the operation of the contest and which affect 
participation therein. Although the material terms may vary widely depending upon the exact 
nature of the contest, they will generally include: How to enter or participate; eligibility 
restrictions; entry deadline dates; whether prizes can be won; when prizes can be won; the extent, 
nature and value of prizes; basis for valuation of prizes; time and means of selection of winners; 
and/or tie-breaking procedures.
Note 2 to § 73.1216:
In general, the time and manner of disclosure of the material terms of a contest are within the 
licensee's discretion. However, the obligation to disclose the material terms arises at the time the 
audience is first told how to enter or participate and continues thereafter.
Note 3 to § 73.1216:
This section is not applicable to licensee-conducted contests not broadcast or advertised to the 
general public or to a substantial segment thereof, to contests in which the general public is not 
requested or permitted to participate, to the commercial advertisement of non-licensee-conducted 
contests, or to a contest conducted by a non-broadcast division of the licensee or by a non-broadcast 
company related to the licensee.
51. Revise 73.1217 to read as follows:
(a) No licensee or permittee of any broadcast station shall broadcast false information concerning a crime 
or a catastrophe if: 
(a1) The licensee knows this information is false; 
(b2) It is foreseeable that broadcast of the information will cause substantial public harm, and 
(c3) Broadcast of the information does in fact directly cause substantial public harm. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
122(b) Any programming accompanied by a disclaimer will be presumed not to pose foreseeable harm if the 
disclaimer clearly characterizes the program as a fiction and is presented in a way that is reasonable under 
the circumstances. 
(c) For purposes of this rule, “public harm” must begin immediately, and cause direct and actual 
damage to property or to the health or safety of the general public, or diversion of law enforcement 
or other public health and safety authorities from their duties. The public harm will be deemed 
foreseeable if the licensee could expect with a significant degree of certainty that public harm would 
occur. A “crime” is any act or omission that makes the offender subject to criminal punishment by 
law. A “catastrophe” is a disaster or imminent disaster involving violent or sudden event affecting 
the public.
Note:
For purposes of this rule, “public harm” must begin immediately, and cause direct and actual 
damage to property or to the health or safety of the general public, or diversion of law enforcement 
or other public health and safety authorities from their duties. The public harm will be deemed 
foreseeable if the licensee could expect with a significant degree of certainty that public harm would 
occur. A “crime” is any act or omission that makes the offender subject to criminal punishment by 
law. A “catastrophe” is a disaster or imminent disaster involving violent or sudden event affecting 
the public.
52. Section 73.1250 is amended by revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(e) Immediately upon cessation of an emergency during which broadcast facilities were used for the 
transmission of point-to-point messages under paragraph (b) of this section, or when daytime facilities 
were used during nighttime hours by an AM station in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, a 
report in letter form shall be forwarded to the FCC’s main office indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a) in 
Washington, DC, setting forth the nature of the emergency, the dates and hours of the broadcasting of 
emergency information, and a brief description of the material carried during the emergency. A 
certification of compliance with the noncommercialization provision of paragraph (f) of this section 
must accompany the report where daytime facilities are used during nighttime hours by an AM station, 
together with a detailed showing, under the provisisons of that paragraph, that no other broadcast 
service existed or was adequate. 
 * * * * *
53. Section 73.1350 is amended by revising paragraph (h), and removing and reserving paragraph 
(f)(3) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(f) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) TV visual waveform, see § 73.691(b); [Reserved]Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
123(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
(6) * * *
* * * * *
(h) Whenever a transmission system control point is established at a location other than the main studio 
or transmitter, a letter of notification of that location must be sent to the FCC in Washington, DC, 
Attention: Audio Division (radio) or Video Division (television), Media Bureau via a Change of 
Control Point Notice in LMS, within 3 days of the initial use of that point. The letter should include a 
list of all control points in use, for clarity. This notification is not required if responsible station 
personnel can be contacted at the transmitter or studio site during hours of operation. 
* * * * *
54. Section 73.1540 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
(a) The carrier frequency of each AM and FM station and the visual carrier frequency and the 
difference between the visual carrier and the aural carrier or center frequency of each TV and 
Class A TV station shall be measured or determined as often as necessary to ensure that they are 
maintained within the prescribed tolerances. 
* * * * *
55. Section 73.1545 is amended by removing and reserving paragraph (c), and removing paragraph 
(e) and the Note to paragraph (e) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(c) TV stations. [Reserved]
(1) The departure of the visual carrier frequency of a TV station may not exceed ±1000 Hz from 
the assigned visual carrier frequency. [Reserved]
(2) The departure of the aural carrier frequency of a TV station may not exceed ±1000 Hz from 
the actual visual carrier frequency plus exactly 4.5 MHz. [Reserved]
* * * * *
(e) Class A TV stations. The departure of the carrier frequency of Class A TV stations may not 
exceed the values specified in § 74.761 of this chapter. Provided, however, that Class A TV 
stations licensed to operate with a carrier offset, including those stations licensed with a 
maximum effective radiated power and/or antenna height greater than the values specified in 
their initial Class A TV station authorization, must comply with paragraph (c) of this section. 
Note to paragraph (e):Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
124At a date not later than nine months after release of the Memorandum Opinion and Order on 
Reconsideration in MM Docket No. 00-10 (the proceeding that established the Class A TV service), 
all licensed Class A stations must operate with a carrier frequency offset. See Memorandum Opinion 
and Order on Reconsideration, In the Matter of Establishment of a Class A Television Service, MM 
Docket No. 00-10, released April 13, 2001.
56. Section 73.1560 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1), (c)(1) and (d), and removing and 
reserving paragraph (c)(2) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) Except for AM stations using modulation dependent carrier level (MDCL) control technology, or 
as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section, the antenna input power of an AM station, as 
determined by the procedures specified in § 73.51, must be maintained as near as practicable to the 
authorized antenna input power and may not be less than 90 percent nor greater than 105 percent of 
the authorized power. AM stations may, without prior Commission authority, commence MDCL 
control technology use, provided that within 10 days after commencing such operation, the licensee 
submits an electronic notification of commencement of MDCL control operation using FCC Form 
2100 Schedule 338. The transmitter of an AM station operating using MDCL control technology, 
regardless of the MDCL control technology employed, must achieve full licensed power at some 
audio input level or when the MDCL control technology is disabled. MDCL control operation must 
be disabled before field strength measurements on the station are taken. 
(2) * * * 
* * * * *
(c) * * * 
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the visual output power of a TV or Class A 
TV transmitter, as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. § 73.664, must be maintained as 
near as is practicable to the authorized transmitter output power and may not be less than 80% nor 
more than 110% of the authorized power. 
(2) The output power of the aural transmitter shall be maintained to provide an aural carrier 
ERP not to exceed 22% of the peak authorized visual ERP. [Reserved]
(3) * * *
(d) Reduced power operation. In the event it becomes technically impossible to operate at authorized 
power, a broadcast station may operate at reduced power for a period of not more than 30 days without 
specific authority from the FCC. If operation at reduced power will exceed 10 consecutive days, 
notification must be made to the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or 
Video Division (television), Media Bureau in a Reduced Power Notification via LMS, not later than 
the 10th day of the lower power operation. In the event that normal power is restored within the 30 day 
period, the licensee must notify the FCC of the date that normal operation was restored. If causes 
beyond the control of the licensee prevent restoration of the authorized power within 30 days, a request 
for Special Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635) must be made to the FCC in Washington, DC via 
LMS for additional time as may be necessary.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
12557. Section 73.1570 is amended by revising the section heading, and removing and reserving 
paragraph (b)(3) to read as follows:
§ 73.1570 Modulation levels: AM, and FM, TV and Class A TV aural.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
    (i) * * *
    (ii) * * *
(2) * * *
    (i) * * *
    (ii) * * *
(3) TV and Class A TV stations. In no case shall the total modulation of the aural carrier exceed 
100% on peaks of frequent recurrence, unless some other peak modulation level is specified in 
an instrument of authorization. For monophonic transmissions, 100% modulation is defined as 
±25 kHz. [Reserved]
 * * * * *
58. Section 73.1590 is amended by removing and reserving paragraphs (a)(5), (c)(1), and (c)(3) to 
read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(4) * * * 
(5) Installation of TV stereophonic or subcarrier transmission equipment pursuant to §§ 73.669 
and 73.1690. [Reserved]
(6) * * * 
(7) * * *
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
126(c) * * * 
(1) Field strength or voltage of the lower side-band for a modulating frequency of 1.25 MHz or 
greater, (including 3.58 MHz for color), and of the upper side-band for a modulating frequency 
of 4.75 MHz or greater. [Reserved]
(2) * * * 
(3) Photographs of a test pattern taken from a receiver or monitor connected to the transmitter 
output. [Reserved]
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
* * * * *
59. Section 73.1615 is amended by revising paragraphs (b)(3) and (c)(1) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) Operate in a nondirectional mode during the presently licensed hours of directional operation with 
power reduced to 25% or less of the nominal licensed power, or whatever higher power, not 
exceeding licensed power, will insure that the radiated field strength specified by the license is not 
exceeded at any given aszimuth for the corresponding hours of directional operation, or 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
(6) * * *
(c) * * * 
(1) Should it be necessary to continue the procedures in either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section 
beyond 30 days, a Silent STA application or an Engineering STA application must be filed via 
LMS. an informal letter request signed by the licensee or the licensee's representative must be 
sent to the FCC in Washington, DC. prior to the 30th day. 
(2) * * * 
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
12760. Section 73.1620 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3), and removing 
paragraphs (f) and (g) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) The permittee of a nondirectional AM or FM station, or a nondirectional or directional TV or 
Class A TV station, may begin program tests upon notification to the FCC in a “Program Test 
Authority” filing via LMS Washington, DC provided that within 10 days thereafter, an application 
for a license is filed with the FCC in Washington, DC. Television, Class A, TV translator, and low 
power television broadcast stations authorized on channel 14 must comply with § 
73.617(b)(2)(ii).
(2) The permittee of an FM station with a directional antenna system must file an application for 
license on FCC Form 2100 Schedule 302-FM in LMS requesting authority to commence program 
test operations at full power with the FCC in Washington, D.C. This license application must be 
filed at least 10 days prior to the date on which full power operations are desired to commence. The 
application for license must contain any exhibits called for by conditions on the construction permit. 
The staff will review the license application and the request for program test authority and issue a 
letter notifying the applicant whether full power operation has been approved. Upon filing of the 
license application and related exhibits, and while awaiting approval of full power operation, the FM 
permittee may operate the directional antenna at one half (50%) of the authorized effective radiated 
power. Alternatively, the permittee may continue operation with its existing licensed facilities 
pending the issuance of program test authority at the full effective radiated power by the staff. 
(3) FM licensees replacing a directional antenna pursuant to § 73.1690 (c)(2) without changes which 
require a construction permit (see § 73.1690(b)) may immediately commence program test operations 
with the new antenna at one half (50%) of the authorized ERP upon installation. If the directional 
antenna replacement is an EXACT duplicate of the antenna being replaced (i.e., same manufacturer, 
antenna model number, and measured composite pattern), program tests may commence with the new 
antenna at the full authorized power upon installation. The licensee must file a modification of license 
application on FCC Form 2100 Schedule 302-FM within 10 days of commencing operations with the 
newly installed antenna, and the license application must contain all of the exhibits required by § 
73.1690(c)(2). After review of the modification-of-license application to cover the antenna change, 
the Commission will issue a letter notifying the applicant whether program test operation at the full 
authorized power has been approved for the replacement directional antenna. 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
* * * * *
(f) The licensee of a UHF TV station which is not in operation on, but assigned to, the same 
allocated channel which a 1000 watt UHF translator station is authorized to use (see § 73.3516, 
“Specification of facilities”), shall notify the licensee of the translator station, in writing, at least 
10 days prior to commencing or resuming operation. The TV station licensee shall also certify to 
the FCC in Washington, DC that such advance notice has been given to the translator station 
licensee. 
(g) Reports required. In their application for a license to cover a construction permit and on the 
first anniversary of the commencement of program tests, applicants for new broadcast facilities Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
128that were granted after designation for a comparative hearing as a result of a post designation 
settlement or a decision favoring them after comparative consideration must report. 
(1) Any deviations from comparative proposals relating to integration of ownership and 
management and diversification of the media of mass communciation contained in their 
application for a construction permit at the time such application was granted; and 
(2) Any deviations from an active/passive ownership structure proposed in their application for 
a construction permit at the time such application was granted. 
(3) The reports referred to in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section shall not be required in 
any case in which the order granting the application relieved the applicant of the obligation to 
adhere to such proposals. 
61. Section 73.1635 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(5) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) The request is to be filed electronically in LMS using the “Engineering STA Application” 
made by letter and shall fully describe the proposed operation and the necessity for the requested 
STA. Such letter requests shall be signed by the licensee or the licensee's representative. 
(3) A request for a STA necessitated by unforeseen equipment damage or failure may be made 
without regard to the procedural requirements of this section (e.g. via telegram e-mail or telephone). 
Any request made pursuant to this paragraph shall be followed by a written confirmation request 
conforming to the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Confirmation requests shall be 
submitted within 24 hours. (See also § 73.1680 Emergency Antennas). 
(4) * * * 
(5) Certain rules specify special considerations and procedures in situations requiring an STA or 
permit temporary operation at variance without prior authorization from the FCC when notification is 
filed as prescribed in the particular rules. See § 73.62, Directional antenna system tolerances; § 
73.157, Antenna testing during daytime; § 73.158, Directional antenna monitoring points; § 73.691, 
Visual modulation monitoring; § 73.1250, Broadcasting emergency information; § 73.1350, 
Transmission system operation; § 73.1560, Operating power and mode tolerances; § 73.1570, 
Modulation levels: AM, and FM, TV and Class A TV aural; § 73.1615, Operation during 
modification of facilities; § 73.1680, Emergency antennas; and § 73.1740, Minimum operating 
schedule. 
* * * * *
62. Section 73.1675 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (b) to read as follows:
(a) 
(1) * * * 
(i) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
129(ii) * * * 
(iii) TV stations: The Grade B coverage contours. The noise limited contour as defined in 
§73.619(c).
(iv) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(b) An application for a construction permit to install a new auxiliary antenna, or to make changes in an 
existing auxiliary antenna for which prior FCC authorization is required (see § 73.1690), must be filed 
electronically in LMS using FCC Form 2100 (see § 73.3500 for Schedules) for TV and FM 
stations, or on FCC Form 2100, Schedule 340 for noncommercial educational FM stations, and on 
FCC Form 301 for AM stations. 
* * * * *
63. Section 73.1690 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) introductory text, (b)(3), and (c)(3) to 
read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) The following changes may be made only after the grant of a construction permit application on 
FCC Form 2100 (see § 73.3500 for Schedules) for TV and FM stations, Form 301 for AM 
commercial stations, or Form 2100, Schedule 340 for noncommercial educational stations: 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) Any change which would require an increase along any azimuth in the composite directional 
antenna pattern of an FM station from the composite directional antenna pattern authorized (see § 
73.316), or any increase from the authorized directional antenna pattern for a TV broadcast (see § 
73.6285) or Class A TV station (see § 73.6025). 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * *
(6) * * * 
(i) * * * 
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * * 
(7) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
130(8) * * * 
(9) * * * 
(c) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(i) * * *
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * * 
(v) * * * 
(3) A directional TV on Channels 2 through 13 or 22 through 36 or a directional Class A TV on 
Channels 2 through 13 or 22 through 36, or a directional TV or Class A TV station on Channels 15 
through 21 which is in excess of 341 km (212 miles) from a cochannel land mobile operation or in 
excess of 225 km (140 miles) from a first-adjacent channel land mobile operation (see § 74.709(a) 
and (b) of this chapter for tables of urban areas and reference coordinates of potentially affected land 
mobile operations), may replace a directional TV or Class A TV antenna by a license modification 
application, if the proposed horizontal theoretical directional antenna pattern does not exceed the 
licensed horizontal directional antenna pattern at any azimuth and where no change in effective 
radiated power will result. The modification of license application on Form 2100 (see § 73.3500 for 
Schedules)  Form 302-TV or Form 302-CA must contain all of the data set forth in § 
73.625(c)(3)685(f) or § 73.6025(a), as applicable. 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
(6) * * * 
(7) * * * 
(i) * * * 
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * * 
(8) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
131(i) * * * 
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * * 
(v) * * *
(9) * * * 
(10) * * * 
(11) * * * 
* * * * *
64. Section 73.1740 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(4) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(2) * * * 
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(B) * * *
(C) * * *
(D) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(3) * * *
(4) In the event that causes beyond the control of a licensee make it impossible to adhere to the 
operating schedule of this section or to continue operating, the station may limit or discontinue 
operation for a period of not more than 30 days without further authority from the FCC. A “Reduced 
Power” or “Suspension of Operation” Notification must be made via LMS sent to the FCC in 
Washington, D.C. not later than the 10th day of limited or discontinued operation. During such 
period, the licensee shall continue to adhere to the requirements in the station license pertaining to the Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
132lighting of antenna structures. In the event normal operation is restored prior to the expiration of the 
30 day period, the licensee will so notify the FCC of this date. If the causes beyond the control of the 
licensee make it impossible to comply within the allowed period, informal written request shall be 
made to the FCC no later than the 30th day for such additional time as may be deemed necessary. 
(5) * * *
 * * * * *
65. Revise section 73.1750 to read as follows:
The licensee of each station shall provide notification to the FCC in a “Cancellation Application” via 
LMS notify by letter the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or Video 
Division (television), Media Bureau, of the permanent discontinuance of operation at least two days 
before operation is discontinued. Immediately after discontinuance of operation, the licensee shall 
forward the station license and other instruments of authorization to the FCC, Attention: Audio Division 
(radio) or Video Division (television), Media Bureau, for cancellation. The license of any station that fails 
to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive 12 month period expires as a matter of law at the end of 
that period, notwithstanding any provision, term, or condition of the license to the contrary. If a licensee 
surrenders its license pursuant to an interference reduction agreement, and its surrender is contingent on 
the grant of another application, the licensee must identify in its notification the contingencies involved. 
66. Section 73.2080 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(6) and (f)(1) through (f)(5) to read as 
follows:
* * * * * 
(c) * * * 
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *
(v) * * *
(vi) * * *
(vii) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
133(viii) * * *
(ix) * * *
(x) * * *
(xi) * * *
(xii) * * *
(xiii) * * *
(xiv) * * *
(xv) * * *
(xvi) * * *
(3) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *
(v) * * *
(vi) * * *
(vii) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *
(v) * * *
(vi) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
134(6) Annually, on the anniversary of the date a station is due to file its renewal application, the station 
shall place in its public file, maintained pursuant to § 73.3526 or § 73.3527, and on its web site, if it 
has one, an EEO public file report containing the following information (although if any broadcast 
licensee acquires a station pursuant to FCC Form 2100 Schedule 314 or FCC Form 2100 Schedule 
315 during the twelve months covered by the EEO public file report, its EEO public file report shall 
cover the period starting with the date it acquired the station): 
* * * * *
(f) * * * 
(1) All broadcast stations, including those that are part of an employment unit with fewer than five 
full-time employees, shall file a Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Program Report (Form 
2100 Schedule 396) with their renewal application. Form 2100 Schedule 396 is filed on the date the 
station is due to file its application for renewal of license. If a broadcast licensee acquires a station 
pursuant to FCC Form 2100 Schedule 314 or FCC Form 2100 Schedule 315 during the period that is 
to form the basis for the Form 2100 Schedule 396, information provided on its Form 2100 Schedule 
396 should cover the licensee's EEO recruitment activity during the period starting with the date it 
acquired the station. Stations are required to maintain a copy of their Form 2100 Schedule 396 in the 
station's public file in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.3526 and 73.3527. 
(2) The Commission will conduct a mid-term review of the employment practices of each broadcast 
television station that is part of an employment unit of five or more full-time employees and each 
radio station that is part of an employment unit of eleven or more full-time employees, four years 
following the station's most recent license expiration date as specified in § 73.1020. If a broadcast 
licensee acquires a station pursuant to FCC Form 2100 Schedule 314 or FCC Form 2100 Schedule 
315 during the period that is to form the basis for the mid-term review, that review will cover the 
licensee's EEO recruitment activity during the period starting with the date it acquired the station. 
(3) If a station is subject to a time brokerage agreement, the licensee shall file Forms 2100 Schedule 
396, Forms 397, and EEO public file reports concerning only its own recruitment activity. If a 
licensee is a broker of another station or stations, the licensee-broker shall include its recruitment 
activity for the brokered station(s) in determining the bases of Forms 2100 Schedule 396, Forms 397 
and the EEO public file reports for its own station. If a licensee-broker owns more than one station, it 
shall include its recruitment activity for the brokered station in the Forms 2100 Schedule 396, Forms 
397, and EEO public file reports filed for its own station that is most closely affiliated with, and in the 
same market as, the brokered station. If a licensee-broker does not own a station in the same market 
as the brokered station, then it shall include its recruitment activity for the brokered station in the 
Forms 2100 Schedule 396, Forms 397, and EEO public file reports filed for its own station that is 
geographically closest to the brokered station. 
(4) Broadcast stations subject to this section shall maintain records of their recruitment activity 
necessary to demonstrate that they are in compliance with the EEO rule. Stations shall ensure that 
they maintain records sufficient to verify the accuracy of information provided in Forms 2100 
Schedule 396, Forms 397, and EEO public file reports. To determine compliance with the EEO rule, 
the Commission may conduct inquiries of licensees at random or if it has evidence of a possible 
violation of the EEO rule. In addition, the Commission will conduct random audits. Specifically, each 
year approximately five percent of all licensees in the television and radio services will be randomly 
selected for audit, ensuring that, even though the number of radio licensees is significantly larger than 
television licensees, both services are represented in the audit process. Upon request, stations shall 
make records available to the Commission for its review. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
135(5) The public may file complaints throughout the license term based on a station's Form 397 or the 
contents of a station's public file. Provisions concerning filing, withdrawing, or non-filing of informal 
objections or petitions to deny license renewal, assignment, or transfer applications are delineated in 
§§ 73.3584 and 73.3587-3589 of the Commission's rules. 
* * * * *
67. Section 73.3500 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (b) and removing paragraph (b)(1) to 
read as follows:
(a) Following are the FCC broadcast application and report forms, listed by number. 
Form number Title 
175 Application to Participate in an FCC Auction 
301Application for Construction Permit for Authority to Construct or Make 
Changes in a Commercial Broadcast Station. (the Form 301 is used for 
new AM construction permits or AM station modifications).
302-FM Application for FM Broadcast Station License.
302-TV Application for Television Broadcast Station License.
303-S Application for 
Renewal of License for 
AM, FM, TV, Translator, 
or LPTV Station.
2100 Schedule AApplication for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a TV 
Commercial Broadcast/Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Station. 
2100 Schedule 301-FM Application for Commercial FM Station Construction Permit 
301-AApplication for Authority to Operate a Broadcast Station by Remote 
Control or to Make Changes in a Remote Control Authorization. 
302-AM Application for AM Broadcast Station License. 
302-CAApplication for Class A Television Broadcasting Station Construction 
Permit or License.
2100 Schedule EApplication for Class A Television Broadcasting Station Construction 
Permit. 
2100 Schedule 302-FM Application for FM Station License. 
2100 Schedule B Application for Television Broadcast Station License. 
2100 Schedule F Application for Class A Television Broadcast Station License
2100 Schedule 303-S Application for Renewal of License for Commercial or Noncommercial 
AM, FM, TV, Class A TV, FM Translator, TV Translator, LPTV, or Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
136Form number Title 
LPFM Station
307Application for Extension of Broadcast Construction Permit or to 
Replace Expired Construction Permit. 
308 Application for Permit to Deliver Programs to Foreign Broadcast Stations. 
309Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an International 
or Experimental Broadcast Station. 
310 Application for an International or Experimental Broadcast Station License. 
311Application for Renewal of an International or Experimental Broadcast 
Station License. 
314Application for Consent to Assignment of Broadcast Station 
Construction Permit or License.
2100 Schedule 314Application for Consent to Assignment of Broadcast Station 
Construction Permit or License. 
315Application for Consent to Transfer of Control of Corporation Holding 
Broadcast Station Construction Permit or License.
2100 Schedule 315Application for Consent to Transfer of Control of  Entity Holding 
Broadcast Station Construction Permit or License. 
316Application for Consent to Assignment of Broadcast Station 
Construction Permit or License or Transfer of Control of Corporation 
Holding Broadcast Station Construction Permit or License.
2100 Schedule 316Application for Consent to Assign Broadcast Station Construction 
Permit or License or Transfer Control of Entity Holding Broadcast 
Station Construction Permit or License. 
2100 Schedule 318 Application for Low Power FM Station Construction Permit.
2100 Schedule 319 Application for Low Power FM Station License.
323 Ownership Report for Commercial Broadcast Stations.
323-E Ownership Report for Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Stations.
340Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a 
Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Station.
2100 Schedule 340Application for Noncommercial Educational FM Station Construction 
Permit. 
345Application for Consent to Assignment of a TV or FM Translator 
Station Construction Permit or License.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
137Form number Title 
2100 Schedule 345Application for Consent to Assign Construction Permit or License for 
TV or FM Translator or Low Power TV Station, or to Transfer Control 
of Entity Holding TV or FM Translator or Low Power TV Station. 
2100 Schedule CApplication for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Low 
Power TV or TV Translator TV Booster Station. 
2100 Schedule DApplication for a Low Power TV or TV Translator or TV Booster 
Station License. 
346Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Low 
Power TV, TV Translator or TV Booster Station.
347Application for a Low Power TV, TV Translator or TV Booster Station 
License.
349Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an FM 
Translator or FM Booster Station.
2100 Schedule 349Application for FM Translator or FM Booster Station Construction 
Permit. 
350 Application for an FM Translator or FM Booster Station License.
2100 Schedule 350 Application for FM Translator or FM Booster Station License. 
395-B Annual Employment Report and instructions. 
396 Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Program Report.
2100 Schedule 396 Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Program Report. 
396-A Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Model Program Report.
2100 Schedule 396-A Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Model Program Report. 
398 Children’s Television Programming Report
2100 Schedule H Children's Television Programming Report. 
601FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau Radio Service 
Authorization. 
603FCC Wireless Telecommunications Bureau Application for Assignments of 
Authorization and Transfers of Control.
(b) Any application on Form 2100 must be filed electronically.  Following are the FCC broadcast 
application and report forms, listed by number, that must be filed electronically in accordance 
with the filing instructions set forth in the application and report form. 
(1) Form 398, in electronic form as of January 10, 1999.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
13868. Section 73.3516 is amended by revising paragraphs (e) introductory text and (e)(1) to read as 
follows:
* * * * *
(e) An application for construction permit for a new broadcast station or for modification of 
construction permit or license of a previously authorized broadcast station will not be accepted 
for filing if it is mutually exclusive with an application for renewal of license of an existing 
broadcast station unless the application for renewal of license is filed on or before May 1, 1995 
and unless the mutually exclusive construction permit application is tendered for filing by the end 
of the first day of the last full calendar month of the expiring license term. A petition to deny an 
application for renewal of license of an existing broadcast station will be considered as timely filed if it 
is tendered for filing by the end of the first day of the last full calendar month of the expiring license 
term. 
(1) If the license renewal application is not timely filed as prescribed in § 73.3539, the deadline for 
filing petitions to deny thereto is the 90th day after the FCC gives public notice that it has accepted 
the late-filed renewal application for filing. In the case of a renewal application filed on or before 
May 1, 1995, if the license renewal application is not timely filed as prescribed in § 73.3539, the 
deadline for filing applications mutually exclusive therewith is the 90th day after the FCC gives 
public notice that it has accepted the late-filed renewal application for filing. 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * *
69. Section 73.3519 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows::
(a)  Where the FCC has denied an application for a new station or for any modification of services or 
facilities, or dismissed such application with prejudice, no like application involving service of the same 
kind for substantially the same area by substantially the same applicant, or his successor or assignee, or 
on behalf or for the benefit of the original parties in interest, may be filed within 12 months from the 
effective date of the FCC's action.  However, applicants whose applications have been denied in a 
comparative hearing may apply immediately for another available facility. 
* * * * *
70. Revise section 73.3521 to read as follows:
§ 73.3521 Mutually exclusive applications for low power television, and television translators and 
television booster stations.
When there is a pending application for a new low power television, or television translator, or television 
booster station, or for major changes in an existing station, no other application which would be directly 
mutually exclusive with the pending application may be filed by the same applicant or by any applicant in 
which any individual in common with the pending application has any interest, direct or indirect, except 
that interests or less than 1% will not be considered. 
71. § 73.3523 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.3523 Dismissal of applications in renewal proceedings. [Reserved]Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
139(a) An applicant for construction permit, that has filed an application that is mutually exclusive 
with an application for renewal of a license of an AM, FM or television station (hereinafter 
competing applicant”) filed on or before May 1, 1995, and seeks to dismiss or withdraw its 
application and thereby remove a conflict between applications pending before the Commission, 
must obtain the approval of the Commission. 
(b) If a competing applicant seeks to dismiss or withdraw its application prior to the Initial 
Decision stage of the hearing on its application, it must submit to the Commission a request for 
approval of the dismissal or withdrawal of its application, a copy of any written agreement 
related to the dismissal or withdrawal of its application, and an affidavit setting forth: 
(1) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has received or will receive any 
money or other consideration in exchange for dismissing or withdrawing its application; 
(2) A statement that its application was not filed for the purpose of reaching or carrying out an 
agreement with any other applicant regarding the dismissal or withdrawal of its application; 
and 
(3) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of its application. 
In addition, within 5 days of the applicant's request for approval, each remaining competing 
applicant and the renewal applicant must submit an affidavit setting forth: 
(4) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has paid or will pay any money 
or other consideration in exchange for the dismissal or withdrawal of the application; and 
(5) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of the application. 
(c) If a competing applicant seeks to dismiss or withdraw its application after the Initial Decision 
stage of the hearing on its application, it must submit to the Commission a request for approval of 
the dismissal or withdrawal of its application, a copy of the any written agreement related to the 
dismissal or withdrawal, and an affidavit setting forth: 
(1) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has received or will receive any 
money or other consideration in excess of the legitimate and prudent expenses of the applicant; 
(2) The exact nature and amount of any consideration paid or promised; 
(3) An itemized accounting of the expenses for which it seeks reimbursement; 
(4) A statement that its application was not filed for the purpose of reaching or carrying out an 
agreement with any other applicant regarding the dismissal or withdrawal of its application; 
and 
(5) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of its application. 
In addition, within 5 days of the applicant's request for approval, each remaining party to any 
written or oral agreement must submit an affidavit setting forth: Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
140(6) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has paid or will pay money or 
other consideration in excess of the legitimate and prudent expenses of the withdrawing 
applicant in exchange for the dismissal or withdrawal of the application; and 
(7) The terms of any oral agreement relating the dismissal or withdrawal of the application. 
(d) For the purpose of this section: 
(1) Affidavits filed pursuant to this section shall be executed by the applicant, permittee or 
licensee, if an individual; a partner having personal knowledge of the facts, if a partnership; or 
an officer having personal knowledge of the facts, if a corporation or association. 
(2) An application shall be deemed to be pending before the Commission from the time an 
application is filed with Commission until an order of the Commission granting or denying the 
application is no longer subject to reconsideration by the Commission or to review by any 
court. 
(3) “Legitimate and prudent expenses” are those expenses reasonably incurred by an applicant 
in preparing, filing, and prosecuting its application. 
(4) “Other consideration” consists of financial concessions, including but not limited to the 
transfer of assets or the provision of tangible pecuniary benefit, as well as nonfinancial 
concessions that confer any type of benefit on the recipient. 
72. Section 73.3525 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) introductory text and (b) and removing 
the Note to read as follows.
(a) Except as provided in § 73.3523 regarding dismissal of applications in comparative renewal 
proceedings, wWhenever applicants for a construction permit for a broadcast station enter into an 
agreement to procure the removal of a conflict between applications pending before the FCC by 
withdrawal or amendment of an application or by its dismissal pursuant to § 73.3568, all parties thereto 
shall, within 5 days after entering into the agreement, file with the FCC a joint request for approval of 
such agreement. The joint request shall be accompanied by a copy of the agreement, including any 
ancillary agreements, and an affidavit of each party to the agreement setting forth:
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * *
(6) * * *
(b) Except where a joint request is filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, any applicant filing 
an amendment pursuant to § 73.3522 (b)(1) and (c), or a request for dismissal pursuant to § 73.3568 
(b)(1) and (c), which would remove a conflict with another pending application; or a petition for leave 
to amend pursuant to § 73.3522(b)(2) which would permit a grant of the amended application or an Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
141application previously in conflict with the amended application; or a request for dismissal pursuant to 
§ 73.3568(b)(2), shall file with it an affidavit as to whether or not consideration (including an 
agreement for merger of interests) has been promised to or received by such applicant, directly or 
indirectly, in connection with the amendment, petition or request. Although § 74.780 of the Rules 
makes this section generally applicable to low power TV and TV translators stations, paragraph 
(b) of this section shall not be applicable to such stations.
* * * * *
Note:
Although § 74.780 of the Rules makes this section generally applicable to low power TV, and TV 
translators, and TV booster stations, paragraph (b) of this section shall not be applicable to such 
stations.
73. Section 73.3533 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(4) through (a)(7), and (b), and 
adding paragraph (a)(8) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) FCC Form 3012100, Schedule A (TV); FCC Form 2100, Schedule 301-FM (FM), “Application 
for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an Existing Commercial Broadcast Station.” 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(4) FCC Form 3402100, Schedule A (TV); FCC Form 2100, Schedule 340 (FM), “Application for 
Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Station.” 
(5) FCC Form 3462100, Schedule C, “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a 
Low Power TV, or TV Translator or TV Booster Station.” 
(6) FCC Form 3492100, Schedule 349,  “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in 
an FM Translator or FM Booster Station.” 
(7) FCC Form 3182100, Schedule 318, “Application for Construction Permit for a Low Power FM 
Broadcast Station.” 
(8) FCC Form 2100, Schedule E, “Application for Authority to Make Changes in a Class A TV 
Station.”
(b) The filing of an application for modification of construction permit does not extend the expiration 
date of the construction permit. Extension of the expiration date must be applied for on FCC Form 
307, in accordance with the provisions of § 73.3534.
* * * * *
74. Section 73.3536 is amended by revising paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (b)(1)(iii), (b)(4) through 
(b)(6), and (c) to read as follows:Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
142* * * * * 
(b) * * * 
(1) 
(i) * * * 
(ii) Form 302-FM 2100, Schedule 302-FM for FM stations, “Application for FM Station License.” 
(iii) Form 302-TV 2100, Schedule B for television stations, “Application for TV Station Broadcast 
License.” 
(2) * * *
(3) * * * 
(4) FCC Form 347 2100, Schedule D, “Application for a Low Power TV, or  TV Translator or TV 
Booster Station License.” 
(5) FCC Form 350 2100, Schedule 350, “Application for an FM Translator or FM Booster Station 
License.” 
(6) FCC Form 319 2100, Schedule 319, “Application for a Low Power FM Broadcast Station 
License.” 
(c) Eligible low power television stations which have been granted a certificate of eligibility may file 
FCC Form 302-CA 2100, Schedule F,  “Application for Class A Television Broadcast Station 
Construction Permit Or License.”
75. Section 73.3540 is amended by revising paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) introductory text to read 
as follows:
* * * * * *
(c) Application for consent to the assignment of construction permit or license must be filed on FCC 
Form 2100 Schedule 314 “Assignment of lLicense or Construction Permit” or FCC Form 2100 
Schedule 316 “Short form” (See paragraph (f) of this section). For International Broadcast Stations, 
the application shall be filed electronically in the International Bureau Filing System (IBFS). 
(d) Application for consent to the transfer of control of an entity corporation holding a construction 
permit or license must be filed on FCC Form 2100 Schedule 315 “Transfer of Control” or FCC Form 
2100 Schedule 316 “Short form” (see paragraph (f) of this section). For International Broadcast 
Stations, applications shall be filed electronically in IBFS. 
(e) Application for consent to the assignment of construction permit or license or to the transfer of 
control of an entity corporate licensee or permittee for an FM or TV translator station, a low power 
TV station and any associated auxiliary station, such as translator microwave relay stations and UHF 
translator booster stations, only must be filed on FCC Form 2100 Schedule 345 “Application for 
Consent to Assign Construction Permit or License for TV or FM Translator or Low Power TV 
Station or to Transfer of Control of Entity Holding TV or FM Translator Corporate Licensee or Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
143Permittee, or Assignment of License or Permit for an FM or TV translator Station, or a Low 
Power TV Station.”
(f) The following assignment or transfer applications may be filed on FCC Form 2100 Schedule 316 
“Short form” 316: 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
(6) * * *
76. Section 73.3541 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) Within 30 days after the occurrence of such death or legal disability, an application on FCC Form 
2100 Schedule 316 shall be filed requesting consent to involuntary assignment of such permit or 
license or for involuntary transfer of control of such corporation the entity holding such permit or 
license, to a person or entity legally qualified to succeed to the foregoing interests under the laws of the 
place having jurisdiction over the estate involved. 
77. § 73.3543 [Removed]
§ 73.3543 Application for renewal or modification of special service authorization.
(a) No new special service authorization will be issued. However, consideration will be given to 
renewal or modification of a special service authorization which was outstanding on February 3, 
1958, providing a satisfactory showing has been made in regard to the following, among others: 
(1) That the requested operation may not be granted on a regular basis under the existing rules 
governing the operation of AM stations; 
(2) That experimental operation is not involved as provided for by § 73.1510 (Experimental 
authorizations); and 
(3) That public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by the authorization 
requested. 
78. Section 73.3544 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) introductory text and (c) to read as 
follows:
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
144(b) An informal application electronic filing via LMS of an Administrative Update, see § 
73.3511(b), may be filed with the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or 
Video Services Division (television), Media Bureau, to cover the following changes: 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(c) A change in the name of the licensee where no change in ownership or control is involved may be 
accomplished by electronically filing via LMS an Administrative Update written notification by 
the licensee to the Commission. 
79. Revise section 73.3549 to read as follows:
Requests for extension of authority to operate without required monitors, transmission system indicating 
instruments, or encoders and decoders for monitoring and generating the EAS codes and Attention Signal 
should be made to the FCC by electronically filing via LMS a STA in Washington, DC, Attention: 
Audio Division (radio) or Video Division (television), Media Bureau. Such requests must contain 
information as to when and what steps were taken to repair or replace the defective equipment and a brief 
description of the alternative procedures being used while the equipment is out of service.
80. Section 73.3550 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (b), (f), (i), (j), (k), and (m) to read as 
follows:
(a) All requests for new or modified call sign assignments for radio and television broadcast stations 
shall be made via LMS with the FCC the FCC's on-line call sign reservation and authorization 
system accessible through the Internet's World Wide Web by specifying http://www.fcc.gov. 
Licensees and permittees may utilize LMS this on-line system to determine the availability and 
licensing status of any call sign; to select an initial call sign for a new station; to change a station's 
currently assigned call sign; to modify an existing call sign by adding or deleting an “-FM,” or “-TV,” 
or “-DT” suffix; to exchange call signs with another licensee or permittee in the same service; or to 
reserve a different call sign for a station being transferred or assigned. 
(b) No request for an initial call sign assignment will be accepted from a permittee for a new radio or 
full-service television station until the FCC has granted a construction permit. Each such permittee shall 
request the assignment of its station's initial call sign expeditiously following the grant of its 
construction permit. All initial construction permits for low power TV stations will be issued with a five 
character low power TV call sign, in accordance with § 74.783(d)791(a) of this chapter. 
* * * * *
(f) Only four-letter call signs (plus an LP, FM, TV, DT, or CA suffix, if used) will be assigned. The 
four letter call sign for LPFM stations will be followed by the suffix “-LP.” However, subject to the 
other provisions of this section, a call sign of a station may be conformed to a commonly owned station 
holding a three-letter call assignment (plus FM, TV, DT, CA or LP suffixes, if used). 
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
145(i) The provisions of this section shall not apply to International broadcast stations or to stations 
authorized under part 74 of this chapter (except as provided in § 74.783791). 
(j) A change in call sign assignment will be made effective on the date specified in the postcard Call 
Sign Request Authorization generated by LMS acknowledging the assignment of the requested new 
call sign and authorizing the change. Unless the requested change in call sign assignment is subject to a 
pending transfer or assignment application, the requester is required to include in its on-line call sign 
request a specific effective date to take place within 45 days of the submission of its electronic call sign 
request. Postponement of the effective date will be granted only in response to a timely request and for 
only the most compelling reasons. 
(k) Four-letter combinations commencing with “W” or “K” which are assigned as call signs to ships or 
to other radio services are not available for assignment to broadcast stations, with or without the “-FM,” 
or “-TV,” or “-DT” suffix. 
* * * * *
(m) Where a requested call sign, without the “-FM,' “-TV,” “-CA,” “-DT,” or “-LP” suffix, would 
conform to the call sign of any other non-commonly owned station(s) operating in a different service, 
an applicant utilizing the on-line reservation and authorization system will be required to certify that 
consent to use the secondary call sign has been obtained from the holder of the primary call sign. 
81. Section 73.3555 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(1)(i) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(i) The digital noise limited service contours of the stations (computed in accordance with § 
73.622(e19(c)) do not overlap; or 
(ii) * * * 
* * * * *
82. Section 73.3572 is amended by revising the section heading, paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), (c), (f), 
removing paragraphs (g) and (h), and removing and reserving paragraph (a)(4) to read as follows:
§ 73.3572 Processing of TV broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low power TV, and TV translators, and 
TV booster applications.
(a) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) In the case of Class A TV stations authorized under subpart J of this part and low power TV, and 
TV translator, and TV booster stations authorized under part 74 of this chapter, a major change is 
any change in: Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
146(i) * * * 
(ii) * * *
(3) Other changes will be considered minor, including changes made to implement a channel sharing 
arrangement, provided they comply with the other provisions of this section and provided, until 
October 1, 2000, proposed changes to the facilities of Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator 
and TV booster stations, other than a change in frequency, will be considered minor only if the 
change(s) will not increase the signal range of the Class A TV, low power TV or TV booster in 
any horizontal direction. 
(4) [Reserved] The following provisions apply to displaced Class A TV, low power TV, and TV 
translator and TV booster stations: 
(i) In the case of an authorized low power TV, or TV translator or TV booster which is 
predicted to cause or receive interference to or from an authorized TV broadcast station 
pursuant to § 74.705 of this chapter or interference with broadcast or other services under § 
74.703 or § 74.709 of this chapter, an application for a change in output channel, together 
with technical modifications which are necessary to avoid interference (including a change in 
antenna location of less than 16.1km), will not be considered as an application for a major 
change in those facilities. 
(ii) Provided further, that a low power TV or TV translator or TV booster station which is 
causing or receiving interference or is predicted to cause or receive interference to or from an 
authorized DTV station pursuant to § 74.706 of this chapter, or which is located within the 
distances specified in paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section to the coordinates of co-channel DTV 
authorizations (or allotment table coordinates if there are no authorized facilities at different 
coordinates), may at any time file a displacement relief application for a change in output 
channel, together with any technical modifications which are necessary to avoid interference 
or continue serving the station's protected service area. Such an application will not be 
considered as an application for a major change in those facilities. Where such an application 
is mutually exclusive with applications for new low power TV, or TV translator, or TV 
booster stations, or with other nondisplacement relief applications for facilities modifications 
of Class A TV, low power TV, or TV translator, or TV booster stations, priority will be 
afforded to the displacement application(s) to the exclusion of other applications. 
(iii) A Class A TV station which is causing or receiving interference or is predicted to cause or 
receive interference to or from an authorized TV broadcast station pursuant to § 73.6011 or § 
73.613; a DTV station or allotment pursuant to § 73.6013 or § 73.623, or which is located 
within the distances specified below in paragraph (iv) of this section to the coordinates of co-
channel DTV authorizations (or allotment table coordinates if there are no authorized 
facilities at different coordinates); or other service that protects and/or is protected by Class 
A TV stations, may at any time file a displacement relief application for a change in channel, 
together with technical modifications that are necessary to avoid interference or continue 
serving the station's protected service area, provided the station's protected contour resulting 
from a relocation of the transmitting antenna is predicted to overlap some portion of the 
protected contour based on its authorized facilities. A Class A TV station displacement relief 
applications will be considered major change applications, and will be placed on public notice 
for a period of not less than 30 days to permit the filing of petitions to deny. However, these 
applications will not be subject to the filing of competing applications. Where a Class A 
displacement relief application becomes mutually exclusive with applications for new low 
power TV, TV translator or TV booster stations, or with other non-displacement relief Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
147applications for facilities modifications of Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator or TV 
booster stations, priority will be afforded to the Class A TV displacement relief application(s) 
to the exclusion of other applications. Mutually exclusive displacement relief applications of 
Class A TV, low power TV, TV translators or TV booster stations filed on the same day will 
be subject to competitive bidding procedures if the mutual exclusivity is not resolved by an 
engineering solution. 
(iv) 
(A) The geographic separations to co-channel DTV facilities or allotment reference 
coordinates, as applicable, within which to qualify for displacement relief are the following: 
(1) Stations on UHF channels: 265 km (162 miles) 
(2) Stations on VHF channels 2-6: 280 km (171 miles) 
(3) Stations on VHF channels 7-13: 260 km (159 miles) 
(B) Engineering showings of predicted interference may also be submitted to justify the 
need for displacement relief. 
(v) Provided further, that the FCC may, within 15 days after acceptance of any other 
application for modification of facilities, advise the applicant that such application is 
considered to be one for a major change and therefore subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3522, 
73.3580, and 1.1111 of this chapter pertaining to major changes. Such major modification 
applications filed for Class A TV, low power TV, and TV translator, TV booster stations, and 
for a non-reserved television allotment, are subject to competitive bidding procedures and 
will be dismissed if filed outside a specified filing period. See 47 CFR 73.5002(a). 
* * * * *
(c) Amendments to Class A TV, low power TV, and TV translator, TV booster stations, or non-
reserved television applications, which would require a new file number pursuant to paragraph (b) of 
this section, are subject to competitive bidding procedures and will be dismissed if filed outside a 
specified filing period. See 47 CFR 73.5002(a). When an amendment to an application for a reserved 
television allotment would require a new file number pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the 
applicant will have the opportunity to withdraw the amendment at any time prior to designation for a 
hearing if applicable; and may be afforded, subject to the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, 
an opportunity to withdraw the amendment after designation for a hearing. 
* * * * * 
(f) Applications for minor modification of Class A TV, low power TV,  and TV translator and TV 
booster stations may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and will be processed on a 
“first-come/first-served” basis, with the first acceptable application cutting off the filing rights of 
subsequent, competing applicants. Provided, however, that applications for minor modifications of 
Class A TV and those of TV broadcast stations may become mutually exclusive until grant of a pending 
Class A TV or TV broadcast minor modification application. 
(g) TV booster station applications may be filed at any time. Subsequent to filing, the FCC will 
release a Public Notice accepting for filing and proposing for grant those applications which are Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
148not mutually exclusive with any other TV translator, low power TV, TV booster, or Class A TV 
application, and providing for the filing of Petitions To Deny pursuant to § 73.3584. 
(h) Class A TV station licensees shall file a license application for either the flash cut channel or 
the digital companion channel they choose to retain for post-transition digital operations. Class A 
TV stations will retain primary, protected regulatory status on their desired post-transition 
digital channel. Class A TV applicants must certify that their proposed post-transition digital 
facilities meet all Class A TV interference protection requirements. 
83. Section 73.3578 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) Any amendment to an application for assignment of construction permit or license, or consent to the 
transfer of control of an entity corporation holding such a construction permit or license, shall be 
considered to be a minor amendment, except that any amendment which seeks a change in the 
ownership interest of the proposed assignee or transferee which would result in a change in control, or 
any amendment which would require the filing of FCC Form 2100 Schedules  314, 315, or 345 (see § 
73.3500), if the changes sought were made in an original application for assignment or transfer of 
control, shall be considered to be a major amendment. However, the FCC may, within 15 days after the 
acceptance for filing of any other amendment, advise the applicant that the amendment is considered to 
be a major amendment and therefore is subject to the provisions of § 73.3580.
84. Section 73.3584 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to read as follows:
(a) For mutually exclusive applications subject to selection by competitive bidding (non-reserved 
channels) or fair distribution/point system (reserved channels), petitions to deny may be filed only 
against the winning bidders or tentative selectee(s), and such petitions will be governed by §§ 73.5006 
and 73.7004, respectively. For all other applications the following rules will govern. Except in the case 
of applications for new low power TV, and TV translator or TV booster stations, for major changes in 
the existing facilities of such stations, or for applications for a change in output channel tendered by 
displaced low power TV and TV translator stations pursuant to § 73.3572(a)(1), any party in interest 
may file with the Commission a Petition to Deny any application (whether as originally filed or if 
amended so as to require a new file number pursuant to § 73.3571(j), § 73.3572(b), § 73.3573(b), § 
73.3574(b) or § 73.3578) for which local notice pursuant to § 73.3580 is required, provided such 
petitions are filed prior to the day such applications are granted or designated for hearing; but where the 
FCC issues a public notice pursuant to the provisions of § 73.3571(c), § 73.3572(c) or § 73.3573(d), 
establishing a “cut-off” date, such petitions must be filed by the date specified. In the case of 
applications for transfers and assignments of construction permits or station licenses, Petitions to Deny 
must be filed not later than 30 days after issuance of a public notice of the acceptance for filing of the 
applications. In the case of applications for renewal of license, Petitions to Deny may be filed at any 
time up to the deadline established in § 73.3516(e). Requests for extension of time to file Petitions to 
Deny applications for new broadcast stations or major changes in the facilities of existing stations or 
applications for renewal of license will not be granted unless all parties concerned, including the 
applicant, consent to such requests, or unless a compelling showing can be made that unusual 
circumstances make the filing of a timely petition impossible and the granting of an extension 
warranted. 
* * * * * 
(c) In the case of applications for new low power TV, and TV translator, or TV booster stations, for 
major changes in the existing facilities of such stations, or for applications for a change in output Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
149channel tendered by displaced low power TV and TV translator stations pursuant to § 73.3572(a)(1), 
any party in interest may file with the FCC a Petition to Deny any application (whether as originally 
filed or if amended so as to require a new file number pursuant to § 73.3572(b)) for which local notice 
pursuant to § 73.3580 is required, provided such petitions are filed within 30 days of the FCC Public 
Notice proposing the application for grant (applicants may file oppositions within 15 days after the 
Petition to Deny is filed); but where the FCC selects a tentative permittee pursuant to Section 1.1601 et 
seq., Petitions to Deny shall be accepted only if directed against the tentative selectee and filed after 
issuance of and within 15 days of FCC Public Notice announcing the tentative selectee. The applicant 
may file an opposition within 15 days after the Petition to Deny is filed. In cases in which the minimum 
diversity preference provided for in § 1.1623(f)(1) has been applied, an “objection to diversity claim” 
and opposition thereto, may be filed against any applicant receiving a diversity preference, within the 
same time period provided herein for Petitions and Oppositions. In all pleadings, allegations of fact or 
denials thereof shall be supported by appropriate certification. However, the FCC may announce, by the 
Public Notice announcing the acceptance of the last-filed mutually exclusive application, that a notice 
of Petition to Deny will be required to be filed no later than 30 days after issuance of the Public Notice. 
* * * * *
85. Revise section 73.3587 to read as follows:
Before FCC action on any application for an instrument of authorization, any person may file informal 
objections to the grant in LMS. Such objections may be submitted in letter form (without extra copies) 
and shall be signed. The limitation on pleadings and time for filing pleadings provided for in § 1.45 of the 
rules shall not be applicable to any objections duly filed under this section. 
86. Section 73.3598 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) introductory text and (c), and removing 
and reserving paragraph (b)(3) to read as follows:
(a) Except as provided in the last two sentences of this paragraph (a), each original construction permit 
for the construction of a new TV, AM, FM or International Broadcast; low power TV; low power 
FM; TV translator; TV booster; FM translator; or FM booster station, or to make changes in such 
existing stations, shall specify a period of three years from the date of issuance of the original 
construction permit within which construction shall be completed and application for license filed. 
An eligible entity that acquires an issued and outstanding construction permit for a station in any of 
the services listed in this paragraph (a) shall have the time remaining on the construction permit or 
eighteen months from the consummation of the assignment or transfer of control, whichever is 
longer, within which to complete construction and file an application for license. For purposes of 
the preceding sentence, an “eligible entity” shall include any entity that qualifies as a small business 
under the Small Business Administration's size standards for its industry grouping, as set forth in 13 
CFR parts 121 through 201, at the time the transaction is approved by the FCC, and holds: 
(1) * * *
(2) * * * 
(3) * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
150(2) * * *
(3) A request for international coordination, with respect to an original construction permit 
for a new DTV station, has been sent to Canada or Mexico on behalf of the station and no 
response from the country affected has been received, or the licensee or permittee is 
challenging the response from Canada or Mexico on the grounds that the facility as approved 
would not permit the station to serve the population that is both approved by the Commission 
and served by the station's TV (analog) facility to be vacated by June 12, 2009; [Reserved]
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * 
(c) A permittee must notify the Commission as promptly as possible and, in any event, within 30 days, 
of any pertinent event covered by paragraph (b) of this section, and provide supporting documentation. 
All notifications must be filed in triplicate with the Secretary in LMS and must be placed in the 
station's local public file. For authorizations to construct stations in the Low Power FM service, on FM 
channels reserved for noncommercial educational use, and for noncommercial educational full power 
television stations, the Commission will identify and grant an initial period of tolling when the grant of 
a construction permit is encumbered by administrative or judicial review under the Commission's direct 
purview (e.g., petitions for reconsideration and applications for review of the grant of a construction 
permit pending before the Commission and any judicial appeal of any Commission action thereon), a 
request for international coordination under paragraph (b)(4) of this section, or failure of a condition 
under paragraph (b)(5) of this section. When a permit is encumbered by administrative or judicial 
review outside of the Commission's direct purview (e.g., local, state, or non-FCC Federal 
requirements), the permittee is required to notify the Commission of such tolling events. 
 * * * * *
87. Section 73.3700 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2) and removing and reserving paragraphs 
(a)(6), (a)(7), (a)(17), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), (d), (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3), and removing paragraph 
(c)(6) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
(1) * * * 
(2) Channel reassignment public notice. For purposes of this section, Channel Reassignment Public 
Notice means the public notice to be released upon the completion of the broadcast television 
spectrum incentive auction conducted under section 6403 of the Spectrum Act specifying the new 
channel assignments and technical parameters of any broadcast television stations that are reassigned 
to new channels. Incentive Auction Closing and Channel Reassignment Public Notice: The 
Broadcast Television Incentive Auction Closes; Reverse Auction and Forward Auction Results 
Announced; Final Television Band Channel Assignments Announced; Post-Auction Deadlines 
Announced, GN Docket No. 12-268, Public Notice, 32 FCC Rcd 2786 (WTB/MB 2017).
(3) * * * 
(4) * * * 
(5) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
151(6) High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station. For purposes of this section, High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station 
means a broadcast television station for which a winning high-VHF-to-low-VHF bid, as defined 
in § 1.2200(f) of this chapter, was submitted. [Reserved]
(7) License relinquishment station. For purposes of this section, license relinquishment station 
means a broadcast television station for which a winning license relinquishment bid, as defined 
in § 1.2200(g) of this chapter, was submitted. [Reserved]
(8) * * * 
(9) * * * 
(10) * * *
(11) * * *
(12) * * *
(13) * * *
(14) * * * 
(15) * * * 
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *
(v) * * *
(16) * * *
(17) UHF-to-VHF station. For purposes of this section, UHF-to-VHF station means a television 
station for which a winning UHF-to-VHF bid, as defined in § 1.2200(l) of this chapter, was 
submitted. [Reserved]
(b) * * *  
(1) Construction permit applications. [Reserved]
(i) Licensees of reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF 
stations must file a minor change application for a construction permit for the channel 
specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice using FCC Form 2100 Schedule A (for a 
full power station) or E (for a Class A station) within three months of the release date of the 
Channel Reassignment Public Notice. Licensees that are unable to meet this filing deadline 
may request a waiver of the deadline no later than 30 days prior to the deadline. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
152(ii) A licensee of a reassigned station that is reassigned from one channel to a different 
channel within its existing band will be permitted to propose transmission facilities in its 
construction permit application that will extend its coverage contour, as defined by the 
technical parameters specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, if such facilities: 
(A) Are necessary to achieve the coverage contour specified in the Channel Reassignment 
Public Notice or to address loss of coverage area resulting from the new channel 
assignment; 
(B) Will not extend a full power television station's noise limited contour or a Class A 
television station's protected contour by more than one percent in any direction; and 
(C) Will not cause new interference, other than a rounding tolerance of 0.5 percent, to any 
other broadcast television station. 
(iii) The licensee of a UHF-to-VHF station or High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station will be 
permitted to propose transmission facilities in its construction permit application that will 
extend its coverage contour, as defined by the technical parameters specified in the Channel 
Reassignment Public Notice, if the proposed facility will not cause new interference, other 
than a rounding tolerance of 0.5 percent, to any other broadcast television station. 
(iv) Priority filing window. 
(A) The licensee of a reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-VHF-to-Low-
VHF station that, for reasons beyond its control, is unable to construct facilities that meet 
the technical parameters specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, or the 
permissible contour coverage variance from those technical parameters specified in 
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) or (iii) of this section, may request a waiver of the construction permit 
application deadline specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) no later than 30 days prior to the 
deadline. If its waiver request is granted, the licensee will be afforded an opportunity to 
submit an application for a construction permit pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of 
this section in a priority filing window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public 
notice. 
(B) The licensee of any broadcast television station that the Commission makes all 
reasonable efforts to preserve pursuant to section 6403(b)(2) of the Spectrum Act that is 
predicted to experience a loss in population served in excess of one percent as a result of the 
repacking process, either because of new station-to-station interference or terrain loss 
resulting from a new channel assignment (or a combination of both), will be afforded an 
opportunity to submit an application for a construction permit pursuant to paragraph 
(b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section in the priority filing window required by paragraph 
(b)(1)(iv)(A) of this section. 
(v) Construction permit applications filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section will 
be afforded expedited processing if the application: 
(A) Does not seek to expand the coverage area, as defined by the technical parameters 
specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, in any direction; Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
153(B) Seeks authorization for facilities that are no more than five percent smaller than those 
specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice with respect to predicted population 
served; and 
(C) Is filed within the three-month deadline specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section. 
(vi) Delegation of authority. The Commission delegates authority to the Chief, Media Bureau 
to establish construction periods for reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-
VHF-to-Low-VHF stations. 
(vii) Channel sharee stations must file a minor change application for a construction permit 
for the channel on which the channel sharer operates at least sixty (60) days prior to the date 
by which it must terminate operations on its pre-auction channel pursuant to paragraphs 
(b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section. The application must include a copy of the executed channel 
sharing agreement. 
(2) Applications for alternate channels and expanded facilities  [Reserved]
(i) Alternate channels. The licensee of a reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-
VHF-to-Low-VHF station, or a broadcast television station described in paragraph 
(b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section will be permitted to file a major change application for a 
construction permit for an alternate channel on FCC Form 2100 Schedules A (for a full 
power station) and E (for a Class A station) during a filing window to be announced by the 
Media Bureau by public notice, provided that: 
(A) The licensee of a UHF-to-VHF station cannot request an alternate UHF channel; 
(B) The licensee of a UHF-to-VHF station that specified the high-VHF band or the low-VHF 
band in its UHF-to-VHF bid cannot request a VHF channel outside of the assigned band; 
and 
(C) The licensee of a High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station cannot request an alternate high-VHF 
channel. 
(ii) Expanded facilities. The licensee of a reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-
VHF-to-Low-VHF station, or a broadcast television station described in paragraph 
(b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section will be permitted to file a minor change application for a 
construction permit on FCC Form 2100 Schedules A (for a full power station) and E (for a 
Class A station) during a filing window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public 
notice, in order to request a change in the technical parameters specified in the Channel 
Reassignment Public Notice (or, in the case of a broadcast television station described in 
paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section that is not reassigned to a new channel, a change in its 
authorized technical parameters) with respect to height above average terrain (HAAT), 
effective radiated power (ERP), or transmitter location that would be considered a minor 
change under § 73.3572(a)(1) and (2) or § 74.787(b) of this chapter. 
(iii) Delegation of authority. The Commission delegates authority to the Chief, Media Bureau 
to: 
(A) Announce filing opportunities for alternate channels and expanded facilities 
applications and specifying appropriate processing guidelines, including the standards to Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
154qualify for priority filing, cut-off protections, and means to avoid or resolve mutual 
exclusivity between applications; and 
(B) Establish construction periods for permits authorizing alternate channels or expanded 
facilities. 
(3) License applications for channel sharing stations. The licensee of each channel sharee station 
and channel sharer station must file an application for a license for the shared channel using 
FCC Form 2100 Schedule B (for a full power station) or F (for a Class A station) within six 
months of the date that the channel sharee station licensee receives its incentive payment 
pursuant to section 6403(a)(1) of the Spectrum Act. [Reserved]
(4) Deadlines to terminate operations on pre-auction channels. [Reserved]
(i) The licensee of a license relinquishment station must comply with the notification and 
cancellation procedures in § 73.1750 and terminate operations on its pre-auction channel 
within three months of the date that the licensee receives its incentive payment pursuant to 
section 6403(a)(1) of the Spectrum Act. 
(ii) The licensee of a channel sharee station and a licensee of a license relinquishment station 
that has indicated in its Form 177 an intent to enter into a post-auction channel sharing 
agreement must comply with the notification and cancellation procedures in § 73.1750 and 
terminate operations on its pre-auction channel within six months of the date that the licensee 
receives its incentive payment pursuant to section 6403(a)(1) of the Spectrum Act. 
(iii) All reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations must 
cease operating on their pre-auction channel once such station begins operating on its post-
auction channel or by the deadline specified in its construction permit for its post-auction 
channel, whichever occurs earlier, and in no event later than the end of the post-auction 
transition period as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. 
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(B) * * *
(C) * * *
(D) * * *
(E) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
155(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(3) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(6) Licensees of transitioning stations, except for license relinquishment stations, must place a 
certification of compliance with the requirements in paragraph (c) of this section in their online 
public file within 30 days after beginning operations on their post-auction channels. Licensees 
of license relinquishment stations must include the certification in their notification of 
discontinuation of service pursuant to § 73.1750 of this chapter. 
(d) Notice to MVPDs. [Reserved]
(1) Licensees of transitioning stations must provide notice to MVPDs that: 
(i) No longer will be required to carry the station because it will cease operations or because 
of the relocation of a channel sharee station; 
(ii) Currently carry and will continue to be obligated to carry a station that will have a new 
post-auction channel assignment; or 
(iii) Will become obligated to carry a station due to the relocation of a channel sharee station. 
(2) The notice to MVPDs must be provided in the form of a letter notification and must contain 
the following information: 
(i) Date and time of any channel changes; 
(ii) Pre-auction and post-auction channels; 
(iii) Modification (if any) to antenna position, location or power levels; 
(iv) Stream identification information for channel sharing stations; and 
(v) Engineering staff contact information. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
156(3) Should any of the information in (d)(2) of this section change during the time that the station 
is transitioning from its pre-auction to its post-auction channel, an amended notification must 
be sent. 
(4) For cable systems, the notification letter must be addressed to the system's official address of 
record provided in the cable system's most recent filing in the Commission's Cable Operations 
and Licensing System (COALS) Form 322. For all other MVPDs, the notification letter must be 
addressed to the official corporate address registered with their State of incorporation. 
(5) Notification letters must be sent within the following time frames: 
(i) For license relinquishment stations, not less than 30 days prior to terminating operations; 
(ii) For channel sharee stations, not less than 30 days prior to terminating operations of the 
pre-auction channel; 
(iii) For channel sharee and channel sharer stations, not less than 30 days prior to initiation of 
operations on the shared channel; and 
(iv) For reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations, not 
less than 90 days prior to the date on which they will begin operations on their post-auction 
channel. 
(v) If a station's anticipated transition date changes due to an unforeseen delay or change in 
transition plan, the licensee must send a further notice to affected MVPDs informing them of 
the new anticipated transition date. 
* * * * *
(g) * * * 
(1) Licensees of operating low power TV and TV translator stations that are displaced by a 
broadcast television station or a wireless service provider or whose channel is reserved as a 
guard band as a result of the broadcast television spectrum incentive auction conducted under 
section 6403 of the Spectrum Act shall be permitted to submit an application for displacement 
relief in a restricted filing window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public notice. 
Except as otherwise indicated in this section, such applications will be subject to the rules 
governing displacement applications set forth in §§ 73.3572(a)(4) and 74.787(a)(4) of this 
chapter. [Reserved]
(2) In addition to other interference protection requirements set forth in the rules, when 
requesting a new channel in a displacement application, licensees of operating low power TV 
and TV translator stations will be required to demonstrate that the station would not cause 
interference to the predicted service of broadcast television stations on: [Reserved]
(i) Pre-auction channels; 
(ii) Channels assigned in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice; or 
(iii) Alternative channels or expanded facilities broadcast television station licensees have 
applied for pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
157(3) Mutually exclusive displacement applications. Licensees of low power TV and TV translator 
stations that file mutually exclusive displacement applications will be permitted to resolve the 
mutual exclusivity through an engineering solution or settlement agreement. If no resolution of 
mutually exclusive displacement applications occurs, a selection priority will be granted to the 
licensee of a displaced digital replacement translator. [Reserved]
(4) * * * 
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(B) * * *
(C) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) * * *  
(v) * * *
* * * * *
88. Revise section 73.4000 to read as follows:
The following sections list, solely for the purpose of reference and convenience, certain Policies of the 
FCC. The present listing of FCC policies and citations thereto should not be relied upon as an all-
inclusive list.  , and the Failure to include a policy in this list does not affect its validity.  In addition, 
documents listed may be revised by subsequent decisions and the inclusion of a document on this 
list does not necessarily reflect that  it is currently valid.  Each section bears the title of one Policy and 
the citations which will direct the user to the specific document(s) pertaining to that Policy.
89. Revise section 73.4017 to read as follows: 
§ 73.4017 Application processing: Commercial FM stations. 
See §§ 73.5000 et seq.  See Report and Order, MM Docket 84-750, FCC 85-125, adopted March 4, 
1985. 50 FR 19936, May 13, 1985. 
90. Revise section 73.4055 to read as follows:
§ 73.4055 Cigarette advertising.
See 15 U.S.C. § 1335.; 15 U.S.C. § 4402(c).
91. Revise section 73.4060 to read as follows:Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
158§ 73.4060 Citizens agreements.
(a) See Report and Order, Docket 20495, FCC 75-1359, adopted December 10, 1975. 57 F.C.C. 2d 42; 
40 F.R. 459730, December 30, 1975. 
* * * * * 
92. § 73.4082 [Removed and Reserved].
§ 73.4082 Comparative broadcast hearings - specialized programming formats. [Reserved]
(a) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 80-33, adopted January 30, 1980. 75 FCC 2d 721. 
(b) See Report and Order, Docket 79-137, FCC 79-331, adopted June 1, 1979. 72 FCC 2d 202. 
(c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 79-206, adopted March 30, 1979. 71 FCC 2d 460. 
93. Revise section 73.4100 to read as follows: 
§ 73.4100 Financial qualifications; new AM and FM stations.
See Public Notice, FCC 78-556, dated August 2, 1978. 69 FCC 2d 407; 43 FR 34841, August 7, 1978. 
See also Revision of Application for Construction Permit for Commercial Broadcast Station (FCC 
Form 301), Memorandum Opinion and Order, 50 R.R.2d 381, para. 6 (1981) and Certification of 
Financial Qualification by Applicants for Broadcast Station Construction Permits, Public Notice, 2 
FCC Rcd 2122 (1987). 
94. Revise section 73.4101 to read as follows:
§ 73.4101 Financial qualifications, TV stations.
See Public Notice, FCC 79-299, dated May 11, 1979. 72 F.C.C. 2d 784; 44 FR 29160, May 18, 1979. See 
also Revision of Application for Construction Permit for Commercial Broadcast Station (FCC Form 
301), Memorandum Opinion and Order, 50 R.R.2d 381, para. 6 (1981) and Certification of 
Financial Qualification by Applicants for Broadcast Station Construction Permits, Public Notice, 2 
FCC Rcd 2122 (1987).
95. § 73.4107 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.4107 FM broadcast assignments, increasing availability of. [Reserved]
(a) See, First Report and Order MM Docket 84-231, FCC 84-640, adopted December 19, 1984. 
100 FCC 2d 1332; 50 FR 3514, January 25, 1994. 
(b) See, Second Report and Order, MM Docket 84-231, FCC 85-124, adopted March 14, 1985. 101 
FCC 2d 630; 50 FR 15558, April 19, 1985. 
(c) See, Memorandum Opinion and Order, MM Docket 84-231, FCC 86-76, adopted February 10, 
1986. 51 FR 9210, March 18, 1986. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
159(d) See Public Notice, 51 FR 26009, July 18, 1986. 
96. § 73.4108 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.4108 FM transmitter site map submissions. [Reserved]
See Memorandum Opinion and Order and Public Notice, adopted October 24, 1986. 1 FCC Rcd 
381 (1986); 51 FR 45945, December 23, 1986. 
97. Revise section 73.4210 to read as follows:
§ 73.4210 Procedure Manual: “The Public and Broadcasting”.
See FCC 74-942, dated September 5, 1974. 49 FCC 2d 1; 39 FR 32288, dated September 5, 1974. 
The Public and Broadcasting, a copy of which is available at: 
https://www.fcc.gov/media/radio/public-and-broadcasting. 
98. Section 73.4267 is amending by revising paragraphs (a) and (b) and removing paragraph (c) to 
read as follows:
§ 73.4267 Time brokerage.
(a) See Policy Statement, Docket 78-355, FCC 80-621, adopted October 21, 1980. 82 FCC 2d 107. 
See Report and Order, MM Docket Nos. 94-150, 92-51, 87-154, FCC 99-207, adopted August 5, 
1999. 
(b) See Report and Order, MM Docket 91-140, FCC 92-97, adopted March 12, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 
2755; 57 FR 18089, April 29, 1992. See Section 73.3555, Note 2(j).
(c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, MM 
Docket 91-140, FCC 92-361, adopted August 5, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 6387; 57 FR 42701, September 
16, 1992. 
99. § 73.4247 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.4247 STV: Competing applications.  [Reserved]
See Second Report and Order, Docket 21502, FCC 81-13, adopted January 8, 1981. 85 FCC 2d 631; 
46 FR 19937, April 2, 1981. 
100. Section 73.5000 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
(a) Mutually exclusive applications for new facilities and for major changes to existing facilities in the 
following broadcast services are subject to competitive bidding: AM; FM; FM translator; analog 
television; low-power television; television translator; and Class A television. Mutually exclusive 
applications for minor modifications of Class A television and television broadcast are also subject to 
competitive bidding. The general competitive bidding procedures set forth in part 1, subpart Q of this 
chapter will apply unless otherwise provided in part 73 or part 74 of this chapter. 
* * * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
160101. Section 73.5005 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
(a)  Within thirty (30) days following the close of bidding and notification to the winning bidders, 
unless a longer period is specified by public notice, each winning bidder must submit an appropriate 
long-form application (FCC Form 2100 301, FCC Form 346, or FCC Form 349) for each 
construction permit or license for which it was the high bidder. Long-form applications filed by 
winning bidders shall include the exhibits required by § 1.2107(d) of this chapter (concerning any 
bidding consortia or joint bidding arrangements); § 1.2110(j) of this chapter (concerning designated 
entity status, if applicable); and § 1.2112 of this chapter (concerning disclosure of ownership and real 
party in interest information, and, if applicable, disclosure of gross revenue information for small 
business applicants). 
* * * * *
102. Section 73.5006 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) Within ten (10) days following the issuance of a public notice announcing that a long-form 
application for an AM, FM or television construction permit has been accepted for filing, petitions to 
deny that application may be filed in LMS. Within fifteen (15) days following the issuance of a public 
notice announcing that a long-form application for a low-power television, television translator or FM 
translator construction permit has been accepted for filing, petitions to deny that application may be 
filed. Any such petitions must contain allegations of fact supported by affidavit of a person or persons 
with personal knowledge thereof. 
103. Section 73.5007 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(2)(iii), (b)(3)(iv), and (b)(3)(v) to read as 
follows:
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(ii) * * *
(iii) Television broadcast station – the noise limited contour television Grade B or equivalent 
contour (see § 73.683(a) for analog TV and (see § 73.619(c)622(e) for DTV); 
(iv) * * *
(v) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) * * *Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
161(ii) * * *
(iii) * * *
(iv) Television broadcast station – the noise limited contour television Grade B or equivalent 
contour (see § 73.683(a) for analog TV and (see § 73.619(c)622(e) for DTV). 
(v) Low power television or television translator station - predicted, protected contour (see § 
74.70792(a) of this chapter).
104. Revise section 73.6000 to read as follows:
For the purpose of this subpart, the following definition applies: 
Locally produced programming is programming: 
(1) Produced within the predicted Grade B contour of the station broadcasting the program or 
within the contiguous predicted Grade B contours of any of the stations in a commonly owned 
group; or 
(2) Pproduced within the predicted DTV noise-limited contour (see § 73.619(c)622(e)) of a digital 
Class A station broadcasting the program or within the contiguous predicted DTV noise-limited 
contours of any of the digital Class A stations in a commonly owned group. 
* * * * *
105. Section 73.6010 is amended by revising paragraph (d) and removing and reserving paragraph (b) 
to read as follows: 
* * * * *
(b) The Class A TV station protected contour is calculated from the effective radiated power and 
antenna height above average terrain, using the F(50,50) charts of Figure 9, 10 or 10b of § 73.699 
of this part. [Reserved]
* * * * *
(d) The digital Class A TV station protected contour is calculated from the effective radiated power and 
antenna height above average terrain, using the F(50,90) signal propagation method specified in § 
73.62519(b)(1) of this part.
106. § 73.6012 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.6012 Protection of Class A TV, low power TV and TV translator stations.  [Reserved]
An application to change the facilities of an existing Class A TV station will not be accepted if it 
fails to protect other authorized Class A TV, low power TV and TV translator stations and 
applications for changes in such stations filed prior to the date the Class A application is filed, 
pursuant to the requirements specified in § 74.707 of this chapter. The protection of other 
authorized low power TV and TV translator stations and applications for changes in such stations Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
162shall not apply in connection with any application filed by a Class A TV station pursuant to § 
73.3700(b)(1). 
107. § 73.6013 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.6013 Protection of DTV stations. [Reserved]
Class A TV stations must protect the DTV service that would be provided by the facilities specified 
in the DTV Table of Allotments in § 73.622 of this part, by authorized DTV stations and by 
applications that propose to expand DTV stations' allotted or authorized coverage contour in any 
direction, if such applications either were filed before December 31, 1999 or were filed between 
December 31, 1999 and May 1, 2000 by a DTV station licensee or permittee that had notified the 
Commission of its intent to “maximize” by December 31, 1999. Protection of these allotments, 
stations and applications must be based on not causing predicted interference within the service 
area described in § 73.622(e) of this part. The interference analysis is based on the methods 
described in § 73.623(c)(2) through (c)(4) of this part, except that a Class A TV station must not 
cause a loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of the population predicted to receive service from the 
DTV allotment, station or application. An application to change the facilities of an existing Class A 
TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect these DTV allotments, stations and applications 
in accordance with this section. 
108. § 73.6014 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.6014 Protection of digital Class A TV stations. [Reserved]
An application to change the facilities of an existing Class A TV station will not be accepted if it 
fails to protect authorized digital Class A TV stations and applications for changes in such stations 
filed prior to the date the Class A application is filed, pursuant to the requirements specified in § 
74.706 of this chapter. 
109. Revise section 73.6017 to read as follows:
§ 73.6017 Digital Class A TV station protection of Class A TV and digital Class A TV stations.
An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of a 
digital Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect authorized Class A and digital Class 
A stations in accordance with the requirements of § 74.793 (b) through (d) and § 74.793(g) of this 
chapter. This protection must be afforded to applications for changes in other authorized Class A and 
digital Class A stations filed prior to the date the digital Class A application is filed.
110. Revise section 73.6018 to read as follows:
§ 73.6018 Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV stations.
Digital Class A TV stations must protect the DTV service that would be provided by the facilities 
specified in the DTV Table of TV Allotments in § 73.622(j), by authorized DTV stations, and by 
applications that propose to expand DTV stations' allotted or authorized coverage contour in any 
direction, if such applications either were filed before December 31, 1999 or were filed between 
December 31, 1999 and May 1, 2000 by a DTV station licensee or permittee that had notified the 
Commission of its intent to “maximize” by December 31, 1999. Protection of these allotments, 
stations, and applications must be based on meeting the requirements of § 74.793 (b) through (e) of this Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
163chapter. An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the 
facilities of a digital Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect these DTV allotments, 
stations, and applications in accordance with this section.
111. Revise section 73.6019 to read as follows:
§ 73.6019 Digital Class A TV station protection of low power TV, and TV translator, digital low power 
TV and digital TV translator stations.
An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of a 
digital Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect authorized low power TV, TV 
translator, digital low power TV and digital TV translator stations in accordance with the requirements 
of § 74.793(b) through (d) and (h) of this chapter. This protection must be afforded to applications for 
changes filed prior to the date the digital Class A station application is filed. The protection of other 
authorized low power TV, TV translator, digital low power TV and digital TV translator stations 
shall not apply in connection with any application filed by a Class A TV station pursuant to § 
73.3700(b)(1).
112. Revise section 73.6020 to read as follows:
An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of an 
existing Class A TV or digital Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect stations in the 
land mobile radio service pursuant to the requirements specified in § 74.709 of this chapter. In addition 
to the protection requirements specified in § 74.709(a) of this chapter, Class A TV and digital Class 
A TV stations must not cause interference to land mobile stations operating on channel 16 in New 
York, NY.
113. Section 73.6022 is amended by revising the section heading and paragraph (a), and removing 
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 73.6022 Negotiated interference and relocation agreements.
(a) Notwithstanding the technical criteria in this subpart, Subpart E of this part, and Subpart G of part 
74 of this chapter regarding interference protection to and from Class A TV stations, Class A TV 
stations may negotiate agreements with parties of authorized and proposed analog TV, DTV, LPTV, 
TV translator, Class A TV stations or other affected parties to resolve interference concerns; provided, 
however, other relevant requirements are met with respect to the parties to the agreement. A written and 
signed agreement must be submitted with each application or other request for action by the 
Commission. Negotiated agreements under this paragraph can include the exchange of money or other 
considerations from one entity to another. Applications submitted pursuant to the provisions of this 
paragraph will be granted only if the Commission finds that such action is consistent with the public 
interest. 
(b) A Class A TV station displaced in channel by a channel allotment change for a DTV station 
may seek to exchange channels with the DTV station, provided both parties consent in writing to 
the change and that the Class A station meets all applicable interference protection requirements 
on the new channel. Such requests will be treated on a case-by-case basis and, if approved, will 
not subject the Class A station to the filing of competing applications for the exchanged channel. 
114. Revise section 73.6023 to read as follows:Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
164Station licensees may operate a commonly owned group of digital Class A stations with contiguous 
predicted DTV noise-limited contours (pursuant to § 73.62219(ec)) on a common television channel in a 
distributed transmission system.
115. Section 73.6024 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (d) and removing and reserving 
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) A Class A TV station may continue to operate with the transmitter operated under its previous 
LPTV license, provided such operation does not cause any condition of uncorrectable interference due 
to radiation of radio frequency energy outside of the assigned channel. Such operation must continue to 
meet the requirements of §§ 74.736 and 74.750 of this chapter. 
(c) A Class A TV station must meet the offset carrier frequency and frequency tolerance 
provisions of § 73.1545 of this part. [Reserved]
(d) A digital Class A station must meet the emission requirements of § 74.794 of this chapter.  Stations 
within 275 kilometers of the US-Mexico border shall specify the full-service emission mask.
116. Section 73.6025 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) introductory text and (d), removing 
paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5), and removing and reserving paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:
(a) Applications for modified Class A TV facilities proposing the use of directional antenna systems 
must be accompanied by the following: include all appropriate documentation specified in § 
73.625(c)(3).
(1) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and 
model number of the proposed directional antenna. In the case of a composite antenna 
composed of two or more individual antennas, the antenna should be described as a 
“composite” antenna. A full description of the design of the antenna should also be submitted. 
(2) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal polarization only) of the proposed 
directional antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation. The plot of the 
pattern should be oriented so that 0 degrees (True North) corresponds to the maximum 
radiation of the directional antenna or, alternatively in the case of a symmetrical pattern, the 
line of symmetry. Where mechanical beam tilt is intended, the amount of tilt in degrees of the 
antenna vertical axis and the orientation of the downward tilt with respect to true North must 
be specified, and the horizontal plane pattern must reflect the use of mechanical beam tilt. 
(3) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph (a)(2), of this section. The 
tabulation should use the same zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at 
least every 10 degrees. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and minima, with their 
corresponding azimuths, should be submitted. 
(4) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the effective radiated power, in 
dBk, for each direction. Sufficient vertical plane patterns must be included to indicate clearly 
the radiation characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal plane. In cases 
where the angles at which the maximum vertical radiation varies with azimuth, a separate 
vertical radiation pattern must be provided for each pertinent radial direction. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
165(5) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required are the patterns for the 
complete directional antenna system. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or 
more individual antennas, this means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the 
patterns for each of the individual antennas, must be submitted. 
(b) Applications for modified Class A TV facilities proposing to locate antennas within 61.0 
meters (200 feet) of other Class A TV or TV broadcast antennas operating on a channel within 20 
percent in frequency of FM broadcast antennas, must include a showing as to the expected effect, 
if any, of such proximate operation. [Reserved]
* * * * *
(d) Class A TV stations are subject to the provisions in § 73.68517(d) regarding blanketing interference.
117. In Section 73.6026, revise section headings to read as follows:
The following rules are applicable to Class A television stations: 
§ 73.603 Numerical designation of television channels. 
§ 73.624(b), (c) and (g) Digital tTelevision broadcast stations. Section 73.624(b) will apply only to the 
extent that such stations must also transmit at least one over-the-air video program signal at no 
direct charge to viewers of the digital Class A station. 
§ 73.635 Use of common antenna site. 
§ 73.642 Subscription TV service. 
§ 73.643 Subscription TV operating requirements. 
§ 73.644 Subscription TV transmission systems. 
§ 73.646 Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal. 
§ 73.653 Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters. 
§ 73.658 Affiliation agreements and network program practice; territorial exclusivity in non-network 
program arrangements. 
§ 73.664 Determining operating power. 
§ 73.665 Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers. 
§ 73.667 TV subsidiary communications services. 
§ 73.669 TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation. 
§ 73.670 Commercial limits in children's programs. 
§ 73.671 Educational and informational programming for children. Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
166§ 73.673 Public information initiatives regarding educational and informational programming for 
children. 
§ 73.688 Indicating instruments. 
§ 73.691 Visual modulation monitoring. 
§ 73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving 
installations.
§ 73.3615(a) and (g) Ownership reports.
118. § 73.6027 [Removed and Reserved]
§ 73.6027 Class A TV notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and 
receiving installations. [Reserved]
An applicant for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of an 
existing Class A TV or digital Class A TV station shall be subject to the requirements of § 73.1030 - 
Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving installations.
119. Section 73.8000 is amended by revising paragraph (b) introductory text to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) The following materials are available from Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC), 1776 
K Street NW., 8th Floor, Washington, DC 20006; or at the ATSC Web site: 
http://www.atsc.org/standards.html. 
(1) * * * 
(2) * * * 
(i) * * *
(ii) * * * 
(iii) * * * 
(iv) * * * 
(v) * * *
(vi) * * * 
(3) * * * 
(4) * * *
(5) * * * Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
167(6) * * * 
(7) * * * 
* * * * *
Part 74 of Title 47 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended to read as follows:
PART 74 – EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST AND OTHER 
PROGRAM DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
120. The authority for Part 74 continues to read as follows:
AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 310, 336, and 554.
121. Section 74.701 is amended by revising paragraph (f) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(f) Low power TV station. A station authorized under the provisions of this subpart that may retransmit 
the programs and signals of a TV broadcast station and that may originate programming in any amount 
greater than 30 seconds per hour and/or operates a subscription service. (See § 73.641 of part 73 of 
this chapter.)
* * * * *
122. Section 74.732 is amended by revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(e) A proposal to change the primary TV station being retransmitted or an application of a licensed 
translator station to include low power TV station operation, i.e., program origination or subscription 
service will be subject only to a notification requirement.
* * * * *
123. Section 74.787 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(5)(v) to read as follows:
(a) * * * 
   (5) * * * 
* * * * *
(v) Pre-auction digital service area is defined as the geographic area within the full power station's 
noise-limited contour that was protected in the incentive auction repacking process (as set 
forth in Public Notice DA 15-1296, released November 12, 2015). The service area of the digital-
to-digital replacement translator shall be limited to only the demonstrated loss area within the full 
power station's pre-auction digital service area, provided that an applicant for a digital-to-digital 
replacement television translator may propose a de minimis expansion of its full power pre-auction Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
168digital service area upon demonstrating that the expansion is necessary to replace a loss in its pre-
auction digital service area. 
* * * * *
124. Section 74.792 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) The digital low power TV or TV translator protected contour is calculated from the authorized 
effective radiated power and antenna height above average terrain, using the F(50,90) signal 
propagation method specified in § 73.62519(b)(1) of this chapter.
125. Section 74.793 is amended by revising paragraphs (b), (e), (g), and (h) to read as follows:
* * * * *
(b) Except as provided in this section, interference prediction analysis is based on the interference 
thresholds (D/U signal strength ratios) and other criteria and methods specified in § 73.6203(c)(2) 
through (c)(4) of this chapter. Predictions of interference to co-channel TV broadcast, Class A TV, 
LPTV and TV translator stations will be based on the interference thresholds specified therein 
for “DTV-into-DTV.”
* * * * *
(e) Protection to the authorized facilities of DTV broadcast stations shall be based on not causing 
predicted interference to the population within the service area defined and described in § 
73.619(c)622(e) of this chapter, except that a digital low power TV or TV translator station must not 
cause a loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of the population predicted to receive service from the 
authorized DTV facilities.
* * * * *
(g) Protection to the authorized facilities of Class A and digital Class A TV stations shall be based on 
not causing predicted interference to the population within the service area defined and described in § 
73.6010 (a) through (d) of this chapter, respectively, except that a digital low power TV or TV 
translator station must not cause a loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of the population predicted to 
receive service from the authorized Class A TV or digital Class A TV facilities.
(h) Protection to the authorized facilities of low power TV and TV translator stations shall be based on 
not causing predicted interference to the population within the service area defined and described in 
§74.792, except that a digital low power TV or TV translator station must not cause a loss of service to 
2.0 percent or more of the population predicted to receive service from the authorized low power TV or 
TV translator station. 
* * * * *
126. Section 74.794 is amended by revising the section heading, paragraphs (b) introductory text, 
(b)(1), and (b)(2) to read as follows:Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
169§ 74.794 Digital eEmissions.
* * * * *
(b) In addition to meeting the emission attenuation requirements of the simple or stringent mask 
(including attenuation of radio frequency harmonics), digital low power TV and TV translator stations 
authorized to operate on TV channels 22-24, (518-536 MHz), 32-36 (578-608 MHz), 38 (614-620 
MHz), and 65-69 (776-806 MHz) must provide specific “out of band” protection to Radio Navigation 
Satellite Services in the bands: L5 (1164-1215 MHz); L2 (1215-1240 MHz) and L1 (1559-1610 MHz). 
(1) An FCC-certificated transmitter specifically certified for use on one or more of the above channels 
must include filtering with an attenuation of not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands, which will have 
the effect of reducing harmonics in the GPS bands from what is produced by the digital transmitter, 
and this attenuation must be demonstrated as part of the certification application to the Commission. 
(2) For an installation on one of the above channels with a digital transmitter not specifically FCC-
certificated for the channel, a low pass filter or equivalent device rated by its manufacturer to have an 
attenuation of at least 85 dB in the GPS bands, which will have the effect of reducing harmonics in 
the GPS bands from what is produced by the digital transmitter, and must be installed in a manner 
that will prevent the harmonic emission content from reaching the antenna. A description of the low 
pass filter or equivalent device with the manufacturer's rating or a report of measurements by a 
qualified individual shall be retained with the station license. Field measurements of the second or 
third harmonic output of a transmitter so equipped are not required.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
170APPENDIX B
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis 
1. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA),1 the Commission 
has prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic 
impact on a substantial number of small entities by the policies and rules proposed in the Notice of 
Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM).  The Commission requests written public comments on this IRFA.  
Comments must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be filed by the deadlines for comments 
specified  in the NPRM.  The Commission will send a copy of the NPRM, including this IRFA, to the 
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA).2  In addition, the NPRM and 
IRFA (or summaries thereof) will be published in the Federal Register.3
A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules
2. The NPRM seeks comment on a number of proposals as part of the Commission’s effort 
to update its rules following the transition from analog to digital-only operations and the post-incentive 
auction transition to a smaller television band with fewer channels.  The NPRM proposes to delete, 
update, or otherwise revise Commission rules that no longer have any practical effect given these historic 
changes.  The NPRM also seeks to restructure subpart E of part 73 of the Commission’s rules (47 CFR 
subchapter C, part 73), which largely consists of the technical licensing, operating, and interference rules 
for full power television.  Finally, the NPRM proposes additional amendments to the full power and Class 
A rules, including technical updates and proposals to delete, update, and/or amend outdated rules.
3. The NPRM proposes to adopt revisions to part 73 to reflect that all television services 
have ceased analog operations, and the conversion to digital television technology.  Similarly, the NPRM 
proposes to amend rule section headings and language in part 73 to remove references to DTV and digital 
television service since all television services have transitioned from analog to digital operations and thus, 
there is no further need to differentiate between two separate kinds of service.  In addition, the NPRM 
proposes to delete outdated rules that are no longer valid given changes in Commission-adopted policy.  
The NPRM also proposes to update Commission rules to reference the current designation for form 
numbers, require electronic filing in LMS, and remove obsolete forms.  In addition, the NPRM proposes 
to make a number of other corrections and updates to the full power television and Class A rules, 
including to correct inadvertent oversights in prior rulemakings.
4. In addition, the NPRM seeks to add an explanatory note to section 73.623 to reference 
and explain the existence of a granted waiver with respect to the community of Los Angeles, California.  
Section 73.623 of the rules requires television stations to protect certain channels for use by the land 
mobile radio service in thirteen U.S. cities listed in the rule.  In 2008, the Commission’s Public Safety and 
Homeland Security Bureau granted a waiver pursuant to section 337(c) of the Communications Act, as 
amended, allowing the County of Los Angeles to use channel 15 in Los Angeles for public safety 
communications.  Because this channel is adjacent to two channels contained in section 73.623, the 
NPRM asserts that the public interest is served by including a Note explaining the existence of the 2008 
waiver.
5. To reflect the fact that the post-incentive auction closed on April 13, 2017, the NPRM 
proposes to amend section 73.3700(a)(2) to add the citation to the Channel Reassignment Public Notice 
1 5 U.S.C. § 603.  The RFA, 5 U.S.C. §§ 601-612, has been amended by the Small Business Regulatory 
Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), Pub. L. No. 104-121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857 (1996).  The SBREFA 
was enacted as Title II of the Contract with America Advancement Act of 1996 (CWAAA).
2 5 U.S.C. § 603(a).
3 Id.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
171that was released by the Commission’s Media and Wireless Telecommunications Bureaus and Incentive 
Auction Task Force announcing the completion of the auction and deadlines for stations assigned new 
channels through the repacking process to terminate operations on pre-auction channels.  The NPRM also 
proposes to delete as obsolete certain definitions that relate to the bid options that were available to full 
power and Class A television broadcasters eligible to participate in the incentive auction.  The NPRM 
proposes to delete as obsolete procedural rules that governed the post-incentive auction period for stations 
to transition off their pre-auction channel, which ended on July 13, 2020, including the portions of the 
rule pertaining to the special post-incentive auction displacement filing window which closed on June 1, 
2018, and applied to low power television and television translator stations (“LPTV/TV translators”) 
displaced by the auction.
6. Regarding the listing of FCC policies in section 73.4000 et seq, which provide certain 
FCC policies and citations related to all broadcast stations for the purpose of reference and convenience,  
the NPRM proposes to amend a number of rules that are now otherwise obsolete or require updates.  For 
example, the NPRM proposes to update rules to reflect the availability of newer versions of procedures 
and Commission orders such as the “The Public and Broadcasting” procedure manual. 
7. The NPRM proposes to delete obsolete language due to the passage of time and other 
changes in Commission policy, including language related to the protection of pre-transition DTV 
applications filed before December 31, 1999, or between December 31, 1999, and May 1, 2000, certain 
waiver requests related to the incentive auction, displacements of Class A stations due to digital channel 
allotment changes by full power television stations that have since been resolved, the period of 
construction for an original construction permit which tolled for certain reasons of international 
coordination during the DTV transition, the certification of equipment that the Commission no longer 
accepts, and references to mutually exclusive renewal proceedings for applications filed prior to May 1, 
1995.  The NPRM also proposes to delete past license renewal application filing dates for all radio and 
television broadcast stations, and provide updated dates.
8. During the course of the transition to from analog to digital television, the Commission 
adopted a number of rules, many of which were temporary and meant to be effective only during the  
transition.  Others, however, had more long term application to digital operations.  Because the more long 
term rules were adopted at the same time as temporary rules, the long term rules are currently not 
organized in a straight forward or user-friendly manner.  As a result, the NPRM seeks to reorganize 
subpart E of part 73, including creating cross-references to the rules reorganized for ease, in order to 
make the rules more practical and easier to find. 
9. The NPRM also seeks comment on updating the coordinates found in section 73.623(e) 
from North American Datum (“NAD”) 27 to NAD 83 and otherwise conforming the values with the 
coordinate system used in the Commission’s Licensing and Management System (“LMS”) database and 
with those found in section 90.303(b) of the rules, which define the service that section 73.623(e) 
protects.  
10. In addition, the NPRM proposes to amend section 73.1620(a)(1) to remind full power and 
Class A television stations on channel 14 of the requirement found in section 73.687(e)(4)(iii) that they 
request Program Test Authority (“PTA”) prior to commencing operation of new or modified facilities.  
The NPRM also proposes to amend the rule to require LPTV and translator stations on channel 14 to 
request PTA prior to beginning operation of new or modified facilities.  
11. The NPRM also proposes a number of changes to the rules which are obsolete, 
unnecessary, and are otherwise superseded by the software based tools that the Commission and industry 
use to prepare and process applications.  Also, section 73.625 specifies a number of paper maps which 
should be used to prepare the profile graphs and to determine the location and height above sea level of 
the antenna height.  The NPRM proposes to remove those references to outmoded paper maps and replace 
them with a reference to the National Elevation Dataset and other similar bald earth terrain datasets which 
are used by modern automated software currently used by the Commission and industry.  The NPRM 
proposes to clarify that Commission staff generally expects these calculations to be done via computer, Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
172versus the preference for paper calculations that was specified previously, and then indicate that to the 
extent a submission to the Commission uses sources different from those officially reflected in the 
Commission’s rules, those sources should be clearly identified in the submission.  
12. The NPRM proposes to clarify, in section 73.625(c)(3)(ii) of the rules, that the horizontal 
power is to be higher than or equal to the vertical power in all directions, and require documentation that 
the antenna meets this requirement.  The NPRM also proposes to update the rule to reflect that the LMS 
filing system permits an alternate method of specifying mechanically beam tilted facilities.  The proposed 
rule indicates the alternate method is preferable because it provides a three-dimensional representation of 
the antenna, allowing for more accurate predictions with OET Bulletin No. 69.  But the Commission 
continues to allow the previous method in order to avoid imposing any additional burden on stations that 
were previously authorized using the previous mechanical beam tilt method.  
13. Section 73.625(c)(3)(v) currently requires that horizontal plane patterns be plotted “to the 
largest scale possible on unglazed letter-size polar coordinate paper.”  This requirement is outdated and 
not consistent with current licensee and Commission staff practices.  The NPRM proposes to instead 
require licensees to submit patterns in the form of a .pdf attachment to an application filed in LMS, and 
propose to clarify that similar plots are required for elevation or matrix patterns submitted in the LMS 
form.  This approach would provide flexibility to applicants and conform to modern practices.  
14. With the elimination of analog service, there are no full power television stations 
operating pursuant to the subscription television (“STV”) rules, which allowed analog stations to offer a 
subscription television service “for a fee or charge” given that there are no full power television stations 
operating pursuant to the STV rules and digital television stations are permitted to provide STV-type 
services on an ancillary or supplementary basis to their primary digital television service, and LMS does 
not permit the filing of applications or requests to operate in an STV mode.  Accordingly, sections 73.641 
through 73.644, 73.4247, 73.6026, and 74.732(e) are obsolete and we propose to eliminate them.  
15. In 2000, the Commission adopted a needs based test in section 73.622(a) for future 
rulemakings allowing noncommercial educational (NCE) entities to request that “non-reserved channels 
not already in the Table of Allotments be added and reserved for NCE use.”  The NPRM proposes to 
amend section 73.622(a) to remove this language as Commission staff does not believe it serves a 
practical purpose in the current environment.  Commission staff does not intend, however, to eliminate 
the ability of an NCE entity to reserve one of the few vacant television channels currently in the Table of 
TV Allotments.  An NCE entity may still file a rulemaking petition to request that the Commission 
reserve the channel for noncommercial educational use, without being required to rely on the special 
process enumerated in section 73.622(a).  
16. Section 73.3543 provides that no new special service authorizations may be issued after 
1958, however, renewals or modifications will be considered in certain circumstances.  The Commission 
staff is unaware of any such authorizations today, and the Commission tentatively concludes the rule is 
obsolete and can be deleted.  The NPRM proposes to delete the rule and seeks comment on this proposal.  
17. Section 0.434 refers to the Broadcast Application Processing System (BAPS), which is a 
legacy database system that has not been in use at the Commission for many years.  The NPRM proposes 
to update the rule to reflect the current application television filing and processing databases and methods 
for viewing the databases. 
18. In January 2021, the Commission adopted updated rules in section 73.626 relating to 
Distributed Transmission Systems (“DTS”).  Since that time, questions have arisen about how the rules 
are to be applied.  To make the intent and application of the rule less ambiguous, the NPRM proposes to 
modify language in 73.626(b) and (f)(2) to define certain terms and make clarifications that will better 
reflect the method described in the 2021 DTS Order and used in processing such applications.  
19. All full-power and Class A TV stations are assigned a transport stream ID (“TSID”), 
which is required to be transmitted in order to provide the Program and System Information Protocol 
(“PSIP”) data required by section 73.682(d).  Consistent with that rule, the NPRM proposes to clarify that Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
173all such stations must broadcast with their assigned TSID during their hours of operation.  For the same 
reason, the NPRM proposes the same requirement with respect to a station’s bit stream ID (“BSID”), 
which has the same function as the TSID, but in the ATSC 3.0 context.  
20.   The Commission’s rules require coordination of applications in border regions with the 
neighboring countries’ appropriate regulatory officials.  Under the Exchange of Coordination Letters with 
IFT Regarding DTV Transition and Reconfiguration of 600 MHz Spectrum, signed between the FCC and 
Mexico’s Instituto Federal de Telecomunicaciones (“IFT”) in July 2015, Class A stations approved by 
Mexico are grouped with full-service stations.  It is the Media Bureau staff’s experience that IFT 
routinely requests that applications submitted for coordination of Class A stations specify a full-service 
emission mask, and if such applications do not initially specify the full-service emission mask, IFT asks 
for it to be included in an amendment.  This two-step process increases the processing burdens on the 
FCC, IFT, and stations, and results in delays in granting applications.  Therefore, the NPRM proposes to 
amend Section 73.6024(d) to require Class A stations within 275 kilometers of the US-Mexico border to 
specify a full-service emission mask in any modification application.    
21. The NPRM proposes to delete language in section 73.6025(a) that is almost identical to 
that in section 73.625(c)(3).  These rule sections provide similar requirements regarding how applicants 
should describe and document antenna patterns submitted in their applications.  The NPRM proposes to 
cross-reference section 73.625(c)(3) in section 73.6025(a), eliminating the duplication but making clear 
that the requirements in section 73.625(c)(3) continue to apply to Class A television stations.  We seek 
comment on this proposal.
22. Section 73.6026 lists section 73.624 as a rule applicable to Class A stations.  It also 
includes a note stating that “Section 73.624(b) will apply only to the extent that such stations must also 
transmit at least one over-the-air video program signal at no direct charge to viewers of the digital Class A 
station.”  Such language is also included in section 73.624(b) and so the NPRM proposes to remove that 
text in section 73.6026 as duplicative.  The NPRM also proposes to clarify that this change would 
mandate the use of a minimum 480i video resolution by Class A stations, consistent with our proposal 
with respect to full power and LPTV/translator stations in our earlier adopted Part 74 NPRM, FCC 22-58, 
(rel. July 13, 2022).  
B. Legal Basis
23. The proposed action is authorized under sections 1, 4, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 310, 316, 
319, and 336 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. §§ 151, 154, 301, 303, 307, 
308, 309, 310, 316, 319, 336.
C. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the Proposed 
Rules Will Apply
24. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and where feasible, an estimate of 
the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules, if adopted.4  The RFA generally 
defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small 
organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.”5  In addition, the term “small business” has the 
same meaning as the term “small business concern” under the Small Business Act (SBA).6  A small 
4 5 U.S.C. § 603(b)(3).
5 5 U.S.C. § 601(6).
6  See id. § 601(3) (incorporating by reference the definition of “small business concern” in 15 U.S.C. § 632(a)(1)).  
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. § 601(3), the statutory definition of a small business applies “unless an agency, after 
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business Administration and after opportunity for public 
comment, establishes one or more definitions of such term which are appropriate to the activities of the agency and 
publishes such definition(s) in the Federal Register.”  Id.Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
174business concern is one which: (1) is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of 
operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA.7  
25. Below, we provide a description of the impacted small entities, as well as an estimate of 
the number of such small entities, where feasible.
26.Television Broadcasting.  This industry is comprised of “establishments primarily 
engaged in broadcasting images together with sound.”8  These establishments operate television broadcast 
studios and facilities for the programming and transmission of programs to the public.9  These 
establishments also produce or transmit visual programming to affiliated broadcast television stations, 
which in turn broadcast the programs to the public on a predetermined schedule.  Programming may 
originate in their own studio, from an affiliated network, or from external sources.  The SBA small 
business size standard for this industry classifies businesses having $41.5 million or less in annual 
receipts as small.10  2017 U.S. Census Bureau data indicate that 744 firms in this industry operated for the 
entire year.11  Of that number, 657 firms had revenue of less than $25,000,000.12  Based on this data we 
estimate that the majority of television broadcasters are small entities under the SBA small business size 
standard. 
27. The Commission estimates that as of June 2022, there were 1,372 licensed commercial 
television stations.13  Of this total, 1,280 stations (or 93.2%) had revenues of $41.5 million or less in 
2021, according to Commission staff review of the BIA Kelsey Inc. Media Access Pro Television 
Database (BIA) on June 1, 2022, and therefore these licensees qualify as small entities under the SBA 
definition.  In addition, the Commission estimates that as of June 2022, there were 384 licensed 
noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations, 383 Class A TV stations, 1,865 LPTV stations and 
3,224 TV translator stations.14  The Commission, however, does not compile and otherwise does not have 
access to financial information for these television broadcast stations that would permit it to determine 
how many of these stations qualify as small entities under the SBA small business size standard.  
Nevertheless, given the SBA’s large annual receipts threshold for this industry and the nature of these 
television station licensees, we presume that all of these entities qualify as small entities under the above 
SBA small business size standard.
28.Radio Stations.  This industry is comprised of “establishments primarily engaged in 
broadcasting aural programs by radio to the public.”15  Programming may originate in their own studio, 
7 15 U.S.C. § 632.
8 See U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 NAICS Definition, “515120 Television Broadcasting,” 
https://www.census.gov/naics/?input=515120&year=2017&details=515120.
9 Id.
10 See 13 CFR § 121.201, NAICS Code 515120. 
11 See U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Economic Census of the United States, Selected Sectors: Sales, Value of Shipments, 
or Revenue Size of Firms for the U.S.: 2017, Table ID: EC1700SIZEREVFIRM, NAICS Code 515120, 
https://data.census.gov/cedsci/table?y=2017&n=515120&tid=ECNSIZE2017.EC1700SIZEREVFIRM&hidePrevie
w=false.
12 Id. The available U.S. Census Bureau data does not provide a more precise estimate of the number of firms that 
meet the SBA size standard.  We also note that according to the U.S. Census Bureau glossary, the terms receipts and 
revenues are used interchangeably, see https://www.census.gov/glossary/#term_ReceiptsRevenueServices.
13 Broadcast Station Totals as of June 30, 2022, Public Notice, DA 22-721 (rel. July 7, 2022) (June 2022 Broadcast 
Station Totals PN), https://www.fcc.gov/document/broadcast-station-totals-june-30-2022).
14 Id.
15 See U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 NAICS Definition, “515112 Radio Stations,” 
https://www.census.gov/naics/?input=515112&year=2017&details=515112.  Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
175from an affiliated network, or from external sources.16  The SBA small business size standard for this 
industry classifies firms having $41.5 million or less in annual receipts as small.17  U.S. Census Bureau 
data for 2017 show that 2,963 firms operated in this industry during that year.18  Of this number, 1,879 
firms operated with revenue of less than $25 million per year.19  Based on this data and the SBA’s small 
business size standard, we estimate a majority of such entities are small entities. 
29. The Commission estimates that as of June 30, 2022, there were 4,498 licensed 
commercial AM radio stations and 6,689 licensed commercial FM radio stations, for a combined total of 
11,187 commercial radio stations.20  Of this total, 11,185 stations (or 99.98 %) had revenues of $41.5 
million or less in 2021, according to Commission staff review of the BIA Kelsey Inc. Media Access Pro 
Database (BIA) on June 1, 2022, and therefore these licensees qualify as small entities under the SBA 
definition.  In addition, the Commission estimates that as of June 30, 2022, there were 4,184 licensed 
noncommercial (NCE) FM radio stations, 2,034 low power FM (LPFM) stations, and 8,951 FM 
translators and boosters.21  The Commission however does not compile, and otherwise does not have 
access to financial information for these radio stations that would permit it to determine how many of 
these stations qualify as small entities under the SBA small business size standard.  Nevertheless, given 
the SBA’s large annual receipts threshold for this industry and the nature of radio station licensees, we 
presume that all of these entities qualify as small entities under the above SBA small business size 
standard.
30. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern qualifies as “small” 
under the above definition, business (control) affiliations22 must be included.  Our estimate, therefore, 
likely overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our action, because the revenue 
figure on which it is based does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies.  In addition, 
another element of the definition of “small business” requires that an entity not be dominant in its field of 
operation.  We are unable at this time to define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a 
specific radio or television broadcast station is dominant in its field of operation.  Accordingly, the 
estimate of small businesses to which the rules may apply does not exclude any radio or television station 
from the definition of a small business on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive.  An 
additional element of the definition of “small business” is that the entity must be independently owned 
16 Id.
17 See 13 CFR § 121.201, NAICS Code 515112.
18 See U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Economic Census of the United States, Selected Sectors: Sales, Value of Shipments, 
or Revenue Size of Firms for the U.S.: 2017, Table ID: EC1700SIZEREVFIRM, NAICS Code 515112,
https://data.census.gov/cedsci/table?y=2017&n=515112&tid=ECNSIZE2017.EC1700SIZEREVFIRM&hidePrevie
w=false.  We note that the US Census Bureau withheld publication of the number of firms that operated for the 
entire year. 
19 Id.  The available U.S. Census Bureau data does not provide a more precise estimate of the number of firms that 
meet the SBA size standard.  We note that the U.S. Census Bureau withheld publication of the number of firms that 
operated with sales/value of shipments/revenue in the individual categories for less than $100,000, and $100,000 to 
$249,999 to avoid disclosing data for individual companies (see Cell Notes for the sales/value of shipments/revenue 
in these categories).  Therefore, the number of firms with revenue that meet the SBA size standard would be higher 
that noted herein.  We also note that according to the U.S. Census Bureau glossary, the terms receipts and revenues 
are used interchangeably, see https://www.census.gov/glossary/#term_ReceiptsRevenueServices.
20 Broadcast Station Totals as of June 30, 2022, Public Notice, DA 22-721 (rel. July 7, 2022) (July 2022 Broadcast 
Station Totals PN), https://www.fcc.gov/document/broadcast-station-totals-june-30-2022. 
21 Id.
22 “[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other when one concern controls or has the power to control the other 
or a third party or parties controls or has the power to control both.” 13 CFR § 21.103(a)(1).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
176and operated.  Because it is difficult to assess these criteria in the context of media entities, the estimate of 
small businesses to which the rules may apply does not exclude any radio or television station from the 
definition of a small business on this basis and similarly may be over-inclusive.
D. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance 
Requirements
31. The NPRM proposes modified reporting requirements.  The Commission seeks comment 
on whether television stations should be able to now make certain required notifications through filings 
procedures in LMS as opposed to by letter, as has been the case.  Similarly, the Commission seeks 
comment on its proposals to update Commission rules to reference the current designation for form 
numbers, require electronic filing in LMS, and remove obsolete forms.  Should the Commission 
ultimately decide to adopt these requirements, they would result in a modified paperwork obligation.  The 
Commission anticipates that this option will lessen the physical burden on small entities.  The 
Commission will have to consider the benefits and costs of allowing television stations to submit certain 
notifications in LMS.  If adopted, the Commission will seek approval and the corresponding burdens to 
account for this modified reporting requirement.  We expect the comments we receive from the parties in 
the proceeding, including cost and benefit analyses, will help the Commission to identify and evaluate 
compliance costs and burdens for small businesses that may result from the matters discussed in the 
NPRM.
E. Steps Taken to Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small Entities, and 
Significant Alternatives Considered
32. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives, specifically small 
business, that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four 
alternatives (among others): (1) the establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or 
timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, 
consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for such small 
entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of 
the rule, or any part thereof, for such small entities. 23
33. The NPRM seeks comment on a number of proposals that would codify Commission 
staff’s current practices or better reflect technological advancements in the industry.  The Commission 
does not have supporting data at this time to determine if there will or will not be an economic impact on 
small businesses as a result of the proposed rule amendments and/or deletions.  However, the 
Commission anticipates that the proposed rule updates and reorganization generally will lessen the 
burdens on small entities.  For example, section 73.625(b)(5) specifies a number of paper maps which 
should be used to prepare the profile graphs described in paragraph (b)(4), and to determine the location 
and height above sea level of the antenna height.  Commission staff believes that multiple references to 
various sources of paper maps contained in the rule are outdated methods to make these types of 
calculations.  The NPRM therefore proposes to remove those references to outmoded paper maps and 
replace them with a reference to the National Elevation Dataset and other similar bald earth terrain 
datasets which are used by modern automated software currently used by the Commission and industry.  
Moreover, section 73.625(b)(4) describes how to plot certain radials on a graph and provides a range of 
options for the number of points of elevation to use in each radial.  The NPRM proposes to conform the 
requirement to reference the TVStudy software currently used for preparing and processing applications, 
and specify the use of 10 points per kilometer in all circumstances consistent with present practice found 
in the TVStudy software used by the Commission and licensees to process and prepare applications.  
These proposals are an attempt to simplify, streamline, and modernize existing rules and procedures that 
will enable television stations to more easily comply with licensing requirements through familiar and 
low cost measures.
23 See 5 U.S.C. § 603(c)(1)–(4).Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
17734. In addition, the NPRM seeks to avoid imposing additional burdens on television stations 
where practicable.  For example, the NPRM proposes to update section 73.625(c)(3)(ii) to reflect that the 
LMS filing system permits an alternate method of specifying mechanically beam tilted facilities.  The 
proposed rule indicates the alternate method is preferable because it provides a three-dimensional 
representation of the antenna, allowing for more accurate predictions with OET Bulletin No. 69.  But 
Commission staff continues to allow the previous method in order to avoid imposing any additional 
burden on stations that were previously authorized using the previous mechanical beam tilt method.  
F. Federal Rules that May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict with the Proposed Rule
35. None.  Federal Communications Commission FCC 22-73
178STATEMENT OF
CHAIRWOMAN JESSICA ROSENWORCEL
Re:Amendment of Part 73 of the Commission’s Rules to Update Television and Class A Television 
Broadcast Station Rules, and Rules Applicable to All Broadcast Stations, MB Docket No. 22-227, 
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
I remember when my household viewed all video on a single screen.  There was just the 
television.  But times have changed.  Because now so many of us now watch what we want, whenever we 
want, on any screen handy.  
That’s an extraordinary transformation, and to make it happen the broadcast television industry 
had to undergo two of the most sweeping transitions in communications history.  First, the industry 
switched from old analog operations to new digital-only broadcasting.  Second, we held an incentive 
auction to repurpose airwaves for new uses, requiring the industry to adapt to a new television band built 
for the modern era.  
Now that we have made our way through these big transitions, some of our broadcast television 
rules need to be revised and some are simply no longer relevant.  So today we work to fix that.  We are 
seeking comment in order to remove our outdated rules relating to analog television and update our 
largely technical rules regarding broadcast television.
Thank you to the staff who worked on this effort, including Bobby Baker, Joyce Bernstein, Mark 
Colombo, Hillary DeNigro, Kevin Harding, Emily Harrison, Barbara Kreisman, Shaun Maher, Maria 
Mullarkey, Alex Sanjenis, Holly Saurer, and Lisa Scanlan from the Media Bureau; James McLuckie from 
the International Bureau; Roger Noel and Mary Claire York from the Wireless Bureau; Martin Doczkat 
and Ira Keltz from the Office of Engineering and Technology; Brian Marenco from the Public Safety and 
Homeland Security Bureau; Susan Aaron, David Konczal, and Bill Richardson from the Office of General 
Counsel; Michelle Schaefer from the Office of Economics and Analytics; Joy Ragsdale from the Office of 
Communications Business Opportunities; and Tobias Makowski from the FCC Library.